UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form
 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)

    

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018

2019

or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)

    

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number:
01-14010

Waters Corporation

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware 13-3668640

Delaware
13-3668640
(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

34 Maple Street

Milford, Massachusetts 01757

(Address, including zip code, of principal executive offices)

(508)
 478-2000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 
Title of each class
Trading Symbol(s)
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

Name of each exchange on which registered:

 
WAT
New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

 
None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.     Yes  
        No  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.     Yes  
        No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  
        No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation
S-T
232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes  
        No  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 ofRegulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of thisForm 10-K or any amendment to thisForm 10-K.    ☑

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a
non-accelerated
filer, a smaller reporting company, or emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company”, and “emerging growth company” inRule
 12b-2
of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  
 
Accelerated filer  
 
Non-accelerated
 filer  

Smaller reporting company  

 

Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ��

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined inRule
 12b-2
of the Act).    Yes  
         No  

State the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by
non-affiliates
of the registrant as of June 30, 2018: $14,912,684,699.

29
, 2019: $14,554,561,947.
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock as of February 22, 2019: 71,512,391

21, 2020: 62,158,045

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement that will be filed for the 20192020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference in Part III.


WATERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM
10-K

INDEX

Item

No.

      Page 
    PART I    
 1.   Business   1 
 1A.   Risk Factors   11 
 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments   19 
 2.   Properties   20 
 3.   Legal Proceedings   21 
 4.   Mine Safety Disclosures   21 
  Executive Officers of the Registrant   21 
    PART II    
 5.   

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

   23 
 6.   Selected Financial Data   26 
 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   27 
 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk   46 
 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data   49 
 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure   98 
 9A.   Controls and Procedures   98 
 9B.   Other Information   98 
    PART III    
 10.   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance   99 
 11.   Executive Compensation   99 
 12.   

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

   99 
 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence   100 
 14.   Principal Accountant Fees and Services   100 
    PART IV    
 15.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules   101 
 16.   Form10-K Summary   105 
  Signatures   106 

         
Item
No.
 
  
Page
 
       
 
 
PART I
 
 
 
1.
    
1
 
 
1A.
    
12
 
 
1B.
    
19
 
 
2.
    
19
 
 
3.
    
20
 
 
4.
    
20
 
     
20
 
       
 
 
PART II
 
 
 
5.
    
22
 
 
6.
    
25
 
 
7.
    
26
 
 
7A.
    
43
 
 
8.
    
46
 
 
9.
    
96
 
 
9A.
    
96
 
 
9B.
    
96
 
       
 
 
PART III
 
 
 
10.
    
97
 
 
11.
    
97
 
 
12.
    
97
 
 
13.
    
98
 
 
14.
    
98
 
       
 
 
PART IV
 
 
 
15.
    
99
 
 
16.
    
103
 
     
104
 

Table of Contents
PART I

Item 1:

Business

General

Waters Corporation (the “Company,” “we,” “our,” or “us”) is a specialty measurement company that operates with a fundamental underlying purpose to advance the science that enables our customers to enhance human health and well-being. The Company Waters
TM
has pioneered analytical workflow solutions involving liquid chromatography, mass spectrometry and thermal analysis innovations serving the life, materials and food sciences for more than 60 years. The Company primarily designs, manufactures, sells and services high performance liquid chromatography (“HPLC”), ultra performance liquid chromatography (“UPLC
TM
” and together with HPLC, referred to as “LC”) and mass spectrometry (“MS”) technology systems and support products, including chromatography columns, other consumable products and comprehensive post-warranty service plans. These systems are complementary products that are frequently employed together
(“LC-MS”)
and sold as integrated instrument systems using common software platforms. In addition, the Company designs, manufactures, sells and services thermal analysis, rheometry and calorimetry instruments through its TA
TM
product line. The Company is also a developer and supplier of advanced software-based products that interface with the Company’s instruments, as well as other manufacturers’ instruments.

The Company’s products are used by pharmaceutical, biochemical, industrial, nutritional safety, environmental, academic and governmental customers working in research and development, quality assurance and other laboratory applications. LC is a standard technique and is utilized in a broad range of industries to detect, identify, monitor and measure the chemical, physical and biological composition of materials, and to purify a full range of compounds. MS technology, principally in conjunction with chromatography, is employed in drug discovery and development, including clinical trial testing, the analysis of proteins in disease processes (known as “proteomics”), nutritional safety analysis and environmental testing.
LC-MS
instruments combine a liquid phase sample introduction and separation system with mass spectrometric compound identification and quantification. The Company’s thermal analysis, rheometry and calorimetry instruments are used in predicting the suitability and stability of fine chemicals, pharmaceuticals, water, polymers, metals and viscous liquids for various industrial, consumer goods and healthcare products, as well as for life science research.

Waters Corporation, organized as a Delaware corporation in 1991, is a holding company that owns all of the outstanding common stock of Waters Technologies Corporation, its operating subsidiary. Waters Corporation became a publicly-traded company with its initial public offering (“IPO”) in November 1995. Since the IPO, the Company has added two significant and complementary technologies to its range of products with the acquisitions of TA Instruments in May 1996 and Micromass Limited in September 1997.

Business Segments

The Company’s business activities, for which discrete financial information is available, are regularly reviewed and evaluated by the chief operating decision maker. As a result of this evaluation, the Company determined that it has two operating segments: WatersTM and TATM.TA. The Waters operating segment is primarily in the business of designing, manufacturing, selling and servicing LC and MS instrument systems, columns and other precision chemistry consumables that can be integrated and used along with other analytical instruments. The TA operating segment is primarily in the business of designing, manufacturing, selling and servicing thermal analysis, rheometry and calorimetry instruments. The Company’s two operating segments have similar economic characteristics; product processes; products and services; types and classes of customers; methods of distribution; and regulatory environments. Because of these similarities, the two segments have been aggregated into one reporting segment for financial statement purposes.

Information concerning revenues and long-lived assets attributable to each of the Company’s products, services and geographic areas is set forth in Note 1718 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which is incorporated herein by reference.

1

Table of Contents
Waters Products and Markets

High Performance and Ultra Performance Liquid Chromatography

HPLC is a standard technique used to identify and analyze the constituent components of a variety of chemicals and other materials. The Company believes that HPLC’s performance capabilities enable it to separate, identify and quantify a high proportion of all known chemicals. As a result, HPLC is used to analyze substances in a wide variety of industries for research and development purposes, quality control and process engineering applications.

The most significant
end-use
markets for HPLC are those served by the pharmaceutical and life science industries. In these markets, HPLC is used extensively to understand diseases, identify new drugs, develop manufacturing methods and assure the potency and purity of new pharmaceuticals. HPLC is also used in a variety of other applications, such as analyses of foods and beverages for nutritional labeling and compliance with safety regulations and the testing of water and air purity within the environmental testing industry, as well as applications in other industries, such as chemical and consumer products. Waters also has in vitro diagnostic (IVD) labelled products that are used as general-purpose instruments for clinical diagnostic applications, such as newborn screening and therapeutic drug management, in countries where these products are registered. HPLC is also used by universities, research institutions and governmental agencies, such as the United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) and the United States Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) and their foreign counterparts that mandate safety and efficacy testing.

In 2004, Waters introduced a novel technology that the Company describes as ultra performance liquid chromatography that utilizes a packing material with small, uniform diameter particles and a specialized instrument, the ACQUITY UPLC
TM
, to accommodate the increased pressure and narrower chromatographic bands that are generated by these small and tightly packed particles. By using the ACQUITY UPLC, researchers and analysts are able to achieve more comprehensive chemical separations and faster analysis times in comparison with many analyses previously performed by HPLC. In addition, in using the ACQUITY UPLC, researchers have the potential to extend the range of applications beyond that of HPLC, enabling them to uncover more levels of scientific information. While offering significant performance advantages, the ACQUITY UPLC is also compatible with the Company’s software products and the general operating protocols of HPLC. For these reasons, the Company’s customers and field sales and support organizations are well positioned to utilize this new technology and instrument. In 2018, the Company introduced the ACQUITY ARC
TM ARCTM
Bio System, a versatile, iron-free,
bio-inert,
quaternary liquid chromatograph specifically engineered to improve bioseparation analytical methods. The Company also introduced the ACQUITY
TM
UPLC
TM PLUS series in 2018, consisting of the
H-Class
PLUS,
H-Class
PLUS Bio and
I-Class
PLUS systems, which incorporate foundational enhancements into the legacy systems.

In 2019, the Company introduced the ACQUITY

TM
Advanced Polymer Chromatography
TM
System, which is the first fully solvent-compatible UPLC system to perform size exclusion, gradient polymer elution and solvent compatible reversed-phase liquid chromatographic separations on a single platform. The
all-in-one
system gives research scientists greater analytical versatility and speed when conducting research on next-generation polymers.
Waters manufactures LC instruments that are offered in configurations that allow for varying degrees of automation, from component configured systems for academic teaching and research applications to fully automated systems for regulated and high sample throughput testing, and that have a variety of detection technologies, from optical-based ultra-violet (“UV”) absorbance, refractive index and fluorescence detectors to a suite of
MS-based
detectors, optimized for certain analyses.

The primary consumable products for LC are chromatography columns. These columns are packed with separation media used in the LC testing process and are typically replaced at regular intervals. The chromatography column contains one of several types of packing material, typically stationary phase particles made from silica or polymeric resins. As a pressurized sample is introduced to the column inlet and permeates through the packed column, it is separated into its constituent components.

2

Table of Contents
Waters HPLC columns can be used on Waters-branded and competitors’ LC systems. The Company believes that it is one of a few suppliers in the world that processesmanufactures silica and polymeric resins, packs columns and distributes its own products. In doing so, the Company believes it can better ensure product consistency, a key attribute for its customers in quality control laboratories, and can react quickly to new customer requirements. The Company believes that its ACQUITY UPLC lines of columns are used primarily on its

ACQUITY UPLC instrument systems and, furthermore, that its ACQUITY UPLC instruments primarily use ACQUITY UPLC columns. In 2016, the Company continued to expand its column chemistry capabilities through the introduction of CORTECSTM C8, CORTECSTM Phenyl, CORTECSTMT3 and CORTECSTM Shield RP18. In 2018, the Company introduced the BioResolve

TM
RP mAb Polyphenyl columns, which improve the consistency and reliability of the overly complex separations of monoclonal antibodies and antibody-drug conjugates.

In 2019, the Company introduced the BioResolv SCX mAb Columns and VanGuard

TM
FIT Cartridge technologies. These new cation exchange column lines with specialized consumables are designed to simplify and improve the characterization and monitoring of monoclonal antibody (mAb) therapeutics, as well as enable mAb charge-variant analyses as required by the World Health Organization, the FDA and the International Conference on Harmonization for confirming the efficacy and safety of biologics and biosimilars with discovery, development and manufacturing applications.
The Company’s precision chemistry consumable products also include environmental and nutritional safety testing products, including Certified Reference Materials (“CRM”s) and Proficiency Testing (“PT”) products. Laboratories around the world and across multiple industries use these products for quality control and proficiency testing and also purchase product support services required to help with their federal and state mandated accreditation requirements or with quality control over critical pharmaceutical analysis. In 2018, the Company introduced the VICAM
TM
BPATest
TM
, which provides a sensitive, precise determination of Bisphenol A in as little as ten minutes. VICAM also introduced a user-friendly lateral flow zearalenone strip test, the
Zearala-V
TM
AQUA
TM
in 2018.

Mass Spectrometry and Liquid Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry

MS is a powerful analytical technology that is used to identify unknown compounds, to quantify known materials and to elucidate the structural and chemical properties of molecules by measuring the masses of molecules that have been converted into ions.

The Company is a technology and market leader in the development, manufacture, sale and service of MS instruments and components. These instruments are typically integrated and used along with other complementary analytical instruments and systems, such as LC, chemical electrophoresis and gas chromatography. A wide variety of instrumental designs fall within the overall category of MS instrumentation, including devices that incorporate quadrupole, ion trap,
time-of-flight
(“Tof”), magnetic sector and ion mobility technologies. Furthermore, these technologies are often used in tandem
(MS-MS)
to maximize the speed and/or efficacy of certain experiments.

Currently, the Company offers a wide range of MS instrument systems utilizing various combinations of quadrupole, Tof and ion mobility designs. These instrument systems are used in drug discovery and development, as well as for environmental, clinical and nutritional safety testing. The overwhelming majority of mass spectrometers sold by the Company are designed to utilize an LC system and a liquid compatible interface (such as an electrospray ionization source) as the sample introduction device. These products supply a diverse market with a strong emphasis on the pharmaceutical, biomedical, clinical, food and beverage and environmental market segments worldwide.

MS is an increasingly important detection technology for LC. The Company’s
smaller-sized
mass spectrometers, such as the single quadrupole detector (“SQD”) and the tandem quadrupole detector (“TQD”), are often referred to as LC “detectors” and are typically sold as part of an LC system or as an LC system upgrade. Larger quadrupole systems, such as the Xevo
TM
TQ and XevoTM
TQ-S
instruments, are used primarily for experiments performed for late-stage drug development, including clinical trial testing. Quadrupole
time-of-flight(“Q-TofTM
(“Q-Tof”)
instruments, such as the Company’s SYNAPT
TM
G2-S,
are often used to analyze the role of proteins in disease
3

Table of Contents
processes, an application sometimes referred to as “proteomics”. In 2016, the Company introduced the XevoTMTQ-XS mass spectrometry system enabled by the newly designed StepWaveTM SX ion guide, which features a unique combination of ion optics, detection and ionization technologies resulting in levels of sensitivity not previously seen. The Company also introduced SONAR in 2016, which is a new data acquisition technology for use with the XevoG2-XS that allows for the quantification and identification of lipids, metabolites and proteins in complex samples in a more efficient manner. In 2018, the Company introduced the DARTQDa
TM
system with LiveID
TM
, a direct-from-sample analytical system that verifies sample authenticity or adulteration, specifically for food applications. The Company also introduced the XevoTM
TQ-GC
mass spectrometer in 2018, which allows laboratories to meet and exceed low
part-per-billion
limits of detection when

quantifying pesticide residues and other contaminants in food using

GC-MS/MS
methods set forth by worldwide regulatory agencies/authorities. In addition, the Company introduced the RenataDX
TM
screening system, a flow-injection tandem mass spectrometry system for rapid high-throughput analysis of extracted dried blood spots and other human biological matrices.

In 2019, the Company introduced the BioAccord

TM
system, a liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry solution that expands access to high-resolution
time-of-flight
mass spectrometry capabilities. The system provides new levels of user experience with automated setup and self-diagnosis delivered through an intuitive user interface. Also in 2019, the Company introduced the Cyclic IMS system, which seamlessly integrates cyclic ion mobility technology into a high-performance research-grade
time-of-flight
mass spectrometer. In addition, the Company introduced the SYNAPT XS, a new highly flexible, high-resolution mass spectrometer for research and development labs focused on discovery applications. The Company also reinforced its tandem quadrupole mass spectrometry portfolio during the current year with upgrades to the Xevo
TQ-S
micro and the introduction of the new Xevo
TQ-S
cronos. The Xevo
TQ-S
micro features new performance enhancements that bring the quantitation of highly polar, ionic compounds in food to a higher level. The Xevo
TQ-S
cronos is a new, tandem quadrupole mass spectrometer purposely-built for routine quantitation of large numbers of small-molecule organic compounds over a wide concentration range. The Xevo
TQ-S
micro and the Xevo
TQ-S
cronos are also well suited to meet regulatory requirements for pesticide residue analysis, the monitoring for contaminants in processed foods, identifying drugs of abuse, and performing impurity profiling of pharmaceuticals.
LC and MS are typically embodied within an analytical system tailored for either a dedicated class of analyses or as a general purpose analytical device. An increasing percentage of the Company’s customers are purchasing LC and MS components simultaneously and it has become common for LC and MS instrumentation to be used within the same laboratory and operated by the same user. The descriptions of LC and MS above reflect the historical segmentation of these analytical technologies and the historical categorization of their respective practitioners. Increasingly in today’s instrument market, this segmentation and categorization is becoming obsolete as a high percentage of instruments used in the laboratory embody both LC and MS technologies as part of a single device. In response to this development and to further promote the high utilization of these hybrid instruments, the Company has organized its Waters operating segment to develop, manufacture, sell and service integrated
LC-MS
systems.

Based upon reports from independent marketing research firms and publicly-disclosed sales figures from competitors, the Company believes that it is one of the world’s largest manufacturers and distributors of LC and
LC-MS
instrument systems, chromatography columns and other consumables and related services.

The Company has been a developer and supplier of software-based products that interface with the Company’s instruments, as well as other suppliers’ instruments. The Company’s newest software technology, UNIFI
TM
, is a scientific information system that is the culmination of a multi-year effort to substantially bring all of Waters’ preexisting, distinct software systems under one operating system. UNIFI joins Waters’ suite of informatics products – Empower
TM
Chromatography Data Software, MassLynx
TM
Mass Spectrometry Software and NuGenesis
TM
Scientific Data Management System, each of which is used to support innovations within world-leading institutions. UNIFI is the industry’s first comprehensive software that seamlessly integrates UPLC chromatography, mass spectrometry and informatics data workflows. In 2016, the Company announced two reference libraries available within UNIFI, the Metabolic Profiling CCS Library and theRapiFluor-MSTM Glycan GU Scientific Library. The Company also introduced Symphony Data Pipeline software in 2016, which is a client-server application that automates the movement and transformation of large amounts ofLC-MS data to speed up analytical workflows and liberate scientists from mundane yet necessary tasks associated with managing data files. In 2018, the Company announced new analysis capabilities across a variety of molecules by integrating UNIFI acquired data from the Company’s
Vion
TM
IMS QTofTM
or Xevo
GS XS mass spectrometers with Molecular Discovery’s Mass-MetaSite and WebMetabase processing software.

Waters Service

Services provided by Waters enable customers to maximize technology productivity, support customer compliance activities and provide transparency into enterprise resource management efficiencies. The customer
4

Table of Contents
benefits from improved budget control, data-driven technology adoption and accelerated workflow at a site or on a global perspective. The Company considers its service offerings to be highly differentiated from our competition, as evidenced by a consistent increase in annual service revenues. The Company’s principal competitors in the service market include PerkinElmer, Inc., Agilent Technologies, Inc., Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc. and General Electric Company. These competitors can provide certain services on Waters instruments to varying degrees and always present competitive risk.

The servicing and support of instruments, software and accessories is an important source of revenue and representsrepresented over 30%35% of sales for Waters.Waters in 2019. These revenues are derived primarily through the sale of support plans, demand services, spare parts, customer performance validation services and customer training. Support plans typically involve scheduled instrument maintenance and an agreement to promptly repair a
non-functioning
instrument in return for a fee described in a contract that is priced according to the configuration of the instrument.

TA Products and Markets

Thermal Analysis, Rheometry and Calorimetry

Thermal analysis measures the physical or thermodynamic characteristics of materials as a function of temperature. Changes in temperature affect several characteristics of materials, such as their heat flow characteristics, physical state, weight, dimension and mechanical and electrical properties, which may be measured by one or more thermal analysis techniques, including calorimetry. Consequently, thermal analysis techniques are widely used in the development, production and characterization of materials in various industries, such as plastics, chemicals, automobiles, pharmaceuticals and electronics.

Rheometry instruments often complement thermal analyzers in characterizing materials. Rheometry characterizes the flow properties of materials and measures their viscosity, elasticity and deformation under different types of “loading” or other conditions. The information obtained under such conditions provides insight into a material’s behavior during processing, packaging, transport, usage and storage.

Thermal analysis, rheometry and calorimetry instruments are heavily used in material testing laboratories and, in many cases, provide information useful in predicting the suitability and stability of industrial polymers, fine chemicals, pharmaceuticals, water, metals and viscous liquids in various industrial, consumer goods and healthcare products, as well as for life science research. As with systems offered by Waters, a range of instrument configurations is available with increasing levels of sample handling and information processing automation. In addition, systems and accompanying software packages can be tailored for specific applications

In 2016, TA introduced a new line of differential scanning calorimeters and thermogravimetric analyzers. These new Discovery DSC systems feature enhanced sensing technologies resulting in unprecedented performance in baseline flatness, sensitivity, resolution and reproducibility. In addition, TA introduced theACS-2 Air Chiller System, ElectroForce 3310 test instrument and DuraPulseTM Stent Graft test instrument in 2016.

In 2017, TA introduced the TAM Air microcalorimeter. Although designed to characterize the curing of cement, this instrument is an ideal platform for imaginative experimental design in a wide range of applications, including cement and concrete, material science, food, pharmaceuticals and environmental analysis. TA also introduced three new dilatometer product lines in its 800 platform, which are high precision systems designed to measure dimensional changes of a specimen brought about by dynamic thermal events in a wide range of applications, including material science, ceramics and metals. In 2017, TA introduced the Discovery SDT 650, which provides a true simultaneous measurement of weight change and differential heat flow using advanced technologies, such as dual sample TGA, modulated DSC and modulated and
hi-resolution
TGA. In addition, TA introduced the Discovery
HP-TGA750,
a benchtop high pressure TGA that utilizes a patented ultra-high resolution magnetic suspension balance and new high precision temperature control system. Late in 2017, TA introduced the Discovery DMA 850, which measures the viscoelastic mechanical properties of material under controlled conditions of temperature, environment and mechanical stimulus (stress or strain). The DMA 850 features frictionless air bearing supports and a linear optical encoder, which ensures stable, accurate, high-resolution displacement measurement across the full travel range and enables displacement control of 5 nm. In 2017, TA introduced the WinTestTM WinTest
TM
8.0 software package, which will be standard on all new ElectroForce
TM
products. In addition, TA introduced the ElectroForce DMA 3200 in 2017, which combines fatigue and dynamic mechanical analysis into a single mechanical test platform.

5

Table of Contents
In September 2016,2019, TA introduced a range of new instruments including the Company acquiredTMA 450, a Rheo-Raman
TM
capability for the DHR product line, and a High Sensitivity Pressure Cell for the
ARES-G2
Rheometer. The Discovery
TMA 450, precisely measures dimensional changes of materials from (150) to 1,000
o
C and handles virtually all sample configurations for testing in expansion, compression, flexure and tension modes. The Rheo-Raman capability for the DHR product line combines a Raman spectrometer with the DHR to enable simultaneous collection of rheology and Raman spectroscopy data. This combination allows for direct correlation between flow characteristics and the outstanding stockunique spectroscopic fingerprints of Rubotherm GmbH (“Rubotherm”), a manufacturereach material including information about its chemical and morphological structure. The High Sensitivity Pressure Cell for the
ARES-G2
Rheometer enables scientists to perform sensitive viscoelastic measurements under controlled atmospheric pressure and temperature and gain detailed understanding of gravimetric analysis systems, for approximately $6 millioncomplex fluid behavior in cash, $5 millioncomplex environments.
Also in 2019, TA introduced the MSF16 Multi-Specimen Fatigue Instrument. The MSF16 extends the capability of which was paid at closingaccelerated cyclic components and an additional $1 million paid after closing to settle certain liabilities. Rubotherm develops and manufactures analytical test instruments for thermogravimetric and sorption measurements that are used in both industrial and academic research laboratories in disciplines that include chemistry, material science and engineering. The Rubotherm acquisition has helped support and further expand product offerings within TA’s thermal analysis business.

products under repeated loading, significantly accelerating fatigue analysis.

TA Service

Similar to Waters, the servicing and support of TA’s instruments is an important source of revenue and representsrepresented more than 25% of sales for TA.TA in 2019. TA operates independently from the Waters operating segment, though many of its overseas offices are situated in Waters’ facilities to achieve operational efficiencies. TA has dedicated field sales and service operations. Service sales are primarily derived from the sale of support plans, replacement parts and billed labor fees associated with the repair, maintenance and upgrade of installed systems.

Global Customers

The Company typically has a broad and diversified customer base that includes pharmaceutical accounts, other industrial accounts, universities and governmental agencies. Purchase of the Company’s instrument systems is often dependent on its customers’ capital spending, or funding as in the cases of academic, governmental academic and research institutions, which often fluctuate from year to year. The pharmaceutical segment represents the Company’s largest sector and includes multinational pharmaceutical companies, generic drug manufacturers, contract research organizations (“CRO”s) and biotechnology companies. The Company’s other industrial customers include chemical manufacturers, polymer manufacturers, food and beverage companies and environmental testing laboratories. The Company also sells to universities and governmental agencies worldwide. The Company’s technical sales and support staff members work closely with its customers in developing and implementing applications that meet their full range of analytical requirements. During 2018, 56%2019, 57% of the Company’s net sales were to pharmaceutical accounts, 31%30% to other industrial accounts and 13% to academic institutions and governmental agencies and academic institutions.

agencies.

The Company typically experiences an increase in sales in the fourth quarter, as a result of purchasing habits for capital goods of many customers who tend to exhaust their spending budgets by calendar year end. The Company does not rely on any single customer for a material portion of its sales. During fiscal years 2019, 2018 2017 and 2016,2017, no single customer accounted for more than 2% of the Company’s net sales.

Sales and Service

The Company has one of the largest direct sales and service organizations focused exclusively on the analytical workflows offered by the Company. Across these product technologies, using respective specialized sales and service workforces, the Company serves its customer base with 8756 sales offices throughout the world as of December 31, 20182019 and approximately 4,000, 3,900 3,800 and 3,6003,800 field representatives in 2019, 2018 2017 and 2016,2017, respectively. This investment in sales and service personnel serves to maintain and expand the Company’s installed base of instruments. The Company’s sales representatives have direct responsibility for account relationships, while service representatives work in the field to install instruments, train customers and minimize
6

Table of Contents
instrument downtime.
In-house
and field-based technical support representatives work directly with customers, providing them assistance with applications and procedures on Company products. The Company provides customers with comprehensive information through various corporate and regional internet websites and product literature, and also makes consumable products available through electronic ordering facilities and a dedicated catalog.

Manufacturing and Distribution

The Company provides high product quality by overseeing each stage of the production of its instruments, columns and chemical reagents.

The Company currently assembles a portion of its LC instruments at its facility in Milford, Massachusetts, where it performs machining, assembly and testing. The Milford facility maintains quality management and environmental management systems in accordance with the requirements of ISO 9001:2015, ISO 13485:2016 and ISO 14001:2015, and adheres to applicable regulatory requirements (including the FDA Quality System

Regulation and the European

In-Vitro
Diagnostic Directive). The Company outsources manufacturing of certain electronic components, such as computers, monitors and circuit boards, to outside vendors that meet the Company’s quality requirements. In addition, the Company outsources the manufacturing of certain LC instrument systems and components to well-established contract manufacturing firms in Singapore. The Company’s Singapore entity is ISO 9001:2015 certified and manages all Asian outsourced manufacturing as well as the distribution of all products from Asia. The Company may pursue outsourcing opportunities as they arise but believes it maintains adequate supply chain and manufacturing capabilities in the event of disruption or natural disasters.

The Company manufactures specialty Supercritical Fluid Chromatography (“SFC”) and Supercritical Fluid Extraction (“SFE”) products in its facility in Sharpsburg, Pennsylvania. The Sharpsburg facility is aligned with the policies and procedures for product manufacturing and distribution as adhered to in the Milford, Massachusetts facility and is under the same structural leadership organization.

The Company primarily manufactures and distributes its LC columns at its facilities in Taunton, Massachusetts and Wexford, Ireland. In February 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors approved expanding its Taunton location and anticipates spending an estimated $215 million to build and equip this new
state-of-the-art
manufacturing facility. The Company has spent $11incurred $85 million of costs on this facility through the end of 2018.2019. The Taunton facility processes, sizes and treats silica and polymeric media that are packed into columns, solid phase extraction cartridges and bulk shipping containers in both Taunton and Wexford. The Wexford facility also manufactures and distributes certain data, instruments and software components for the Company’s LC, MS and TA product lines. The Company’s Taunton facility is certified to ISO 9001:2015. The Wexford facility is certified to ISO 9001:2015 and ISO 13485:2016/EN ISO 13485:2016. VICAM
TM
manufactures antibody-linked resins and magnetic beads that are packed into columns and kits in Milford, Massachusetts and Nixa, Missouri. The Company manufactures and distributes its Analytical Standards and Reagents and Environmental Resource Associates (“ERA”) product lines at its facility in Golden, Colorado, which is certified to ISO 9001:2015 and accredited to ISO/IEC 17025:2017, ISO/IEC 17034:16 and ISO Guide 34. Some ERA products are also manufactured in the Wexford, Ireland facility, which is also accredited to ISO/IEC 17025:2005, ISO/IEC 17034:2016.

The Company manufactures and distributes its MS products at its facilities in Wilmslow, England and Wexford, Ireland. Certain components or modules of the Company’s MS instruments are manufactured at its facility in Solihull, England and by long-standing outside contractors. Each stage of this supply chain is closely monitored by the Company to maintain high quality and performance standards. The instruments, components or modules are then returned to the Company’s facilities, where its engineers perform final assembly, calibrations to customer specifications and quality control procedures. The Company’s MS facilities are certified to ISO 9001:2015 and ISO 13485:2016/EN ISO 13485:2016 and adhere to applicable regulatory requirements (including the FDA Quality System Regulation and the European
In-Vitro
Diagnostic Directive).

7

Table of Contents
TA’s thermal analysis, rheometry and calorimetry products are manufactured and distributed at the Company’s New Castle, Delaware, Wakefield, Massachusetts, Eden Prairie, Minnesota, Lindon, Utah and Huellhorst, Germany facilities. Similar to MS, elements of TA’s products are manufactured by outside contractors and are then returned to the Company’s facilities for final assembly, calibration and quality control. The Company’s New Castle facility is certified to ISO 9001:2015 and ISO 17025:2005 standards and the Eden Prairie facility is certified to both ISO 9001:2015 and ISO/IEC 17025:2017 standards.

Raw Materials

The Company purchases a variety of raw materials, primarily consisting of high temperature alloy sheet metal and castings, forgings,
pre-plated
metals and electrical components from various vendors. The materials used by the Company’s operations are generally available from a number of sources and in sufficient quantities to meet current requirements subject to normal lead times.

The Company is subject to rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, requiring disclosure as to whether certain materials (tantalum, tin, gold and tungsten), known as conflict minerals, which may be contained in the Company’s products, are mined from the Democratic Republic of the Congo and adjoining countries. In 2017,2018, the Company was not able to determine with certainty the country of origin of some of the conflict minerals in its manufactured products. However, the Company does not have knowledge that any of its conflict minerals originated from the Democratic Republic of the Congo or adjoining countries. The Company is in the process of evaluating its 20182019 supply chain, and the Company plans to file its 20182019 Form SD with the SEC in May 2019.2020. The results of this and future evaluations may impose additional costs and may introduce new risks related to the Company’s ability to verify the origin of any conflict minerals contained in its products.

In addition, the Company continues to monitor environmental health and safety regulations in countries in which it operates throughout the world, in particular, European Union and China Restrictions on the use of certain Hazardous Substances in electrical and electronic equipment (RoHS) and European Union Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment directives. Further information regarding these regulations is available on the Company’s website,
www.waters.com
, under the caption “About Waters / Environmental Health & Safety”.

Research and Development

The Company maintains an active research and development program focused on the development and commercialization of products that extend, complement and update its existing product offering. The Company’s research and development expenditures for 2019, 2018 2017 and 20162017 were $143 million, $133$143 million and $125$133 million, respectively. In addition, in 2017, the Company incurred a $5 million charge for acquired
in-process
research and development related to milestone payments associated with a licensing arrangement for certain intellectual property relating to mass spectrometry technologies yet to be commercialized and for which there was no future alternative use as of the acquisition date. This licensing arrangement is significantly related to new, biologically-focused applications, as well as other applications, and requirerequires the Company to make additional future payments of up to $7 million if certain milestones are achieved, as well as royalties on future net sales.

Nearly all of the Company’s LC products have been developed at the Company’s main research and development center located in Milford, Massachusetts, with input and feedback from the Company’s extensive field organizations and customers. The majority of the Company’s MS products are developed at facilities in England and most of the Company’s current materials characterization products are developed at the Company’s research and development center in New Castle, Delaware. At December 31, 2019, 2018 2017 and 2016,2017, there were 1,089, 1,011 1,004 and 9711,004 employees, respectively, involved in the Company’s research and development efforts. The Company has increased research and development expenses from its continued commitment to invest significantly in new product development and existing product enhancements, and as a result of acquisitions.
8

Table of Contents
Despite the Company’s active research and development programs, there can be no assurance that the Company’s product development and commercialization efforts will be successful or that the products developed by the Company will be accepted by the marketplace.

Employees

The Company employed approximately 7,500 employees at December 31, 2019 and 7,200 employees at both December 31, 2018 and 2017, and 6,900 at December 31, 2016, with approximately 39% of the Company’s employees located in the United States. The Company believes its employee relations are generally good. The Company’s employees are not unionized or affiliated with any internal or external labor organizations. The Company firmly believes that its future success largely depends upon its continued ability to attract and retain highly skilled employees.

Competition

The analytical instrument systems, supplies and services market is highly competitive. The Company encounters competition from several worldwide suppliers and other companies in both domestic and foreign markets for

each of its three primary technologies. The Company competes in its markets primarily on the basis of product performance, reliability, service and, to a lesser extent, price. Competitors continuously introduce new products and have instrument businesses that are generally more diversified than the Company’s business. Some competitors have greater financial resources and broader distribution than the Company’s.

In the markets served by Waters, the Company’s principal competitors include: Agilent Technologies, Inc., Shimadzu Corporation, Bruker Corporation, Danaher Corporation and Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc. In the markets served by TA, the Company’s principal competitors include: PerkinElmer, Inc., Mettler-Toledo International Inc., NETZSCH-Geraetebau GmbH, Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc., Malvern PANalytical Ltd., a subsidiary of Spectris plc, and Anton-Paar GmbH.

The market for consumable LC products, including separation columns, is highly competitive and generally more fragmented than the analytical instruments market. The Company encounters competition in the consumable columns market from chemical companies that produce column sorbents and small specialized companies that primarily pack purchased sorbents into columns and subsequently package and distribute columns. The Company believes that it is one of the few suppliers that processes silica and polymeric resins, packs columns and distributes its own products. The Company competes in this market on the basis of performance, reproducibility, reputation and, to a lesser extent, price. In recent years, the Company’s principal competitors for consumable products have included: Danaher Corporation; Merck KGaA; Agilent Technologies, Inc.; General Electric Company and Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc. The ACQUITY UPLC instrument is designed to offer a predictable level of performance when used with ACQUITY UPLC columns and the Company believes that the expansion of the ACQUITY UPLC instrument base will enhance its chromatographic column business because of the high level of synergy between ACQUITY UPLC columns and the ACQUITY UPLC instruments.

Patents, Trademarks and Licenses

The Company owns a number of United States and foreign patents and has patent applications pending in the United States and abroad. Certain technology and software has been acquired or is licensed from third parties. The Company also owns a number of trademarks. The Company’s patents, trademarks and licenses are viewed as valuable assets to its operations. However, the Company believes that no one patent or group of patents, trademark or license is, in and of itself, essential to the Company such that its loss would materially affect the Company’s business as a whole.

Environmental Matters and Climate Change

The Company is subject to foreign and U.S. federal, state and local laws, regulations and ordinances that (i) govern activities or operations that may have adverse environmental effects, such as discharges to air and
9

Table of Contents
water as well as handling and disposal practices for solid and hazardous wastes, and (ii) impose liability for the costs of cleaning up and certain damages resulting from sites of past spills, disposals or other releases of hazardous substances. The Company believes that it currently conducts its operations and has operated its business in the past in substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws. From time to time, Company operations have resulted or may result in noncompliance with environmental laws or liability for cleanup pursuant to environmental laws. The Company does not currently anticipate any material adverse effect on its operations, financial condition or competitive position as a result of its efforts to comply with environmental laws.

The Company is sensitive to the growing global debate with respect to climate change. An internal sustainability working group develops increasingly robust data with respect to the Company’s utilization of carbon producing substances in an effort to continuously reduce the Company’s carbon footprint. In 2018,2019, the Company published a sustainability report identifying the various actions and behaviors the Company has adopted from 2014 to 2017in 2018 concerning its commitment to both the environment and the broader topic of social responsibility. See Item 1A, Risk Factors –
The effects of climate change could harm the Company’s business
,

for more information on the potential significance of climate change legislation. See also Note 1718 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for financial information about geographic areas.

Available Information

The Company files or furnishes all required reports with the SEC. The Company is an electronic filer and the SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the SEC electronic filing website is
http://www.sec.gov
. The Company also makes available, free of charge on its website, its annual report onForm
 10-K,
quarterly reports onForm
 10-Q,
current reports onForm
 8-K
and any amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. The website address for Waters Corporation is
http://www.waters.com
and SEC filings can be found under the caption “Investors”.

Forward-Looking Statements

Certain of the statements in this Form
10-K, and
including the documentsinformation incorporated by reference herein, may contain forward-looking statements with respect to future results and events, including any statements regarding, among other items, anticipated trends or growth in the Company’s business, including, but not limited to, the impact of new or proposed tariff or trade regulations or changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing regulations; the impact of foreign currency translation on financial results; development of products by acquired businesses; the growth rate of sales and research and development expenses; the impact of costs associated with developing new technologies and bringing these new technologies to market; the impact of new product launches and the associated costs, such as the amortization expense related to software platforms; geographic sales mix of business; development of products by acquired businesses and the amount of contingent payments to the sellers of an acquired business; anticipated expenses, including interest expense, capitalized software costs and effective tax rates; the impact of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “2017 Tax Act”) in the U.S.; the impact and outcome of the Company’s various ongoing tax audit examinations; the achievement of contractual milestones to preserve foreign tax rates; the impact and outcome of litigation matters; the impact of the loss of intellectual property protection; the impact of new accounting standards and pronouncements; the adequacy of the Company’s supply chain and manufacturing capabilities and facilities; the impact of regulatory compliance; the Company’s expected cash flow, borrowing capacity, debt repayment and refinancing; the Company’s ability to fund working capital, capital expenditures, service debt, repay outstanding lines of credit, make authorized share repurchases, fund potential acquisitions and pay any adverse litigation or tax audit liabilities, particularly in the U.S.; future impairment charges; the Company’s contributions to defined benefit plans; the Company’s expectations regarding changes to its financial position; compliance with applicable environmental laws; and the impact of recent acquisitions on sales and earnings.

Many of these statements appear, in particular, in Part II, Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of this Form
10-K.
Statements that are not statements of historical
10

Table of Contents
fact may be deemed forward-looking statements. You can identify these forward-looking statements by the use of the words “feels”, “believes”, “anticipates”, “plans”, “expects”, “may”, “will”, “would”, “intends”, “suggests”, “appears”, “estimates”, “projects”, “should” and similar expressions, whether in the negative or affirmative. These statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties, many of which are outside the control of the Company, including, and without limitation:

Foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations that could adversely affect translation of the Company’s future sales, financial operating results and the condition of its
non-U.S.
operations, especially when a currency weakens against the U.S. dollar.

Current global economic, sovereign and political conditions and uncertainties, particularly regarding the effect of new or proposed tariff or trade regulations; the U.K. voting toUnited Kingdom’s exit from the European Union, as well as the Chinese government’s ongoing tightening of restrictions on procurement by government-funded customers; the Company’s ability to access capital and maintain liquidity in volatile market conditions;

changes in timing and demand for the Company’s products among the Company’s customers and various market sectors, particularly if they should reduce capital expenditures or are unable to obtain funding, as in the cases of academic, governmental and research institutions; the effect of mergers and acquisitions on customer demand for the Company’s products; and the Company’s ability to sustain and enhance service.

changes in timing and demand for the Company’s products among the Company’s customers and various market sectors, particularly if they should reduce capital expenditures or are unable to obtain funding, as in the cases of governmental, academic and research institutions; the effect of mergers and acquisitions on customer demand for the Company’s products; and the Company’s ability to sustain and enhance service.

Negative industry trends; changes in the competitive landscape as a result of changes in ownership, mergers and continued consolidation among the Company’s competitors; introduction of competing products by other companies and loss of market share; pressures on prices from customers or resulting from competition; regulatory, economic and competitive obstacles to new product introductions; lack of acceptance of new products; expansion of our business in developing markets; spending by certain
end-markets;
ability to obtain alternative sources for components and modules; and the possibility that future sales of new products related to acquisitions, which trigger contingent purchase payments, may exceed the Company’s expectations.

Increased regulatory burdens as the Company’s business evolves, especially with respect to the FDA and EPA, among others, as well as regulatory, environmental and logistical obstacles affecting the distribution of the Company’s products, including the impact, if any, of the coronavirus in China or elsewhere; completion of purchase order documentation by our customerscustomers; and the customers’ ability of customers to obtain letters of credit or other financing alternatives.

Risks associated with lawsuits, particularly involving claims for infringement of patents and other intellectual property rights.

The impact and costs incurred from changes in accounting principles and practices; the impact and costs of changes in statutory or contractual tax rates in jurisdictions in which the Company operates, specifically as it relates to the 2017 Tax Act in the U.S.; shifts in taxable income among jurisdictions with different effective tax rates; and the outcome of and costs associated with ongoing and future tax audit examinations or changes in respective country legislation affecting the Company’s effective rates.

Certain of these and other factors are further described below in Item 1A, Risk Factors, of this Form
10-K.
Actual results or events could differ materially from the plans, intentions and expectations disclosed in the forward-looking statements, whether because of these factors or for other reasons. All forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this annual report on Form
10-K
and are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements included in this report. Except as required by law, the Company does not assume any obligation to update any forward-looking statements.

Item 1A:    Risk

Factors

11

Table of Contents
Item 1A:
 Risk Factors
The Company is subject to risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, the following:

The Company’s international operations may be negatively affected by political events, wars or terrorism and regulatory changes, related to either a specific country or a larger region. These potential political, currency and economic disruptions, as well as foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

Approximately 72%71% and 71%72% of the Company’s net sales in 20182019 and 2017,2018, respectively, were outside of the United States and were primarily denominated in foreign currencies. In addition, the Company has considerable manufacturing operations in Ireland and the United Kingdom,U.K., as well as significant subcontractors located in Singapore. As a result, a significant portion of the Company’s sales and operations are subject to certain risks, including adverse developments in the political, regulatory and economic environment, in particular, uncertainty regarding possible changes to foreign and domestic trade policy; the effect of the U.K. voting to’s exit from the European Union as well as the financial difficulties and debt burden experienced by a number of European countries; the instability and potential impact of war or terrorism; the instability and possible dissolution of the Euro as a single currency; sudden movements in a country’s foreign exchange rates due to a change in a country’s sovereign risk profile or foreign exchange regulatory practices; tariffs and other trade barriers; the impact of public health epidemics, such as the coronavirus currently impacting China and elsewhere; difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations; and associated adverse operational, contractual and tax consequences.

Additionally, the U.S. dollar value of the Company’s net sales, cost of sales, operating expenses, interest, taxes and net income varies with foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. Significant increases or decreases in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to certain foreign currencies, particularly the Euro, Japanese yen and British pound, could have a material adverse effect or benefit on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

Global economic conditions may decrease demand for the Company’s products and harm the Company’s financial results.

The Company is a global business that may be adversely affected by changes in global economic conditions. These changes in global economic conditions, both inside and outside the U.S., may affect the demand for the Company’s products and services. This may result in a decline in sales in the future, increased rate of order cancellations or delays, increased risk of excess or obsolete inventories, longer sales cycles and potential difficulty in collecting sales proceeds. There can be no assurance regarding demand for the Company’s products and services in the future.

The Company’s financial results are subject to changes in customer demand, which may decrease for a number of reasons, many beyond the Company’s control.

The demand for the Company’s products is dependent upon the size of the markets for its LC,
LC-MS,
thermal analysis, rheometry and calorimetry products; the timing and level of capital spending and expenditures of the Company’s customers; changes in governmental regulations, particularly affecting drug, food and drinking water testing; funding available to academic, governmental academic and research institutions; general economic conditions and the rate of economic growth in the Company’s major markets; and competitive considerations. The Company typically experiences an increase in sales in its fourth quarter as a result of purchasing habits for capital goods by customers that tend to exhaust their spending budgets by calendar year end. However, there can be no assurance that the Company will effectively forecast customer demand and appropriately allocated research and development expenditures to products with high growth and high margin prospects. Additionally, there can be no assurance that the Company’s results of operations or financial condition will not be adversely impacted by a change in any of the factors listed above or the continuation of uncertain global economic conditions.

Additionally, the analytical instrument market may, from time to time, experience low sales growth. Approximately 57% and 56% of the Company’s net sales in both2019 and 2018, and 2017respectively, were to worldwide pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, which may be periodically subject to unfavorable market conditions and consolidations. Unfavorable industry conditions could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

12

Disruption in worldwide financial markets could adversely impact the Company’s access to capital and financial condition.

Financial markets in the U.S., Europe and Asia have experienced times of extreme disruption, including, among other things, sharp increases in the cost of new capital, credit rating downgrades and bailouts, severely diminished capital availability and severely reduced liquidity in money markets. Financial and banking institutions have also experienced disruptions, resulting in large asset write-downs, higher costs of capital, rating downgrades and reduced desire to lend money. There can be no assurance that there will not be future deterioration or prolonged disruption in financial markets or financial institutions. Any future deterioration or prolonged disruption in financial markets or financial institutions in which the Company participates may impair the Company’s ability to access its existing cash, utilize its existing syndicated bank credit facility funded by such financial institutions, and impair its ability to access sources of new capital. The cost to the Company of any new capital raised and interest expense would increase if this were to occur.

Competitors may introduce more effective or less expensive products than the Company’s, which could result in decreased sales. The competitive landscape may transform as a result of potential changes in ownership, mergers and continued consolidations among the Company’s competitors, which could harm the Company’s business.

The analytical instrument market and, in particular, the portion related to the Company’s HPLC, UPLC,
LC-MS,
thermal analysis, rheometry and calorimetry product lines, is highly competitive and subject to rapid changes in technology. The Company encounters competition from several international instrument suppliers and other companies in both domestic and foreign markets. Some competitors have instrument businesses that are generally more diversified than the Company’s business, but are typically less focused on the Company’s chosen markets. Over the years, some competitors have merged with other competitors for various reasons, including increasing product line offerings, improving market share and reducing costs. There can be no assurance that the Company’s competitors will not introduce more effective and less costly products than those of the Company or that the Company will be able to increase its sales and profitability from new product introductions. There can be no assurance that the Company’s sales and marketing forces will compete successfully against the Company’s competitors in the future.

Strategies for organic growth require developing new technologies and bringing these new technologies to market, which could negatively impact the Company’s financial results.

The Company’s corporate strategy is fundamentally based on winning through organic innovation and deep application expertise. The Company is in the process of developing new products with recently acquired technologies. The future development of these new products will require a significant amount of spending over the next few years before significant, robust sales will be realized. Furthermore, these new products will be sold into both the
non-clinical
and clinical markets, and any new products requiring FDA clearance may take longer to bring to market. There can be no assurance given as to the timing of these new product launches and the ultimate realization of sales and profitability in the future.

The Company’s software or hardware may contain coding or manufacturing errors that could impact their function, performance and security, and result in other negative consequences.

Despite testing prior to the release and throughout the lifecycle of a product or service, the detection and correction of any errors in released software or hardware can be time consuming and costly. This could delay the development or release of new products or services, or new versions of products or services, create security vulnerabilities in the Company’s products or services, and adversely affect market acceptance of products or services. If the Company experiences errors or delays in releasing its software or hardware, or new versions thereof, its sales could be affected and revenues could decline. Errors in software or hardware could expose the Company to product liability, performance and warranty claims as well as harm to brand and reputation, which could impact future sales.

13

The loss of key members of management and the risks inherent in succession planning could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

The operation of the Company requires managerial and operational expertise. None of the Company’s key management employees, with the exception of the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, have an employment contract with the Company and there can be no assurance that such individuals will remain with the Company. If, for any reason, other such key personnel do not continue to be active in management, the Company’s results of operations or financial condition could be adversely affected.

Disruption of operations at the Company’s manufacturing facilities could harm the Company’s financial condition.

The Company manufactures LC instruments at facilities in Milford, Massachusetts and through a subcontractor in Singapore; precision chemistry separation columns at its facilities in Taunton, Massachusetts and Wexford,

Ireland; MS products at its facilities in Wilmslow, England, Solihull, England and Wexford, Ireland; thermal analysis and rheometry products at its facilities in New Castle, Delaware and other instruments and consumables at various other locations as a result of the Company’s acquisitions. Any prolonged disruption to the operations at any of these facilities, whether due to labor difficulties, destruction of or damage to any facility or other reasons, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

Failure to adequately protect intellectual property could have materially adverse effects on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

There can be no assurance that any patents held by the Company will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented or that the rights granted thereunder will provide competitive advantages to the Company. Additionally, there could be successful claims against the Company by third-party patent holders with respect to certain Company products that may infringe the intellectual property rights of such third parties. The Company’s patents, including those licensed from others, expire on various dates. If the Company is unable to protect its intellectual property rights, it could have an adverse and material effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

The Company’s business would suffer if the Company were unable to acquire adequate sources of supply.

Most of the raw materials, components and supplies purchased by the Company are available from a number of different suppliers; however, a number of items are purchased from limited or single sources of supply and disruption of these sources could have, at a minimum, a temporary adverse effect on shipments and the financial results of the Company. A prolonged inability to obtain certain materials or components could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations and could result in damage to its relationships with its customers and, accordingly, adversely affect the Company’s business.

The Company’s sales would deteriorate if the Company’s outside contractors fail to provide necessary components or modules.

Certain components or modules of the Company’s LC and MS instruments are manufactured by outside contractors, including the manufacturing of LC instrument systems and related components by contract manufacturing firms in Singapore. Disruptions of service by these outside contractors could have an adverse effect on the supply chain and the financial results of the Company. A prolonged inability to obtain these components or modules could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

The Company’s business could be harmed by actions of distributors and other third parties that sell our products.

The Company sells some products through third parties, including distributors and value-added resellers. This exposes us to various risks, including competitive pressure, concentration of sales volumes, credit risks and compliance risks. We may rely on one or a few key distributors for a product or market and the loss of these
14

Table of Contents
distributors could reduce our revenue or net earnings. Distributors may also face financial difficulties, including bankruptcy, which could harm our collection of accounts receivable. Violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), the U.K. Bribery Act or similar anti-bribery laws by distributors or other third-party intermediaries could materially impact our business. Risks related to our use of distributors may reduce sales, increase expenses and weaken our competitive position.

The Company may be harmed by improper conduct of any of our employees, agents or business partners.

We cannot provide assurance that our internal controls and compliance systems will always protect the Company from acts committed by employees, agents or business partners that would violate domestic and international laws, including laws governing payments to government officials, bribery, fraud, kickbacks and false claims, pricing, sales and marketing practices, conflicts of interest, competition, export and import compliance, money

laundering and data privacy. In particular, the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act and similar anti-bribery laws generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business, and we operate in many parts of the world that have experienced governmental corruption to some degree. Any such improper actions or allegations of such acts could damage our reputation and subject us to civil or criminal investigations in the U.S. and in other jurisdictions and related shareholder lawsuits, could lead to substantial civil and criminal, monetary and

non-monetary
penalties and could cause us to incur significant legal and investigatory fees. In addition, the government may seek to hold us liable as a successor for violations committed by companies in which we invest or that we acquire. We also rely on our suppliers to adhere to our supplier standards of conduct and material violations of such standards of conduct could occur that could have a material effect on our business, reputation and financial statements.

The effects of climate change could harm the Company’s business.

The Company’s manufacturing processes for certain of its products involve the use of chemicals and other substances that are regulated under various international, federal, state and local laws governing the environment. In the event that any future climate change legislation would require that stricter standards be imposed by domestic or international environmental regulatory authorities with respect to the use and/or levels of possible emissions from such chemicals and/or other substances, the Company may be required to make certain changes and adaptations to its manufacturing processes. Any such changes could have a material adverse effect on the financial statements of the Company.

Another potential effect of climate change is an increase in the severity of global weather conditions. The Company’s manufacturing facilities are located in the United States, United Kingdom,U.S., U.K., Ireland and Germany. In addition, the Company manufactures a growing percentage of its HPLC, UPLC and MS products in both Singapore and Ireland. Severe weather and geological conditions or events, including earthquakes, hurricanes and/or tsunamis, could potentially cause significant damage to the Company’s manufacturing facilities in each of these countries. The effects of such damage and the resulting disruption of manufacturing operations and the impact of lost sales could have a material adverse impact on the financial results of the Company.

The Company’s financial results are subject to unexpected shifts in
pre-tax
income between tax jurisdictions, changing application of tax law and tax audit examinations.

The Company is subject to rates of income tax that range from 0% up to 35%34% in various jurisdictions in which it conducts business. In addition, the Company typically generates a substantial portion of its income in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year. Geographical shifts in income from previous quarters’ projections caused by factors including, but not limited to, changes in volume and product mix and fluctuations in foreign currency translation rates, could therefore have potentially significant favorable or unfavorable effects on the Company’s income tax expense, effective tax rate and results of operations.

Governments in the jurisdictions in which the Company operates implement changes to tax laws and regulations from time to time. Any changes in corporate income tax rates or regulations regarding transfer
15

Table of Contents
pricing or repatriation of dividends or capital, as well as changes in the interpretation of existing tax laws and regulations, in the jurisdictions in which the Company operates could adversely affect the Company’s cash flow and lead to increases in its overall tax burden, which would negatively affect the Company’s profitability.

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. enacted the 2017 Tax Act. The 2017 Tax Act changed the U.S. tax system to a territorial tax system, including base broadening measures onnon-U.S. earnings, whereby historical unremitted, earnings of foreign subsidiaries are deemed to have been repatriated to the U.S. in 2017 regardless of when the assets are actually remitted to the U.S., as well as reducing or eliminating certain domestic deductions and credits and limiting the deductibility of interest expense and executive compensation. Earnings deemed to have been distributed to the U.S. in accordance with the aforementioned 2017 Tax Act deemed distribution rules are subject to a transition tax, which is aone-time, mandatory deemed repatriation tax on the accumulated

foreign earnings that have not been previously taxed. To the extent those earnings are deemed to have been invested in cash and cash equivalents, they will be taxed at a rate of 15.5%; the remainder of those earnings will be taxed at a rate of 8.0%. As a result, the Company’s historical unremitted foreign earnings were deemed repatriated in 2017 and the Company incurred a $550 million estimated tax provision, which primarily consisted of an estimated transition tax, as well as estimated income tax provisions for state and withholding taxes and a provision associated with the remeasurement of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities from 35% to the new U.S. corporate income tax rate of 21%. The transition tax will be paid over an eight-year period, which started in 2018, and will not accrue interest. During 2018, the Internal Revenue Service issued proposed regulations with respect to the transition tax and other new areas of the Tax Reform law that impact the 2018 tax provision. The Company anticipates additional proposed regulations, and the final versions of the currently proposed regulations could clarify or change the interpretation of the new laws. As permitted by the SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, the Company completed its analysis and calculation of the 2017 Tax Act federal and state transition tax liability during 2018, which remained significantly unchanged.

The Company has a contractual tax rate in Singapore of 0% through March 2021, based upon the achievement and continued satisfaction of certain operational and financial milestones, which the Company expects to continue to meet. Currently, the Company has determined that it is more likely than not to realize the contractual tax rate in Singapore of 0% and has not recognized any uncertain tax position in its balance sheet related to the achievement of the contractual milestones in Singapore. In the event that it appears that the milestone targets will not be met, the Company will no longer be entitled to a 0% contractual tax rate benefit on income earned in Singapore dating back to the start date of the agreement (April 1, 2016), at which time all tax benefits previously recorded would be reversed and an income tax charge equal to the statutory tax of 17% on income earned during that period would be recorded.

As a global business, the Company is subject to tax audit examinations in various jurisdictions throughout the world. The Company must manage the cost and disruption of responding to governmental audits, investigation and proceedings. In addition, the impact of the settlement of pending or future tax audit examination could have an unfavorable effect on the Company’s income tax expense, effective tax rate and results of operations.

The Company’s financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected if the Company is unable to maintain a sufficient level of cash flow.

The Company had $1,148 million$1.7 billion in debt and $1,735$337 million in cash, cash equivalents and investments as of December 31, 2018.2019. As of December 31, 2018,2019, the Company also had the ability to borrow an additional $1,208 million$1.2 billion from its existing, committed credit facility. All but a small portion of the Company’s debt was in the U.S. There is a substantial cash requirement in the U.S. to fund operations and capital expenditures, service debt interest obligations, finance potential U.S. acquisitions and continue authorized stock repurchase programs.

The Company has conducted apost-tax reform evaluation of its capital allocation strategy and is currently planning to use its existing cash, cash equivalents and investments, cash flow from operations and available debt capacity to repurchase up to $4 billion of the Company’s common stock over the next two years. As a result,such, the Company’s financial condition and results of operations could be adversely impacted if the Company is unable to generate and maintain a sufficient level of cash flow to address these requirements through (1) cash from operations, (2) the Company’s ability to access its existing cash and revolving credit facility, (3) the ability to expand the Company’s borrowing capacity and (4) other sources of capital obtained at an acceptable cost.

Debt covenants, and the Company’s failure to comply with them, could negatively impact the Company’s capital and financial results.

The Company’s debt is subject to restrictive debt covenants that limit the Company’s ability to engage in certain activities that could otherwise benefit the Company. These debt covenants include restrictions on the Company’s ability to enter into certain contracts or agreements, which may limit the Company’s ability to make dividend or other payments, secure other indebtedness, enter into transactions with affiliates and consolidate, merge or

transfer all or substantially all of the Company’s assets. The Company is also required to meet specified financial ratios under the terms of the Company’s debt agreements. The Company’s ability to comply with these financial restrictions and all other covenants is dependent on the Company’s future performance, which is subject to, but not limited to, prevailing economic conditions and other factors, including factors that are beyond the Company’s control, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates, changes in technology and changes in the level of competition. As of December 31, 2018, the Company was in compliance with all debt covenants.

Disruption, cyber attack or unforeseen problems with the security, maintenance or upgrade of the Company’s information and
web-based
systems could have an adverse effect on the Company’s operations and financial condition.

The Company relies on its technology infrastructure and that of its software and banking partners, among other functions, to interact with suppliers, sell products and services, fulfill contract obligations, ship products, collect and make electronic wire and check based payments and otherwise conduct business. The Company’s technology
16

Table of Contents
infrastructure may be vulnerable to damage or interruption from, but not limited to, natural disasters, power loss, telecommunication failures, terrorist attacks, computer viruses, unauthorized access to customer or employee data, unauthorized access to and funds transfers from Company bank accounts and other attempts to harm the Company’s systems. Any prolonged disruption to the Company’s technology infrastructure, at any of its facilities, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

If the Company’s security measures are compromised or fail to adequately protect its technology infrastructure, research and development efforts or manufacturing operations, the Company’s products and services may be perceived as vulnerable or unreliable, the information [protected by] the Company’s controls and processes may be subject to unauthorized access, acquisition or modification, the Company’s brand and reputation could be damaged, the services that the Company provides to its customers could be disrupted, and customers may stop using the Company’s products and services, all of which could reduce the Company’s revenue and earnings, increase its expenses and expose the Company to legal claims and regulatory actions.

The Company is in the business of designing, manufacturing, selling and servicing analytical instruments to life science, pharmaceutical, biochemical, industrial, nutritional safety, and environmental, academic and governmental customers working in research and development, quality assurance and other laboratory applications, and the Company is also a developer and supplier of software-based products that support instrument systems. Many of the Company’s customers are in highly regulated industries. While the Company has invested time and resources implementing measures designed to protect the integrity and security of its technology infrastructure, research and development processes, manufacturing operations, products and services, and the internal and external data managed by the Company, there is a risk these measures will be defeated or compromised or that they are otherwise insufficient to protect against existing or emerging threats. The Company also has acquired companies, products, services and technologies over time and may face inheritinherent risk when integrating these acquisitions into the Company. In addition, at times, the Company faces attempts by third parties to defeat its security measures or exploit vulnerabilities in its systems. These risks will increase as the Company continues to grow and expand geographically, and its systems, products and services become increasingly digital and sensor- and
web-based.

The Company could suffer significant damage to its brand and reputation if a security incident resulted in unauthorized access to, acquisition of, or modification to the Company’s technology infrastructure, research and development processes, manufacturing operations, its products and services as well as the internal and external data managed by the Company. Such an incident could disrupt the Company’s operations and customers could lose confidence in the Company’s ability to deliver quality and reliable products or services. This could negatively impact sales and could increase costs related to fixing and addressing these incidents and any vulnerabilities exposed by them, as well as to lawsuits, regulatory investigations, claims or legal liability including contractual liability, costs and expenses owed to customers and business partners.

Compliance failures could harm the Company’s business.

The Company is subject to regulation by various federal, state and foreign governments and agencies in areas including, among others, health and safety, import/export, privacy and data protection, FCPA and environmental laws and regulations. A portion of the Company’s operations are subject to regulation by the FDA and similar foreign regulatory agencies. These regulations are complex and govern an array of product activities, including design, development, labeling, manufacturing, promotion, sales and distribution. Any failure by the Company to comply with applicable governmental regulations could result in product recalls, the imposition of fines, restrictions on the Company’s ability to conduct or expand its operations or the cessation of all or a portion of its operations.

Regulators globally are increasingly imposing greater fines and penalties for privacy and data protection violations, and the European Union has enacted a broad data protection regulation with fines based on a percentage of global revenues. Changes in laws or regulations associated with enhanced protection of certain sensitive types of personal information, such as information related to health, could greatly increase the cost of
17

Table of Contents
compliance and the cost of providing the Company’s products or services. Any failure, or perceived failure, by the Company to comply with laws and regulations on privacy, data security or consumer protection, or other policies, public perception, standards, self-regulatory requirements or legal obligations, could result in lost or restricted business, proceedings, actions or fines brought against the Company or levied by governmental entities or others, or could otherwise adversely affect the business and harm the Company’s reputation.

Some of the Company’s operations are subject to domestic and international laws and regulations with respect to the manufacturing, handling, use or sale of toxic or hazardous substances. This requires the Company to devote substantial resources to maintain compliance with those applicable laws and regulations. If the Company fails to comply with such requirements in the manufacturing or distribution of its products, it could face civil and/or criminal penalties and potentially be prohibited from distributing or selling such products until they are compliant.

Some of the Company’s products are also subject to the rules of certain industrial standards bodies, such as the International Standards Organization. The Company must comply with these rules, as well as those of other agencies, such as the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. Failure to comply with such rules could result in the loss of certification and/or the imposition of fines and penalties, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operations.

As a publicly-traded company, the Company is subject to the rules of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange. In addition, the Company must comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley regulations, which require the Company to establish and maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s efforts to comply with such laws and regulations are time consuming and costly. While we continue to enhance our controls, we cannot be certain that we will be able to prevent future significant deficiencies or material weaknesses. Failure to comply with such regulations or having inadequate internal controls could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and operations, which could cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and could have a negative effect on the trading price of our stock and our access to capital.

The Company is subject to the rules of the SEC under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, requiring disclosure as to whether certain materials (tantalum, tin, gold and tungsten), known as conflict minerals, which may be contained in the Company’s products, are mined from the Democratic Republic of the Congo and adjoining countries. In 2017,2018, the Company was not able to determine with certainty the country of origin of some of the conflict minerals in its manufactured products. However, the Company does not have knowledge that any of its conflict minerals originated from the Democratic Republic of the Congo or adjoining countries. The Company is in the process of evaluating its 20182019 supply chain, and the Company plans to file its 20182019 Form SD with the SEC in May 2019.2020. The results of this and future evaluations may impose additional costs and may introduce new risks related to the Company’s ability to verify the origin of any conflict minerals contained in its products.

The Company’s financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected by changes to the Company’s retirement plans or retirement plan assets.

In December 2018, the Company settled a frozen U.S. defined benefit pension plan by makinglump-sum cash payments and purchasing annuity contracts for participants to permanently extinguish the pension plan’s obligations. This plan was the Company’s largest defined benefit pension plan.

The Company still sponsors various retirement plans, both inside and outside the U.S. Any changes in regulations made by governments in countries in which the Company sponsors retirement plans could adversely impact the Company’s cash flows or results of operations. In connection with these retirement plans, the Company is exposed to market risks associated with changes in the various capital markets. For example, changes in long-term interest rates affect the discount rate that is used to measure the Company’s retirement plan obligations and related expense. In addition, changes in the market value of investments held by the retirement plans could materially impact the funded status of the retirement plans, and affect the related pension expense and level and timing of contributions required under applicable laws.

18

Estimates and assumptions made in accounting for the Company’s results from operations are dependent on future results, which involve significant judgments and may be imprecise and may differ materially from actual results.

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires the Company to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent liabilities at the dates of the financial statements. These estimates and assumptions must be made due to certain information used in preparation of our financial statements which is dependent on future events, cannot be calculated with a high degree of precision from data available or is not capable of being readily calculated based on generally accepted methodologies. The Company believes that the accounting related to revenue recognition, product returns and allowances, bad debts, inventory valuation, goodwill and intangible assets, income taxes, warranty and installation provisions, litigation, retirement plan obligations, stock-based compensation, equity investments, business combinations and asset acquisitions, uncertain tax positions and contingencies involves significant judgments and estimates. Actual results for all estimates could differ materially from the estimates and assumptions used, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Item 1B:

1B:
Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2:

Properties

Item 2:
    Properties
Waters Corporation operates 2223 United States facilities and 7267 international facilities, including field offices. The Company believes its facilities are suitable and adequate for its current production level and for reasonable growth over the next several years. The Company’s primary facilities are summarized in the table below.

Primary Facility Locations

Location

 Function (1) Owned/Leased

Golden, CO

 
Location
Function (1)
Owned/Leased
Golden, CO
M, R, S, D, A
 
Leased

New Castle, DE

 
M, R, S, D, A
 Owned

Franklin, MA

 D
Owned
Franklin, MA
 Leased

Milford, MA

D
 
Leased
Milford, MA
M, R, S, A
 Owned

Taunton, MA

 M, R
Owned
Taunton, MA
 Owned

Wakefield, MA

M, R
 
Owned
Cambridge, MA
R, S
Leased
Wakefield, MA
M, R, S, D, A
 
Leased

Eden Prairie, MN

 
M, R, S, D, A
 Leased

Nixa, MO

 
Leased
Nixa, MO
M, S, D, A
 Leased

Sharpsburg, PA

 
Leased
Sharpsburg, PA
M, R, S, D, A
 Leased

Lindon, UT

 
Leased
Lindon, UT
M, R, S, D, A
 Leased

Newcastle, England

 
Leased
Newcastle, England
R, S, D, A
 Leased

Solihull, England

 M,A
Leased
Solihull, England
 Owned

Wilmslow, England

M,A
 
Owned
Wilmslow, England
M, R, S, D, A
 
Owned

St. Quentin, France

 
S, A
 Leased

Bochum, Germany

 
Leased
Bochum, Germany
R, S, A
 Leased

Huellhorst, Germany

 
Leased
Huellhorst, Germany
M, R, S, D, A
 Owned

Budapest, Hungary

 R
Owned
Budapest, Hungary
 Leased

Wexford, Ireland

R
 
Leased
Wexford, Ireland
M, R, D, A
 Owned

Etten-Leur, Netherlands

 
Owned
Etten-Leur, Netherlands
S, D, A
 Owned

Brasov, Romania

 R, A
Owned
Brasov, Romania
 Leased

Singapore

R, A
 
Leased
Singapore
R, S, D, A
 
Leased

(1)

M = Manufacturing; R = Research; S = Sales and Service; D = Distribution; A = Administration

19

Table of Contents
The Company operates and maintains 11 field offices in the United States and 6156 field offices abroad in addition to sales offices in the primary facilities listed above. The Company’s field office locations are listed below.

Field Office Locations (2)

United States

 

International

United States
International

Costa Mesa, CA

 
Australia
 
India
 
Portugal

Pleasanton, CA

 
Austria
 
Ireland
 
Poland

Wood Dale, IL

 
Belgium
 
Israel
 
Puerto Rico

Carmel, IN

 
Brazil
 
Italy
 
Spain

Columbia, MD

 
Canada
 
Japan
 
Sweden

Beverly, MA

 
Czech Republic
 
Korea
 
Switzerland

Durham, NC

 
Denmark
 
Malaysia
 
Taiwan

Morrisville, NC

 
Finland
 
Mexico
 
United Kingdom

Parsippany, NJ

 
France
 
Netherlands
 

Plymouth Meeting, PA

 
Germany
 
Norway
 

Bellaire, TX

 
Hungary
 
People’s Republic of China
 

(2)

The Company operates more than one field office within certain states and foreign countries.

Item 3:

Legal Proceedings

Item 3:
     Legal Proceedings
From time to time, the Company and its subsidiaries are involved in various litigation matters arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company believes it has meritorious arguments in its current litigation matters and believes any outcome, either individually or in the aggregate, will not be material to the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

Item 4:

Mine Safety Disclosures

Item 4:
     Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.

INFORMATION ABOUT OUR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

Officers of the Company are elected annually by the Board of Directors and hold office at the discretion of the Board of Directors. The following persons serve as executive officers of the Company:

Christopher J. O’Connell, 52,53, has served as a Director of the Company since September 2015, when he assumed the position of President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. In December 2017, Mr. O’Connell was appointed as the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company. Mr. O’Connell served as Executive Vice President and President of Restorative Therapies Group of Medtronic plc from August 2009 to August 2015. From 1994 to August 2009, Mr. O’Connell served in the following positions at Medtronic plc: Senior Vice President and President of Medtronic Diabetes, President of Medtronic Physio-Control, Vice President of Sales and Marketing for the Cardiac Rhythm Management business, Vice President/General Manager of the Patient Management Business, Vice President of Corporate Strategy, Director of Investor Relations and Corporate Development Associate.

Mark T. Beaudouin, 64,

Keeley Aleman, 43, was appointed Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary in February 2016 and was Vice President,October of 2019. Ms. Aleman joined Waters Corporation in 2006 as the Assistant General Counsel and Secretary of the Company since April 2003.held various legal roles focusing on business transactions, commercial strategies, international development, compliance, corporate governance and organizational matters. Prior to joining Waters Corporation he served as Senior Vice President, General Counselshe held corporate associate positions at Goodwin Procter, LLP, and SecretaryTesta, Hurwitz & Thibeault, LLP.
20

Table of PAREXEL International Corporation, a bio/pharmaceutical services company, from January 2000 to April 2003. Previously, from May 1985 to January 2000, Mr. Beaudouin served in several senior legal management positions, including Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of BC International, Inc., a development stage biotechnology company, First Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of J. Baker, Inc., a diversified retail company, and General Counsel and Secretary of GenRad, Inc., a high technology test equipment manufacturer.

Contents

Sherry L. Buck, 55,56, was appointed Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in January 2017. Previously, Ms. Buck served as the Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of Libbey Inc. since August 2012. From 1993 to 2012, Ms. Buck held several positions at Whirlpool Corporation, including Vice President, Finance/Chief Financial Officer, Global Product and Enterprise Cost Leadership; Vice President, Finance—US; Vice President, Cost Leadership; Vice President, Finance—International; and Vice President, Business Performance Management.

Robert G. Carson, 45,46, was appointed Senior Vice President, Corporate Development in February 2018. Prior to joining Waters Corporation, he held several positions during his 16 years at Medtronic plc, including Vice President and General Manager, Pacemaker Business from January 2017 to January 2018. In addition, Mr. Carson spent nearly 12 years in Medtronic’s spinal implants and biologics business, serving as Vice President and General Manager from July 2016 to January 2017, Vice President of Global Marketing & Strategy from April 2015 to July 2016 and Vice President & Therapy Segment Leader from October 2012 to April 2015. Mr. Carson began his career with Banc of America Securities.

Dr. Michael C. Harrington, 58,59, was appointed Senior Vice President, Global Markets in February 2016. Dr. Harrington joined Waters Corporation in 1987 and has held several senior positions with Waters Corporation,

including Vice President, Europe and Asia Pacific Operations, Senior Director of US Sales Operations, Director of US Chemistry Sales and General Manager of Phase Separations. Prior to joining Waters Corporation, Dr. Harrington held senior sales positions at Celsis, Inc.

Terrance P. Kelly, 56,

Jonathan M. Pratt, 50, was appointed Senior Vice President and President, TA Instruments in February 2016. Mr. Kelly has served as President, TA instruments since February 2005. Mr. Kelly started his career in finance and accounting at ICI in 1985. He joined DuPont in 1988. He held various sales and marketing positions with DuPont, and later TA Instruments. Mr. Kelly joinedAugust 2019. Prior to joining Waters Corporation, in 1996, when TA InstrumentsMr. Pratt was acquired.

President of Beckman Coulter Life Sciences. Additionally, he held senior positions at Pall Corporation, where he was President of its Food & Beverage, Laboratory and ForteBio businesses.

Francis Kim, 52,53, was appointed Senior Vice President, Global Operations in February 2018. Mr. Kim previously served as Vice President of Global Quality Assurance since November 2016. Prior to joining Waters Corporation, he held several positions during his 20 years at Medtronic plc, including Vice President of Quality, Restorative Therapies Group from May 2015 to November 2016 and Vice President of Quality, Regulatory and Clinical Affairs, Surgical Technologies Division from January 2011 to May 2015.

On February 17, 2020, Mr. Kim notified the Company that he will be resigning his position on March 16, 2020.

Ian S. King, 62,63, was appointed Senior Vice President, Global Products in July 2017. Mr. King joined Waters in 1982 and previously served as Senior Vice President, Instrument Technology; Vice President, Separations Technologies; and Vice President and General Manager of Consumable Division, as well as a variety of scientific and management positions in Waters Corporation’s international subsidiaries. Prior to joining Waters Corporation, Mr. King worked at Edinburgh University as a research scientist.

Elizabeth B. Rae, 61,62, was appointed Senior Vice President, Global Human Resources in February 2016 and was Vice President of Human Resources since October 2005 and Vice President of Worldwide Compensation and Benefits since January 2002. Ms. Rae joined Waters Corporation in January 1996 as Director of Worldwide Compensation. Prior to joining Waters Corporation, she held senior human resources positions in retail, healthcare and financial services companies.

21

Table of Contents
PART II

Item 5:

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder
Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The Company’s common stock is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “WAT”. As of February 21, 2019,2020, the Company had 8680 common stockholders of record. The Company has not declared or paid any dividends on its common stock in its past three fiscal years and does not intend to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay cash dividends will be made at the discretion of the Board of Directors and will depend on restrictions and other factors the Board of Directors may deem relevant. The Company has not made any sales of unregistered equity securities in the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 2017 or 2016.

2017.

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

Equity compensation plan information is incorporated by reference from Part III, Item 12, Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters, of this document and should be considered an integral part of this Item 5.

22

Table of Contents
Stock Price Performance Graph

The following performance graph and related information shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by reference into such filing.

The following graph compares the cumulative total return on $100 invested as of December 31, 20132014 (the last day of public trading of the Company’s common stock in fiscal year 2013)2014) through December 31, 20182019 (the last day of public trading of the common stock in fiscal year 2018)2019) in the Company’s common stock, the NYSE Market Index, the SIC Code 3826 Index and the S&P 500 Index. The return of the indices is calculated assuming reinvestment of dividends during the period presented. The Company has not paid any dividends since its IPO. The stock price performance shown on the graph below is not necessarily indicative of future price performance.

COMPARISON OF CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN SINCE DECEMBER 31, 2013

2014

AMONG WATERS CORPORATION, NYSE MARKET INDEX, SIC CODE 3826 INDEX – LABORATORY ANALYTICAL INSTRUMENTS AND S&P 500 INDEX

LOGO

    2013  2014  2015  2016  2017  2018

WATERS CORPORATION

  $100.00   $112.72   $134.58   $134.39   $193.19   $188.65 

NYSE MARKET INDEX

  $100.00   $106.75   $102.38   $114.61   $136.07   $123.89 

SIC CODE INDEX

  $100.00   $127.50   $141.59   $130.44   $199.51   $210.24 

S&P 500 INDEX

  $100.00   $113.69   $115.26   $129.05   $157.22   $150.33 

                         
 
2014
  
2015
  
2016
  
2017
  
2018
  
2019
 
WATERS CORPORATION
 $
100.00
  $
119.39
  $
119.22
  $
171.39
  $
167.36
  $
207.28
 
NYSE MARKET INDEX
 $
100.00
  $
95.91
  $
107.36
  $
127.46
  $
116.06
  $
145.66
 
SIC CODE INDEX
 $
100.00
  $
111.14
  $
102.42
  $
156.71
  $
165.13
  $
205.80
 
S&P 500 INDEX
 $
100.00
  $
101.38
  $
113.51
  $
138.29
  $
132.23
  $
173.86
 
23

Table of Contents
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer

The following table provides information about purchases by the Company during the three months ended December 31, 20182019 of equity securities registered by the Company under the Exchange Act (in thousands, except per share data):

Period

  Total
Number  of
Shares
Purchased (1)
   Average
Price Paid
per Share
   Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of  Publicly
Announced
Programs (2)
   Maximum Dollar
Value of Shares
that May Yet Be
Purchased Under
the Programs (2)
 

September 30 to October 27, 2018

   128   $182.79    128   $2,968,685 

October 28 to November 24, 2018

   1,126   $195.56    1,126   $2,748,484 

November 25 to December 31, 2018

   1,466   $189.54    1,460   $2,471,785 
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total

   2,720   $191.71    2,714   $2,471,785 
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

                 
Period
 
Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased (1)
  
Average
Price Paid
per Share
  
Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced
Programs (2)
  
Maximum Dollar
Value of Shares
that May Yet Be
Purchased Under
the Programs (2)
 
September 29, 2019 to October 26, 2019
  
646
  $
217.06
   
646
  $
2,112,901
 
October 27, 2019 to November 23, 2019
  
797
  $
214.93
   
797
  $
1,941,602
 
November 24, 2019 to December 31, 2019
  
1,092
  $
228.96
   
1,092
  $
1,691,643
 
                 
Total
  
2,535
  $
221.52
   
2,535
  $
1,691,643
 
                 
(1)

The Company repurchased 6 thousand shares of common stock at a cost of less than $1 millionCompany’s repurchase activity related to the vesting of restricted stock units during the three months ended December 31, 2018.

2019 was insignificant.
(2)

In April 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $3.5 billion of its outstanding common stock in open market or private transactions over a three-year period. In January 2019, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to $4 billion of its outstanding common stock in open market or private transactions over a

two-year
period. This new program replaced the remaining amounts available under the April 2018
pre-existing
authorization.

24

Table of Contents
Item 6:

Selected Financial Data

The following table sets forth selected historical consolidated financial and operating data for the periods indicated. The statement of operations and balance sheet data is derived from financial statements for the years 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016 2015 and 2014.2015. The Company’s financial statements as of December 31, 20182019 and 2017,2018, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 20182019 are included in Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form
10-K.

In thousands, except per share

and employees data

  2018   2017   2016   2015   2014 

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:

          

Net sales

  $2,419,929   $2,309,078   $2,167,423   $2,042,332   $1,989,344 

Income from operations before income taxes

  $682,146   $641,097   $600,114   $541,918   $490,740 

Net income*

  $593,794   $20,311   $521,503   $469,275   $431,620 

Net income per basic common share*

  $7.71   $0.25   $6.46   $5.70   $5.12 

Weighted-average number of basic common shares

   76,992    79,793    80,786    82,336    84,358 

Net income per diluted common share*

  $7.65   $0.25   $6.41   $5.65   $5.07 

Weighted-average number of diluted common shares and equivalents

   77,618    80,604    81,417    83,087    85,151 

BALANCE SHEET AND OTHER DATA:

          

Cash, cash equivalents and investments

  $1,735,224   $3,393,701   $2,813,032   $2,399,263   $2,055,388 

Working capital, including current maturities of debt**

  $2,214,232   $3,663,977   $3,115,124   $2,649,457   $2,236,558 

Total assets**

  $3,727,426   $5,324,354   $4,662,059   $4,268,677   $3,874,690 

Long-term debt**

  $1,148,172   $1,897,501   $1,701,966   $1,493,027   $1,237,463 

Stockholders’ equity***

  $1,567,258   $2,233,788   $2,301,949   $2,058,851   $1,894,666 

Employees

   7,246    7,020    6,899    6,594    6,161 

                     
In thousands, except per share
and employees data
 
2019
  
2018
  
2017
  
2016
  
2015
 
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
               
Net sales
 $
2,406,596
  $
2,419,929
  $
2,309,078
  $
2,167,423
  $
2,042,332
 
Income from operations before income taxes
 $
678,239
  $
682,146
  $
641,097
  $
600,114
  $
541,918
 
Net income*
 $
592,198
  $
593,794
  $
20,311
  $
521,503
  $
469,275
 
Net income per basic common share*
 $
8.76
  $
7.71
  $
0.25
  $
6.46
  $
5.70
 
Weighted-average number of basic common shares
  
67,627
   
76,992
   
79,793
   
80,786
   
82,336
 
Net income per diluted common share*
 $
8.69
  $
7.65
  $
0.25
  $
6.41
  $
5.65
 
Weighted-average number of diluted common shares and equivalents
  
68,166
   
77,618
   
80,604
   
81,417
   
83,087
 
BALANCE SHEET AND OTHER DATA:
               
Cash, cash equivalents and investments
 $
337,144
  $
1,735,224
  $
3,393,701
  $
2,813,032
  $
2,399,263
 
Working capital, including current maturities of debt**
 $
721,157
  $
2,214,232
  $
3,663,977
  $
3,115,124
  $
2,649,457
 
Total assets**
 $
2,557,055
  $
3,727,426
  $
5,324,354
  $
4,662,059
  $
4,268,677
 
Long-term debt
 $
1,580,797
  $
1,148,172
  $
1,897,501
  $
1,701,966
  $
1,493,027
 
Stockholders’ (deficit) equity***
 $
(216,281
) $
1,567,258
  $
2,233,788
  $
2,301,949
  $
2,058,851
 
Employees
  
7,467
   
7,246
   
7,020
   
6,899
   
6,594
 
*

The provision for income taxes for 2017 includes a $550 million estimate for the impact of the enactment of the 2017 Tax Act, which was signed into law on December 22, 2017. The $550 million income tax provision reduced net income per share by $6.82. The $550 million income tax provision primarily consists of an estimated transition tax, as well as estimated income tax provisions for state and withholding taxes and a provision associated with the remeasurement of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities from 35% to the new U.S. corporate income tax rate of 21%.

The Company adopted new accounting guidance related to stock-based compensation in 2017. The new accounting guidance requires the excess tax benefits or deficiencies related to stock-based compensation to be reflected in the consolidated statements of operations as a component of the provision for income taxes, whereas they were previously recognized in equity. This aspect of the new accounting guidance was required to be adopted on a prospective basis for the statement of operations and retroactive restatement iswas not permitted. In 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company recognized an excess tax benefit, which decreased income tax expense by $9 million, $9 million and $20 million, respectively, and added $0.14, $0.11 and $0.24, respectively, to net income per diluted share.

In addition, in December 2018, the Company settled a pension plan obligation by making
lump-sum
cash payments and purchasing annuity contracts for participants to permanently extinguish the pension plan’s obligations. As a result, the Company recorded a $46 million charge, which consisted of a $6 million cash contribution to the plan and a $40 million
non-cash
charge related to the reversal of unrecognized actuarial losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income in the stockholders’ equity. The $46 million
pre-tax
charge reduced net income per diluted share by $0.39.

25

Table of Contents
**

In 2015,January 2019, the Companycompany adopted new accounting guidance related to the presentation of debt issuance costs and deferred income taxes, both standards have been applied above retrospectively. Certain debt issuance costs have been reclassified from intangible assets and are presented as a direct deduction fromaccounting for leases. The new guidance requires lessees to present the carrying value of the associated debt. Current deferred tax assets and liabilities that arise from leases on their balance sheets. The standard required using a modified retrospective transition approach to be applied to leases existing as of, or entered into after, January 1, 2019. As a result, the Company recorded a $93 million

right-of-use
asset as of December 31, 2019. The adoption of this standard did not have been reclassified as non-current deferred tax assetsa material impact on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows and liabilities.

stockholder’s (deficit) equity.
***

In 2018, the Company adopted new accounting guidance which eliminates the deferral of tax effects on intra-entity transfers other than inventory and requires an entity to recognize the income tax consequences when the transfer occurs. The Company adopted this standard as of January 1, 2018 with a $4 million charge to beginning retained earnings in the consolidated balance sheet.

Item 7:

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations

Business and Financial Overview

The Company has two operating segments: Waters
TM
and TA
TM
. Waters products and services primarily consist of high performance liquid chromatography (“HPLC”), ultra performance liquid chromatography (“UPLC
TM
” and together with HPLC, referred to as “LC”), mass spectrometry (“MS”) and precision chemistry consumable products and related services. TA products and services primarily consist of thermal analysis, rheometry and calorimetry instrument systems and service sales. The Company’s products are used by pharmaceutical, biochemical, industrial, nutritional safety, environmental, academic and governmental customers. These customers use the Company’s products to detect, identify, monitor and measure the chemical, physical and biological composition of materials and to predict the suitability and stability of fine chemicals, pharmaceuticals, water, polymers, metals and viscous liquids in various industrial, consumer goods and healthcare products.

The Company’s operating results are as follows for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 2017 and 20162017 (dollars in thousands, except per share data):

   Year Ended December 31,  % change 
   2018  2017  2016  2018 vs.
2017
  2017 vs.
2016
 

Revenues:

      

Product sales

  $1,604,993  $1,552,349  $1,460,296   3  6

Service sales

   814,936   756,729   707,127   8  7
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total net sales

   2,419,929   2,309,078   2,167,423   5  7

Costs and operating expenses:

      

Cost of sales

   992,564   947,067   891,453   5  6

Selling and administrative expenses

   536,902   544,363   512,331   (1%)   6

Research and development expenses

   143,403   132,593   125,187   8  6

Purchased intangibles amortization

   7,712   6,743   9,889   14  (32%) 

Litigation (settlement) provision

   (426  11,114   3,524   (104%)   215

Acquiredin-process research and development

   —     5,000   —     (100%)   —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating income

   739,774   662,198   625,039   12  6

Operating income as a % of sales

   30.6  28.7  28.8  

Other expense

   (47,794  (340  (700  *  51

Interest expense, net

   (9,834  (20,761  (24,225  (53%)   (14%) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

   682,146   641,097   600,114   6  7

Provision for income taxes

   88,352   620,786   78,611   (86%)   690
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

  $593,794  $20,311  $521,503   *  (96%) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income per diluted common share

  $7.65  $0.25  $6.41   *  (96%) 

**

Percentage not meaningful

                     
 
Year Ended December 31,
  
% change
 
 
2019
  
2018
  
2017
  
2019 vs.
2018
 
 
2018 vs.
2017
 
Revenues:
               
Product sales
 $
1,567,189
  $
1,604,993
  $
1,552,349
   
(2
%)  
3
%
Service sales
  
839,407
   
814,936
   
756,729
   
3
%  
8
%
                     
Total net sales
  
2,406,596
   
2,419,929
   
2,309,078
   
(1
%)  
5
%
Costs and operating expenses:
               
Cost of sales
  
1,010,700
   
992,564
   
947,067
   
2
%  
5
%
Selling and administrative expenses
  
534,791
   
536,902
   
544,363
   
—  
   
(1
%)
Research and development expenses
  
142,955
   
143,403
   
132,593
   
—  
   
8
%
Purchased intangibles amortization
  
9,693
   
7,712
   
6,743
   
26
%  
14
%
Litigation (settlement) provision
  
—  
   
(426
)  
11,114
   
100
%  
(104
%)
Acquired
in-process
research and development
  
—  
   
—  
   
5,000
   
—  
   
(100
%)
                     
Operating income
  
708,457
   
739,774
   
662,198
   
(4
%)  
12
%
Operating income as a % of sales
  
29.4
%  
30.6
%  
28.7
%      
Other expense
  
(3,586
)  
(47,794
)  
(340
)  **  **
Interest expense, net
  
(26,632
)  
(9,834
)  
(20,761
)  
171
%  
(53
%)
                     
Income before income taxes
  
678,239
   
682,146
   
641,097
   
(1
%)  
6
%
Provision for income taxes
  
86,041
   
88,352
   
620,786
   
(3
%)  
(86
%)
                     
Net income
 $
592,198
  $
593,794
  $
20,311
   
—  
   **
                     
Net income per diluted common share
 $
8.69
  $
7.65
  $
0.25
   
14
%  **

** Percentage not meaningful
26

Table of Contents
The Company’s net sales decreased approximately 1% in 2019 as compared to 2018, and increased 5% in 2018 as compared to 2017, and 7% in 2017 as compared to 2016.2017. Foreign currency translation decreased sales by 2% in 2019 and increased sales growth by 1% in both 2018 and 2017. Recent acquisitions did not have an impact on sales growth.2018. Unless otherwise noted, sales growth or decline percentages are presented as compared with the same period in the prior year.

Instrument system sales decreased 4% and increased 2% in 2019 and 6%2018, respectively. In 2019, the decrease in 2018instrument system sales was primarily driven by weaker demand for our products by our customers due to uncertainty caused by macroeconomic conditions and 2017, respectively.governmental policy changes. In 2018, the increase in instrument system sales was primarily driven by an increase in demand for LC and TA’s instrument systems. During 2018, the demand for ourLC-MS instrument systems was somewhat unfavorably impacted by the timing of new product introductions, as many of the Company’s new products were not launched until the second half of 2018 or early in 2019. In 2017, the demand forForeign currency translation decreased instrument system sales was balanced across ourLC-MSby 1% in 2019 and TAincreased instrument systems.system sales by 1% in 2018. Recurring revenues (combined sales of precision chemistry consumables and services) increased 3% and 8% in 2019 and 7% in 2018, and 2017, respectively, as a result of a larger installed base of customers and higher billing demand for service sales.

Recurring revenues were impacted by foreign currency, which decreased sales by 2% in 2019 and increased sales by 2% in 2018.

Geographically, the decline in the Company’s sales in 2019 was a result of increased sales in the U.S., Canada, Japan and the rest of Asia being offset by a decrease in sales in other geographies on weaker demand for our products due to uncertainty caused by macroeconomic conditions, primarily from Brexit as well as Latin America, and governmental policy changes in China. In addition, the effect of foreign currency translation negatively impacted sales by 2% overall. The Company’s sales growth in both 2018 and 2017 was primarily driven by the 7% and 10% sales growth in Asia, respectively, with double-digitChina’s sales growthgrowing 15%.
Sales in China for both years. Europe’sEurope decreased 4% in 2019 and increased 4% in 2018. In 2019, Europe sales grew 4%were impacted by weak demand in Western Europe caused by the political uncertainties of Brexit and 10% in 2018 and 2017, respectively, and benefited from the effect of foreign currency translation, which addedreduced sales by 4% in 2019 and increased sales by 3% and 2% to sales growth, respectively. The Company’s 2018 sales were impacted by lower sales growth in India and Europe, resulting from lower customer demand for our instrument systems. 2018.
Sales in the Americas grewdecreased 1% in 2019 and increased 3% in 2018. The Americas sales in 2019 were negatively impacted by macroeconomic conditions in Latin America, and the 2018 and were flat in 2017. The Americas’Americas sales growth can be attributed to the increase in sales after the lower customer demand stemming from the 2017 was negatively impacted by natural disasters in the U.S., Mexico and Puerto Rico, as well as weaker customer sentiment in the first half of 2017.

Rico.

Sales to pharmaceutical customers were flat in 2019 and grew 5% and 7% in 2018 and 2017, respectively. These increases2018. Sales to pharmaceutical customers in 2019 were drivennegatively impacted by the increasinglower customer demand in China for our instrument systems as a result of changes in governmental policy and lower sales in Latin America. Despite the sales declines in China and Latin America, the need for global access to prescription drugs and the testing of newer and more complex biologic drugs. drugs increased in the rest of the world.
Combined sales to industrial customers, which include materialsmaterial characterization, food, environmental and fine chemical markets, declined 2% in 2019 and grew 2% in 2018. The 2019 industrial customer sales were negatively impacted by a 6% decline in TA instrument system sales and 4% in 2018 and 2017, respectively. The growth in both 2018 and 2017 was driven by recent product introductions and rising global regulatory standards in both food and materials markets. a 1% decline from the effect of foreign currency translation.
Combined sales to governmentalacademic and academicgovernmental customers increased 2% in 2019 and 8% in both 2018, with the effect of foreign currency translation decreasing sales by 1% in 2019 and 2017.increasing sales by 1% in 2018. Sales to governmentalacademic and academicgovernmental customers are highly dependent on when institutions receive funding to purchase our instrument systems and, as such, sales growth rates can vary significantly from period to period.

Operating income was $740$708 million in 2018, an increase2019, a decrease of 4% as compared to 2018. This decrease can be attributed to lower sales volume, the effect of foreign currency translation and $10 million of severance-related costs in connection with a reduction in workforce that occurred in early 2019, offset by lower variable incentive compensation costs.
27

Table of Contents
Operating income increased 12% in 2018 as compared to 2017. This increase was primarily a result of the effect of higher sales volume achieved in 2018, as well as the effect of approximately $33 million of facility closure, litigation and intellectual property payment charges from 2017 that did not recur in 2018.

Operating income increased 6% in 2017 as compared to 2016. This increase was primarily a result of the effect of higher sales volume achieved in 2017, which was somewhat offset by the impact of $13 million of severance costs primarily associated with the closure of a facility in Germany and costs associated with providing U.S. employees with an early retirement transition incentive; an $11 million litigation settlement provision and related costs and a $5 million charge relating to a milestone payment for the licensing of certain intellectual property relating to mass spectrometry technologies yet to be commercialized. The change in operating income in 2017 as compared with 2016 was also impacted by $4 million of expense in 2017 related to the acceleration of certain stock awards as compared to $7 million of similar expense in 2016.

The Company’s effective tax rates were 13.0%12.7%, 13.0% and 96.8% for 2019, 2018 and 13.1% for 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. Net income per diluted share was $8.69, $7.65 and $0.25 in 2019, 2018 and $6.41 in 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. The Company’s effective tax and net income per diluted share were impacted by the following items:

In December 2018, the Company settled a pension plan obligation and incurred a $46 million expense which reduced the net income per diluted share by makinglump-sum cash payments and purchasing annuity contracts for participants to permanently extinguish the pension plan’s

obligations. As$0.39. In 2017, The Company incurred a result, the Company recorded a $46 million charge, which consisted of a $6 million cash contribution to the plan and a $40 millionnon-cash charge related to the reversal of unrecognized actuarial losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income in the stockholders’ equity. The $46 millionpre-tax charge reduced net income per diluted share by $0.39.

The significant increase in the provision for income taxes for 2017 was a result of the $550 million estimate forincome tax provision related to the impact of the enactment of the legislation informally referred to as the2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “2017(“2017 Tax Act”). The 2017 Tax Act changed which reduced the U.S. tax system to a territorial system, including broadening measures requiring the taxation of the Company’s historical unremitted foreign earnings through a deemed repatriation. This provision reduced net income per diluted share by $6.82, inand excluding the 2017 andTax Act income tax provision, the Company’s effective tax rate wasin 2017 would have been 11.0% excluding this $550 million provision. As permitted by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, the Company completed its analysis and calculation of the 2017 Tax Act federal and state transition tax liability during 2018, which remained significantly unchanged.

.

The Company generated $643 million, $604 million $698 million and $643$698 million of net cash flows from operations in 2019, 2018 2017 and 2016,2017, respectively. The decreaseincrease in operating cash flow in 20182019 was primarily a result of payments made in 2018 that did not recur, including $103 million of income tax payments made in the U.S. relating to the Company’s estimated 2017 transition tax liability and 2018 estimated tax payments, a $15 million litigation settlement payment and $11 million of contributions to certain defined benefit pension plans. Included in the 2019 net cash flow from operations is $29 million of income tax payments made in the U.S. in relation to the 2017 transition tax liability. Over the next fourthree years, the Company is required to make annual U.S. federal tax payments of approximately $38 million to tax authorities in connection with the Company’s estimated remaining transition tax liabilities of $433$404 million under the 2017 Tax Act. The remainingfinal 60% of the total liability is required to be paid over a three-year period beginning in 2023. The increase in operating cash flow in 2017 was primarily a result of the increase in sales and operating income.

Cash flows used in investing activities included capital expenditures related to property, plant, equipment and software capitalization of $164 million, $96 million and $85 million in 2019, 2018 and $95 million in 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. In February 2018,2019, $68 million of capital expenditures paid related to the Company’s Boardexpansion of Directors approved expanding itsthe Company’s precision chemistry consumable manufacturing operations in the U.S. The Company anticipates spending an estimated $215has incurred $85 million to build and equip this newstate-of-the-art manufacturing facility, which will be paidof costs for with existing cash, investments and available debt capacity. The Company has spent $11 million on this facility through the end of 2018.

During the past three years, the Company has acquired technology to expand its future sales.2019. In July 2018, the Company acquired the sole intellectual property rights to the Desorption Electrospray Ionization (“DESI”) imaging technology for $30 million in cash and a future contractual obligation to pay a minimum royalty of $3 million over the remaining life of the patent. DESI is a mass spectrometry imaging technique that is used to develop medical therapies. During 2018, the Company made $8 million of investments in unaffiliated companies. In 2017, the Company made a $7 million payment for an investment in a developer of analytical system solutions used to make measurements, predict stability and accelerate product discovery in the routine analytic, process monitoring and quality control release processes for life science and biopharmaceutical markets. In addition, the Company made a milestone payment of $5 million in 2017 to acquire and license intellectual property. In September 2016, the Company acquired Rubotherm GmbH for approximately $6 million in cash.

During 2018, the Company had net proceeds from the maturity of short-term investments of $1.8 billion. Most of these proceeds were repatriated into the U.S. in 2018, and were taxed at lower income tax rates as a result of the 2017 Tax Act, and used to reduce the Company’s debt by $850 million and fund $1,315 million of share repurchases.

The Company has conducted apost-tax reform evaluation of its capital allocation strategy and the Company is currently planning to use its existing cash, cash equivalents and investments, cash flow from operations and its available debt capacity to repurchase up to $4 billion of the Company’s common stock over the next two years. The Company is currently planning to increase its outstanding debt balances to approximately 2.5 times the

Company’s netdebt-to-earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization ratio to fund a significant portion of these share repurchases.

In January 2019, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to $4 billion of its outstanding common stock over a

two-year
period. This new program replaced the remaining amounts available under the AprilDuring 2019, 2018 authorization of $3 billion. During 2018,and 2017, and 2016, the Company repurchased $1,30611.1 million, $3236.8 million and $3181.8 million shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock at a cost of $2.5 billion, $1.3 billion and $323 million, respectively, under the January 2019 authorization and other previously announced programs. As of December 31, 2019, the Company has a total of $1.7 billion authorized share repurchase programs.for future repurchases. The Company believes that it has the financial flexibility to fund these share repurchases given current cash and investment levels and debt borrowing capacity, as well as to invest in research, technology and business acquisitions to further grow the Company’s sales and profits.

In September 2019, the Company issued fixed interest rate senior unsecured notes with an aggregate principal amount of $500 million, of which $200 million of the outstanding notes matures in seven years and the remaining $300 million matures in 10 years. The Company used the proceeds from the issuance of these senior unsecured notes to repay other outstanding debt and for general corporate purposes.
During 2019 and 2018, the Company entered into $260 million and $300 million, respectively, of
U.S.-to-Euro
interest rate cross-currency swap agreements that hedge the Company’s net investment in its Euro denominated net assets.assets, bringing the total currency interest rate cross-currency swap agreement notional value to $560 million at December 31, 2019. As a result of entering into these agreements, the Company lowered its net interest expense by $12 million and $3 million during 2018.2019 and 2018, respectively. The Company anticipates that these swap agreements will lower net interest expense by approximately $9$15 million annually in 2019 and 2020, and less$11 million in 2021 and $1 million in 2022 as the three yearthree-year term of the agreements expire.

28

Table of Contents
In January 2019,2020, the Company made organizational changes to better align ourits resources with ourits growth and innovation strategies, resulting in a worldwide workforce reduction, impacting 1%3% of the Company’s employees. The Company currently estimates that it willexpects to incur approximately $15$25 million of severance costs, lease termination costs and other related costs during 2019.

2020.

In January 2020, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to acquire Andrew Alliance, an innovator in specialty laboratory automation technology, including software and robotics for approximately $80 million. This acquisition is not expected to have a material effect on the Company sales and expenses in 2020.
Results of Operations

Sales by Geography

Geographic sales information is presented below for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 2017 and 20162017 (dollars in thousands):

   Year Ended December 31,   % change 
   2018   2017   2016   2018 vs.
2017
  2017 vs.
2016
 

Net Sales:

         

Asia:

         

China

  $443,321   $387,059   $331,354    15  17

Japan

   173,357    167,258    167,977    4  —   

Asia Other

   305,613    308,300    283,653    (1%)   9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Asia

   922,291    862,617    782,984    7  10

Americas:

         

United States

   683,596    669,274    665,280    2  1

Americas Other

   151,581    140,715    141,902    8  (1%) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Americas

   835,177    809,989    807,182    3  —   

Europe

   662,461    636,472    577,257    4  10
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total net sales

  $2,419,929   $2,309,078   $2,167,423    5  7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

                     
 
Year Ended December 31,
  
% change
 
 
2019
  
2018
  
2017
  
2019 vs.
2018
 
 
2018 vs.
2017
 
Net Sales:
               
Asia:
               
China
 $
439,557
  $
443,321
  $
387,059
   
(1
%)  
15
%
Japan
  
180,707
   
173,357
   
167,258
   
4
%  
4
%
Asia Other
  
318,848
   
305,613
   
308,300
   
4
%  
(1
%)
                     
Total Asia
  
939,112
   
922,291
   
862,617
   
2
%  
7
%
Americas:
               
United States
  
692,277
   
683,596
   
669,274
   
1
%  
2
%
Americas Other
  
137,964
   
151,581
   
140,715
   
(9
%)  
8
%
                     
Total Americas
  
830,241
   
835,177
   
809,989
   
(1
%)  
3
%
Europe
  
637,243
   
662,461
   
636,472
   
(4
%)  
4
%
                     
Total net sales
 $
2,406,596
  $
2,419,929
  $
2,309,078
   
(1
%)  
5
%
                     
In 2019, sales in China were negatively impacted by economic uncertainty caused by certain regulatory changes in our food and pharmaceutical markets. The 4% increase in sales in Japan was driven by instrument systems, primarily to pharmaceutical and academic and governmental customers, as well as foreign currency translation, which increased Japan’s sales by 2% in 2019. Sales growth in Asia Other was due primarily to pharmaceutical and academic and governmental customer classes in 2019. Sales in the U.S. increased by 1% despite large pharmaceutical customers slowing capital spending on our instrument systems. Sales declines in the rest of the Americas and Europe were broad-based across all product and customer classes due to macroeconomic conditions and political instability, except in Europe where sales to academic and governmental customers grew 8%. Sales in Europe were also negatively impacted by the effect of foreign currency translation, which decreased sales 4% in 2019.
In 2018, sales in China increased across all product lines and were driven by double-digit increases in sales to pharmaceutical, governmentalacademic and academicgovernmental customers. The effect of foreign currency translation increased sales in Japan by 2% in 2018 and sales growth was also driven by increased sales to pharmaceutical and industrial customers. The sales decline in the rest of Asia Other in 2018 was a result of lower customer demand in India and weaker sales to environmental customers in the first quarter of 2018. In 2018, sales growth in Europe was driven by TA’s products and services and recurring revenues to pharmaceutical and industrial customers. In

addition, the effect of foreign currency translation increased sales in Europe by 3% in 2018. Sales growth in the U.S. in 2018 was driven by recurring revenues and TA instruments. Sales in the rest of the Americas had double-digit sales growth for instrument systems and double-digit sales growth for pharmaceutical customers, which was offset by a decline in sales to industrial customers.

In 2017, the sales growth in Asia was driven by double-digit increases in China’s sales across all product and customer classes. The increase in Asia Other in 2017 was driven by strong sales in India across all product and customer classes. Japan’s sales in 2017 were flat as the effect

29

Table of foreign currency decreased sales by 3%. Japan’s sales in 2017 were driven by recurring revenue sales to governmental and academic customers. Europe’s sales in 2017 were balanced across all product lines and driven by sales to pharmaceutical, governmental and academic customers. Sales growth in the U.S. in 2017 was driven by TA instrument system sales and recurring revenues. In 2017, sales to the rest of the world were impacted by a decrease in demand from industrial customers resulting from recent natural disasters.

Contents

Net sales by customer class are presented below for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 2017 and 20162017 (dollars in thousands):

   Year Ended December 31,   % change 
   2018   2017   2016   2018 vs.
2017
  2017 vs.
2016
 

Pharmaceutical

  $1,365,731   $1,294,668   $1,206,316    5  7

Industrial

   737,144    721,088    690,119    2  4

Governmental and academic

   317,054    293,322    270,988    8  8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total net sales

  $2,419,929   $2,309,078   $2,167,423    5  7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

                     
 
Year Ended December 31,
  
% change
 
 
2019
  
2018
  
2017
  
2019 vs.
2018
 
 
2018 vs.
2017
 
Pharmaceutical
 $
1,365,275
  $
1,365,731
  $
1,294,668
   
—  
   
5
%
Industrial
  
719,377
   
737,144
   
721,088
   
(2
%)  
2
%
Academic and governmental
  
321,944
   
317,054
   
293,322
   
2
%  
8
%
                     
Total net sales
 $
2,406,596
  $
2,419,929
  $
2,309,078
   
(1
%)  
5
%
                     
In 2019, sales to pharmaceutical customers were negatively impacted by the effect of foreign currency translation, which decreased sales to pharmaceutical customers by 2%, as well as a slower release of capital budgets by our customers due to uncertain macroeconomic conditions due to Brexit and regulatory changes in our food and pharmaceutical markets in China. Offsetting those declines was an increase in the need for global access to prescription drugs and the testing of newer and complex biologic drugs. The decline in sales to industrial customers in 2019 was due to weaker demand for our
LC-MS
instruments and also a 4% decline in TA sales. The increase in sales to academic and governmental customers was primarily due to higher instrument system sales.
In 2018, sales to pharmaceutical customers were driven by recurring revenues, with double-digit growth in China, Canada and Latin America. Sales growth for the industrial market in 2018 was driven by TA products and services, and
mid-single-digit
sales growth in Europe, Japan and India. The increase in sales to governmentalacademic and academicgovernmental customers in 2018 was broad-based across all product classes and geographies, with double-digit growth in China, India and Canada.

In 2017, the growth within our pharmaceutical market was driven by double-digit growth in China, India and Europe. Sales growth to the industrial market in 2017 was highest in China and India, with modest growth in other regions offset by flat sales in the Americas. The increase in sales to governmental and academic customers in 2017 was broad-based across all geographies, with double-digit growth in Europe and the Americas.

Waters Products and Services Net Sales

Net sales for Waters products and services are as follows for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 2017 and 20162017 (dollars in thousands):

   Year Ended December 31,  % change 
   2018   % of
Total
  2017   % of
Total
  2016   % of
Total
  2018 vs.
2017
  2017 vs.
2016
 

Waters instrument systems

  $1,000,625    47 $988,750    48 $943,218    49  1  5

Chemistry consumables

   400,287    18  372,157    18  345,413    18  8  8
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Waters product sales

   1,400,912    65  1,360,907    66  1,288,631    67  3  6

Waters service

   738,433    35  686,656    34  639,432    33  8  7
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Waters net sales

  $2,139,345    100 $2,047,563    100 $1,928,063    100  4  6
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

                                 
 
Year Ended December 31,
  
% change
 
 
2019
  
% of
Total
  
2018
  
% of
Total
  
2017
  
% of
Total
  
2019 vs.
2018
 
 
2018 vs.
2017
 
Waters instrument systems
 $
963,871
   
45
% $
1,000,625
   
47
% $
988,750
   
48
%  
(4
%)  
1
%
Chemistry consumables
  
412,018
   
19
%  
400,287
   
18
%  
372,157
   
18
%  
3
%  
8
%
                                 
Total Waters product sales
  
1,375,889
   
64
%  
1,400,912
   
65
%  
1,360,907
   
66
%  
(2
%)  
3
%
Waters service
  
761,594
   
36
%  
738,433
   
35
%  
686,656
   
34
%  
3
%  
8
%
                                 
Total Waters net sales
 $
2,137,483
   
100
% $
2,139,345
   
100
% $
2,047,563
   
100
%  
—  
   
4
%
                                 
Precision chemistry consumables sales increased in both 2019 and 2018, driven by sales in the U.S. and 2017China, primarily to pharmaceutical customers, on the uptake in columns and application-specific testing kits. Waters service sales in both 20182019 and 20172018 benefited from increased sales of

service plans and higher service demand billings to a higher installed base of customers. The increase in Waters instrument system sales (LC and MS technology-based) decreased in 2018 is2019 in most major geographical regions, primarily attributabledue to lower sales of LC systems, while sales growthto pharmaceutical and industrial customers due to uncertainty caused by macroeconomic conditions relating to Brexit and other regulatory changes in 2017 was driven by higher sales ofLC-MS systems that incorporate the Company’s tandem quadrupole technologies.certain regions. The effect of foreign currency translation decreased Waters sales by 2% in 2019 and had a minimal impact on Waters sales in both 20182018.

In 2019, Waters sales increased 2% in Asia, were flat in the Americas and 2017.

decreased 3% in Europe, where the effect of foreign currency decreased sales by 4%. Within Asia, Waters sales decreased 1% in China and increased 4% in Japan and 9% in the rest of Asia, excluding India.

30

Table of Contents
In 2018, Waters sales increased 7% in Asia, 4% in Europe and 2% in the Americas. Waters sales increased 15% in China in 2018 and were broad-based across all product classes, with double-digit increases in sales to pharmaceutical, governmentalacademic and academicgovernmental customers. Waters sales in Japan in 2018 increased 5%, with the effect of foreign currency translation increasing sales 2%. Sales in the rest of Asia Other declined 2% in 2018, primarily due to lower customer demand in India and a negative 2% impact of foreign currency translation. In the Americas, U.S. sales increased 1% in 2018.

In 2017, Waters sales increased 10% in both Europe and Asia and were flat in the Americas. Waters sales increased 16% in China and were broad-based across all product and customer classes. Waters sales in Japan decreased 1%, primarily due to foreign currency translation, which decreased sales by 3%. Waters sales in the rest of Asia increased 8% and were driven by recurring revenues across all customer classes.

TA Product and Services Net Sales

Net sales for TA products and services are as follows for the years ended December 31, 20182019 and December 31, 20172018 (dollars in thousands):

   Year Ended December 31,  % change 
   2018   % of
Total
  2017   % of
Total
  2016   % of
Total
  2018 vs.
2017
  2017 vs.
2016
 

TA instrument systems

  $204,081    73 $191,442    73 $171,665    72  7  12

TA service

   76,503    27  70,073    27  67,695    28  9  4
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total TA net sales

  $280,584    100 $261,515    100 $239,360    100  7  9
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

                                 
 
Year Ended December 31,
  
% change
 
 
2019
  
% of
Total
  
2018
  
% of
Total
  
2017
  
% of
Total
  
2019 vs.
2018
 
 
2018 vs.
2017
 
TA instrument systems
 $
191,300
   
71
% $
204,081
   
73
% $
191,442
   
73
%  
(6
%)  
7
%
TA service
  
77,813
   
29
%  
76,503
   
27
%  
70,073
   
27
%  
2
%  
9
%
                                 
Total TA net sales
 $
269,113
   
100
% $
280,584
   
100
% $
261,515
   
100
%  
(4
%)  
7
%
                                 
TA’s instrument system sales weredeclined in 2019 primarily due to lower customer demand resulting from macroeconomic conditions, tariff posturing and political instability, while 2018 instrument system sales growth was broad-based across all product classes in 2018, while 2017 instrument system sales grew primarily from the Discovery product line of thermal instrument systems. In addition, TA’s rheology instrument systems saw strong performance across the entire range of products in the portfolio in 2017, driven by the Discovery Hybrid Rheometer and Rubber Rheometer instrument systems.classes. TA service sales increased in both 2018 and 2017 due to sales of service plans and billings to a higher installed base of customers. The effect of foreign currency translation and recent acquisitions had a minimal impact on TA’s sales in both 20182019 and 2017.

2018.

In 2018,2019, TA sales increased 9%decreased 4% in the Americas, 8%12% in Europe and 5%increased 1% in Asia. TA sales in the U.S. increased 9% in 2018, while sales in the rest of the Americas increased 8%. TA’s sales in Asia were driven by double-digit sales growth in India and 8% sales growth in China, which was offset by declines in Japan.

In 2017, TA sales increased 14% in Asia, 11% in Europe and 5% in the Americas. TA achieved double-digit sales growth in Asia, with the exception of Japan, where a 5% sales growth included a 2% negative impact of foreign currency translation. TA sales in the U.S. in 2017 increased 8%, while sales in the rest of the Americas declined after strong sales in the prior year.

Cost of Sales

The increases in cost

Cost of sales for both2019 increased 2% as compared to 2018, and 2017 were consistent with the increasedue to a change in sales volumes.mix. The effect of foreign currency translation had a minimal impact ondecreased cost of sales by 1% in both 2018 and 2017.

2019 primarily from the favorable foreign currency translation effect the British Pound had on the Company’s U.K. manufacturing operations.

Cost of sales is affected by many factors, including, but not limited to, foreign currency translation, product mix, product costs of instrument systems and amortization of software platforms. At current foreign currency exchange rates, the Company expects that the impact of foreign currency translation may decrease sales and gross profit during 2019.

2020.

Selling and Administrative Expenses

Selling and administrative expenses were flat in 2019 and decreased 1% in 20182018. In 2019, selling and increased 6% in 2017. The decrease in 2018administrative expenses were impacted by merit compensation costs that were offset by lower variable incentive compensation costs. In addition, 2019 was primarily due toalso impacted by the impact of $13$10 million of severanceseverance-related costs incurred in 2017 in connection with the closurea reduction in workforce that occurred in January of a facility in Germany and an early retirement transition incentive program.2019. The effect of foreign currency translation increaseddecreased selling and administrative expenses by 3%1% in 20172019 and had a minimal impact in 2018. In addition, selling and administrative expenses in both 2018 and 2017 were impacted by headcount additions and higher merit compensation costs, as well as $1 million and $4 million, respectively, of stock compensation expense related to the modification of certain stock awards upon the retirement of senior executives.

As a percentage of net sales, selling and administrative expenses were 22.2%, 23.6%22.2% and 23.6% for 2019, 2018 and 2017, and 2016, respectively.

31

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses were flat in 2019 and increased 8% and 6% in 2018 and 2017, respectively.2018. Research and development expenses in both 20182019 and 20172018 were impacted by additional headcount, merit compensation and costs associated with new products and the development of new technology initiatives. In addition, the effect of foreignForeign currency translation reduceddecreased research and development expensescosts by 4%2% in 2017, primarily due to the weakening of the British pound on the Company’s U.K.-based research2019 and development expenses. Foreign currency translation had a minimal impact on research and development costs in 2018.

Litigation Settlement

In the second quarter of 2017, the Company incurred an $11 million litigation provision related to the issuance of a verdict in a patent litigation case. In the first quarter of 2018, the Company resolved the case with a final settlement that resulted in a gain of $2 million.

Acquired
In-Process
Research and Development

During 2017, the Company incurred charges of $5 million for acquired
in-process
research and development related to milestone payments associated with a licensing arrangement for certain intellectual property relating to mass spectrometry technologies yet to be commercialized and for which there was no future alternative use as of the acquisition date. These licensing arrangements are significantly related to new, biologically-focused applications, as well as other applications, and require the Company to make additional future payments of up to $7 million if certain milestones are achieved, as well as royalties on future net sales. These future payments may be significant and occur over multiple years.

Interest Expense, Net

The decreaseincrease in net interest expense in 20182019 was primarily attributable to the Company usinghigher outstanding debt balances and lower interest income on lower cash, cash equivalents and investment balances, recently repatriated intobeing somewhat offset by the U.S. to reduce its debt by $850 million duringadditional interest income from the 2018, as well as higher yields on investments. The Company is currently planning to increase its outstanding debt balances in the future and, as a result, the Company is expecting its net interest expense to increase by an estimated $25 million in 2019 at current interest rates.

In 2018, the Company entered into three-year

U.S.-to-Euro
interest rate cross-currency swap agreements with a notional value of $300 million that hedges the Company’s net investment in its Euro denominated net assets. The difference between the interest rate received and paid under the interest rate cross-currency swap agreement is recorded as interest income. During 2018, the Company recorded $3 million of interest income related to these agreements. This interest rate cross-currency swap agreement is estimated to generate $9 million of interest income annually over a three-year period.

Provision for Income Taxes

The Company’s effective tax rates were 12.7%, 13.0% and 96.8% in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
The Company’s effective income tax rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate each year due to differences in the proportionate amounts of
pre-tax
income recognized in jurisdictions with different effective tax rates and the items discussed below.
The four principal jurisdictions in which the Company manufactures are the U.S., Ireland, the U.K. and Singapore, where the statutory tax rates were 21%, 12.5%, 19% and 17%, respectively, as of December 31, 2018.2019. The Company has a contractualreceived a tax rate in Singapore of 0%holiday on qualifying activities in Singapore through March 2021, based upon the achievement of certain contractual milestones, which the Company expects to continue to meet. The effect of applying the 0% contractual tax rate rather than the statutory tax rate to income from qualifying activities in Singapore increased the Company’s net income induring the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 and 2016 by $24 million, $28 million $25 million and $23$25 million, respectively, and increased the Company’s net income per diluted share by $0.35, $0.36 and $0.31, and $0.29, respectively.

The

During 2019, the Company’s effective tax rates were 13.0%, 96.8%rate differed from the 21% U.S. statutory tax rate primarily due to the jurisdictional mix of earnings, an $11 million provision related to the Global Intangible
Low-Taxed
Income (“GILTI”) tax and 13.1% ina tax benefit of $9 million on stock-based compensation.
The 2018 2017 and 2016, respectively, and were impacted by the following:

In December 2017,effective tax rate differed from the U.S. enacted legislation informally referredfederal statutory tax rate primarily due to asthe jurisdictional mix of earnings, a $14 million provision related to the GILTI tax, an $8 million provision for a change in foreign currency exchange rates related to the transition tax, a $9 million benefit related to stock-based compensation and a $6 million net benefit related to the finalization of the impact of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “2017 Tax Act”). For

The 2017 effective tax rate of 96.8% differs from the 35% U.S. statutory tax rate primarily due to the 2017 Act and the jurisdictional mix of earnings. As a result of the 2017 Act, for the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company accrued a $550 million tax provision, related to the 2017 Tax Act. The $550 million expensewhich consisted of $490 million related to the federal transition tax, $40 million for state income taxes and foreign withholding taxes and $20 million for the revaluation of the
32

Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities at the new federal tax rate of 21%. This provision reduced net income per diluted share by $6.82 in 2017, and the Company’s effective tax rate was 11.0% excluding this $550 million provision.

During 2018, the Internal Revenue Service issued proposed regulations on the federal transition tax and various other aspects of the Tax Reform law. The Company finalized its analysis of the transition tax and related liabilities, including uncertain tax positions, in the fourth quarter of 2018 pursuant to U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118. As a result of the new guidance issued and additional work to complete the calculation of its federal transition tax, the Company reduced its provisional accrual for federal, state and foreign taxes by net $24 million during 2018. In addition,2017, the Company also assessed its uncertain tax positionshad a benefit of $20 million related to these taxes and accrued income tax reserves of $18 million during 2018. The net favorable impact to the 2018 provision for income taxes is $6 million.

The provision for income taxes for 2018 includes a $7 million expense related to the 2017 Tax Act. This additional tax results from the change in foreign currency exchange rates on the earnings taxed on December 31, 2017 under 2017 Tax Act as compared with the foreign currency exchange rates on the date of distribution of assets into the U.S. We do not expect this expense to recur in future periods.

The 2018 effective income tax rate of 13.0% was impacted by the reduction in the U.S. federal income tax rate from 35% to 21% as a result of the 2017 Tax Act, which decreased the Company’s effective tax rate by 2.0 percentage points as compared to 2017. The 2017 Tax act also added a new Global IntangibleLow-Taxed Income (GILTI) tax, which increased the Company’s 2018 effective tax rate by approximately 2.0 percentage points.

After the completion of the Company’s review of its capital allocation strategy in the fourth quarter of 2018, the Company determined that it will provide income taxes on all future foreign earnings from 2018 forward. As a result, this change added 0.6 percentage points to the 2018 effective tax rate as compared to 2017.

In addition, the reduction in the U.S. federal income tax rate from 35% to 21% as a result of the 2017 Tax Act also reduced the 2018 tax benefit on stockstock-based compensation. The Company recorded a tax benefit on stock-based compensation in 2018 and 2017 that decreased income tax expense by $9 million and $20 million, respectively, and added $0.11 and $0.24 to net income per diluted share, respectively.

The difference between the 2017 and 2016 effective tax rates can be attributed primarily to the 2016 provision for income taxes including a $3 million tax benefit (0.7 percentage points) related to the release of a valuation allowance on certain net operating loss carryforwards.

The remaining differences between effective tax rates can primarily be attributed to differences in the proportionate amounts of

pre-tax
income recognized in jurisdictions with different effective tax rates.

Prior to the enactment of the 2017 Act, the Company had indefinite reinvestment assertion on a significant portion of its undistributed earnings from foreign subsidiaries. At the end of 2018, and as a result of the enactment of the 2017 Act, we reevaluated our historic assertion and no longer considered these earnings to be indefinitely reinvested in our foreign subsidiaries. The Company recorded a tax provision of $3 million and $4 million for 2019 and 2018, respectively, for future withholding taxes and U.S. state taxes on repatriation of 2019 and 2018 undistributed earnings.
The Company’s effective tax rate is influenced by many significant factors, including, but not limited to, the wide range of income tax rates in jurisdictions in which the Company operates; sales volumes and profit levels in each tax jurisdiction; changes in tax laws, tax rates and policies; the outcome of various ongoing tax audit examinations; and the impact of foreign currency transactions and translation. In addition, upon completion of the Company’s review of its capital allocation strategy in the fourth quarter of 2018, the Company has determined that it will provide income taxes on all future foreign earnings. The Company estimates that this will increase the Company’s effective income tax rate by approximately one percentage point in the future. However, the Company will continue to be permanently reinvested in relation to the cumulative historical outside basis difference that is not related to earnings. As a result of variability in these factors, the Company’s effective tax rates in the future may not be similar to the effective tax rates for the current or prior years, or for previously forecasted periods.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (in thousands):

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2018  2017  2016 

Net income

  $593,794  $20,311  $521,503 

Depreciation and amortization

   108,408   106,002   96,449 

Stock-based compensation

   37,541   39,436   40,998 

Deferred income taxes

   2,405   45,510   1,204 

Excess tax benefit related to stock option plans

   —     —     13,844 

Gain on sale of assets

   —     —     (1,500

In-process research and development and othernon-cash charges

   —     5,000   —   

Change in accounts receivable

   (47,921  (24,013  (31,721

Change in inventories

   (25,396  731   (20,147

Change in accounts payable and other current liabilities

   (81,663  3,175   6,842 

Change in deferred revenue and customer advances

   2,721   10,386   9,974 

Effect of the 2017 Tax Act

   (6,059  530,383   —   

Other changes

   20,616   (39,281  5,474 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

   604,446   697,640   642,920 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

   1,683,302   (535,752  (487,918

Net cash used in financing activities

   (2,119,522  (63,869  (115,701

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

   (14,265  38,669   (21,335
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

  $153,961  $136,688  $17,966 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

             
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2019
  
2018
  
2017
 
Net income
 $
592,198
  $
593,794
  $
20,311
 
Depreciation and amortization
  
105,296
   
108,408
   
106,002
 
Stock-based compensation
  
38,577
   
37,541
   
39,436
 
Deferred income taxes
  
9,620
   
2,405
   
45,510
 
In-process
research and development and other
non-cash
charges
  
—  
   
—  
   
5,000
 
Change in accounts receivable
  
(22,195
)  
(47,921
)  
(24,013
)
Change in inventories
  
(31,854
)  
(25,396
)  
731
 
Change in accounts payable and other current liabilities
  
9,784
   
(81,663
)  
3,175
 
Change in deferred revenue and customer advances
  
12,189
   
2,721
   
10,386
 
Effect of the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act
  
(3,229
)  
(6,059
)  
530,383
 
Other changes
  
(67,299
)  
20,616
   
(39,281
)
             
Net cash provided by operating activities
  
643,087
   
604,446
   
697,640
 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
  
768,802
   
1,683,302
   
(535,752
)
Net cash used in financing activities
  
(1,872,678
)  
(2,119,522
)  
(63,869
)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
  
224
   
(14,265
)  
38,669
 
             
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
 $
(460,565
) $
153,961
  $
136,688
 
             
Cash Flow from Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $643 million, $604 million and $698 million in 2019, 2018 and $643 million in 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. The changes within net cash provided by operating activities include the following significant changes in the sources and uses of net cash provided by operating activities, aside from the changes in net income:

The changes in accounts receivable were primarily attributable to timing of payments made by customers and timing of sales. Days sales outstanding was 77 days at December 31, 2019, 74 days at December 31, 2018 and 71 days at both December 31, 2017 and 2016.

2017.
33


Table of Contents

The changes in inventory were primarily attributable to anticipated annual increases in sales volumes, as well as new product launches.

launches and the increase in safety stock in advance of Brexit.

The changes in accounts payable and other current liabilities were the result of timing of payments to vendors. In addition, the change in 2019 as compared to 2018 includedincludes $29 million and $103 million, respectively, of income tax payments made in the U.S. relating to the Company’s estimated 2017 tax reform liability and 2018 estimated income tax payments and a $15 million litigation settlement payment.

Net cash provided from deferred revenue and customer advances results from annual increases in new service contracts as a higher installed base of customers renew annual service contracts.

Other changes were attributable to variation in the timing of various provisions, expenditures, prepaid income taxes and accruals in other current assets, other assets, other liabilities, and income tax expenses related to the 2017 Tax Act. In addition, in 2018, the Company made $11 million of contributions to certain defined benefit pension plans.

In addition, as a result of the adoption of a new accounting standard related to stock-based compensation, the Company reclassified $14 million of excess tax benefits related to stock-based compensation in 2016 from cash flows from financing activities to cash flows from operating activities.

Cash Provided By (Used in) Investing Activities

Net cash provided by investing activities totaled $769 million and $1,683 million in 2019 and 2018, respectively, while net cash used in investing activities totaled $536 million and $488 million in 2017 and 2016, respectively.2017. Additions to fixed assets and capitalized software were $164 million, $96 million and $85 million in 2019, 2018 and $95 million in 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. In February 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors approved expanding its chemistry synthesis operations in the U.S. The Company anticipates spending an estimated $215 million to build and equip this new
state-of-the-art
manufacturing facility, which will be paid for with existing cash, investments and debt capacity.

Through December 31, 2019, the Company has incurred $85 million of costs for this facility.

During 2018 2017 and 2016,2017, the Company purchased $1.0 billion $3.0 billion and $2.4$3.0 billion of investments, respectively, whilerespectively. During 2019, 2018 and 2017, $1.0 billion, $2.8 billion $2.5 billion and $2.0$2.5 billion of investments matured, respectively. MostThe majority of the proceeds received in 2019 and 2018 were repatriated into the U.S. at lower income tax rates as a result of the 2017 Tax Act and used to reduce the Company’s debt by $850 million and fund the Company’s shareto repurchase program.

shares.

Asset and business acquisitions, net of cash acquired, were $31 million and $6 million during 2018 and 2016, respectively.2018. There were no business acquisitions in 2019 or 2017. During 2019 and 2018, the Company made $9 million and $8 million of investments in unaffiliated companies.companies, respectively. During 2017, the Company made a $7 million payment for an investment in a developer of analytical system solutions used to make measurements, predict stability and accelerate product discovery in the routine analytic, process monitoring and quality control release processes for life science and biopharmaceutical markets. DuringAlso during 2017, the Company made payments of $5 million to acquire and license intellectual property relating to mass spectrometry technologies yet to be commercialized.
In 2016,January 2020, the Company soldcompany entered into a definitive agreement to acquire Andrew Alliance, an equity investmentinnovator in specialty laboratory automation technology, including software and robotics for $4 million.

approximately $80 million in cash. This acquisition is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s sales and expenses in 2020.

Cash Used in Financing Activities

In September 2019, the Company issued fixed interest rate senior unsecured notes with an aggregate principle of $500 million, of which $200 million of the outstanding notes matures in seven years and the remaining $300 million matures in 10 years. The Company used the proceeds from the issuance of these senior unsecured notes to repay other outstanding debt and for general corporate purposes.
In November 2017, the Company entered into a credit agreement (the “2017 Credit Agreement”), which provides for a $1.5 billion revolving facility and a $300 million term loan. The revolving facility and term loan both mature on November 30, 2022 and require no scheduled prepayments before that date.

The interest rates applicable to the 2017 Credit Agreement are, at the Company’s option, equal to either the alternate base rate (which is a rate per annum equal to the greatest

34

Table of (a) the prime rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Reserve Bank of New York Rate on such day plus 1/2 of 1% per annum and (c) the adjusted

Contents

LIBO rate on such day (or if such day is not a business day, the immediately preceding business day) for a deposit in U.S. dollars with a maturity of one month plus 1% per annum) or the applicable 1, 2, 3 or 6 month adjusted LIBO rate or EURIBO rate for Euro-denominated loans, in each case, plus an interest rate margin based upon the Company’s leverage ratio, which can range between 0 and 12.5 basis points for alternate base rate loans and between 80 and 112.5 basis points for LIBO rate or EURIBO rate loans. The facility fee on the 2017 Credit Agreement ranges between 7.5 and 25 basis points per annum, based on the leverage ratio, of the amount of the revolving facility commitments and the outstanding term loan. The 2017 Credit Agreement requires that the Company comply with an interest coverage ratio test of not less than 3.50:1 as of the end of any fiscal quarter for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters and a leverage ratio test of not more than 3.50:1 as of the end of any fiscal quarter. In addition, the 2017 Credit Agreement includes negative covenants, affirmative covenants, representations and warranties and events of default that are customary for investment grade credit facilities.

Interest on the Company’s fixed rate senior unsecured notes is payable semi-annually each year. Interest on the floating rate senior unsecured notes is payable quarterly. The Company may prepay all or some of the senior unsecured notes at any time in an amount not less than 10% of the aggregate principal amount outstanding, plus the applicable make-whole amount or prepayment premium for Series H and J senior unsecured notes. In the event of a change in control of the Company (as defined in the note purchase agreement), the Company may be required to prepay the senior unsecured notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest. These senior unsecured notes require that the Company comply with an interest coverage ratio test of not less than 3.50:1 for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters and a leverage ratio test of not more than 3.50:1 as of the end of any fiscal quarter. In addition, these senior unsecured notes include customary negative covenants, affirmative covenants, representations and warranties and events of default.

During 2018, the Company’s net debt borrowings decreased by $850 million, using cash repatriated under the 2017 Tax Act. During 2017 and 2016, the Company’s net debt borrowings increased $170 million and $160 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2018, the Company had a total of $1.1 billion in outstanding debt, which consisted of $560 million in outstanding senior unsecured notes, $300 million borrowed under a term loan and $290 million borrowed under a revolving credit facility, with both the term loan and revolving credit facilities under the 2017 Credit Agreement. As of December 31, 2018, the Company had a total amount available to borrow under the 2017 Credit Agreement of $1,208 million after outstanding letters of credit. As of December 31, 2018, the Company was in compliance with all debt covenants.

During 2018, the Company entered into $300 million ofU.S.-to-Euro interest rate cross-currency swap agreements that hedge the Company’s net investment in its Euro denominated net assets. As a result of entering into these agreements, the Company anticipates lowering net interest expense by approximately $9 million annually over the three-year term of the agreements.

In January 2019, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to $4 billion of its outstanding common stock over atwo-year period. This new program replaced the remaining amounts available under the April 2018 authorization of $3 billion. During 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company repurchased 6.8 million, 1.8 million and 2.3 million shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock at a cost of $1,306 million, $323 million and $318 million, respectively, under the April 2018 authorization and other previously announced programs. In addition, the Company repurchased $10 million, $10 million and $8 million of common stock related to the vesting of restricted stock units during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

The Company received $52 million, $98 million and $62 million of proceeds from the exercise of stock options and the purchase of shares pursuant to the Company’s employee stock purchase plan in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

The Company had cash, cash equivalents and investments of $1,735 million as of December 31, 2018. The majority of the Company’s cash, cash equivalents and investments are generated from foreign operations, with

$471 million held by foreign subsidiaries at December 31, 2018, of which $251 million was held in currencies other than U.S. dollars. The Company believes it has sufficient levels of cash flow and access to its existing cash, cash equivalents and investments to fund operations and capital expenditures, service debt interest, finance potential acquisitions and continue the authorized stock repurchase program in the U.S. These cash requirements are managed by the Company’s cash flow from operations, its existing cash, cash equivalents and investments, and the use of the Company’s revolving credit facility.

Management believes, as of the date of this report, that the Company’s financial position, along with expected future cash flows from earnings based on historical trends and the ability to raise funds from external sources and the borrowing capacity from existing, committed credit facilities, will be sufficient to service debt and fund working capital and capital spending requirements, authorized share repurchase amounts and potential acquisitions for at least the next twelve months. The Company has conducted apost-tax reform evaluation of its capital allocation strategy and the Company is currently planning to use its existing cash, cash equivalents and investments, cash flow from operations and its available debt capacity to repurchase up to $4 billion of the Company’s common stock over the next two years. The Company is currently planning to increase its outstanding debt balances to approximately 2.5 times the Company’s netdebt-to-earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization ratio to fund a significant portion of these share repurchases. In addition, as of December 31, 2018, the Company has determined that it will provide income taxes on all future foreign earnings and reverse its historical assertion that its foreign earnings were permanently invested. However, the Company will continue to be permanently reinvested in relation to the cumulative historical outside basis difference that is not related to the unremitted earnings. There have been no other significant changes to the Company’s financial position.

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

The following is a summary of the Company’s known contractual obligations as of December 31, 2018 (in thousands):

  Payments Due by Year (1) 
  Total  2019  2020  2021  2022  2023  2024  After 2024 

Notes payable and debt

 $178  $178  $—    $—    $—    $—    $—    $—   

Interest on senior unsecured notes

  86,418   21,214   16,630   12,942   10,829   9,851   7,384   7,568 

Long-term debt (2)

  1,150,000   —     100,000   150,000   590,000   50,000   100,000   160,000 

2017 Tax Act liability

  432,877   29,109   38,454   38,454   38,454   72,101   96,135   120,170 

Operating leases

  102,958   28,417   23,424   16,032   11,816   6,601   5,285   11,383 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

 $1,772,431  $78,918  $178,508  $217,428  $651,099  $138,553  $208,804  $299,121 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)

Does not include normal purchases made in the ordinary course of business and uncertain tax positions discussed below.

2)

The interest rates applicable to the 2017 Credit Agreement are, at the Company’s option, equal to either the alternate base rate (which is a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the prime rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Reserve Bank of New York Rate on such day plus 1/2 of 1% per annum and (c) the adjusted LIBO rate on such day (or if such day is not a business day, the immediately preceding business day) for a deposit in U.S. dollars with a maturity of one month plus 1% per annum) or the applicable 1, 2, 3 or 6 month adjusted LIBO rate or EURIBO rate for Euro-denominated loans, in each case, plus an interest rate margin based upon the Company’s leverage ratio, which can range between 0 and 12.5 basis points for alternate base rate loans and between 80 and 112.5 basis points for LIBO rate or EURIBO rate loans. The facility fee on the 2017 Credit Agreement ranges between 7.5 and 25 basis points per annum, based on the leverage ratio, of the amount of the revolving facility commitments and the outstanding term loan. The 2017 Credit Agreement requires that the Company comply with an interest coverage ratio test of not less than 3.50:1 as

of the end of any fiscal quarter for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters and a leverage ratio test of not more than 3.50:1 as of the end of any fiscal quarter. In addition, the 2017 Credit Agreement includes negative covenants, affirmative covenants, representations and warranties and events of default that are customary for investment grade credit facilities. As of December 31, 2018, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants.

The following is a summary of the Company’s known commercial commitments as of December 31, 2018 (in thousands):

   Amount of Commitments Expiration Per Period 
   Total   2019   2020   2021   2022   2023   2024   After 2024 

Letters of credit

  $1,572   $1,572   $—     $—     $—     $—     $—     $—   

From time to time, the Company and its subsidiaries are involved in various litigation matters arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company believes it has meritorious arguments in its current litigation matters and believes any outcome, either individually or in the aggregate, will not be material to the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

The Company has long-term liabilities for deferred employee compensation, including pension and supplemental executive retirement plans. The payments related to the supplemental retirement plan are not included above since they are dependent upon when the employee retires or leaves the Company and whether the employee electslump-sum or annuity payments. During fiscal year 2019, the Company expects to contribute approximately $3 million to $6 million to the Company’s defined benefit plans.

The Company has contingent consideration for an earnout pertaining to its July 2014 acquisition of the net assets of Medimass Research, Development and Service Kft. (“Medimass”). The earnout payments are not included above since they are dependent upon many factors that cannot be predicted with any certainty. The estimated fair value of the contingent consideration as of December 31, 2018 is $2 million.

The Company licenses certain technology and software from third parties. Future minimum license fees payable under existing license agreements as of December 31, 2018 are immaterial. The Company enters into licensing arrangements with third parties that require future milestone or royalty payments contingent upon future events. Upon the achievement of certain milestones in existing agreements, the Company could make additional future payments of up to $7 million, as well as royalties on future net sales. It is not possible to predict with reasonable certainty whether these milestones will be achieved or the timing for achievement. As a result, these potential payments are not included in the table above.

The Company accounts for its uncertain tax positions in accordance with the accounting standards for income taxes, which require financial statement reporting of the expected future tax consequences of uncertain tax positions on the presumption that all concerned tax authorities possess full knowledge of those tax positions, as well as all of the pertinent facts and circumstances, but prohibit any discounting of unrecognized tax benefits associated with those positions for the time value of money. The Company classified interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of the provision for income taxes. If all of the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits accrued as of December 31, 2018 were to become recognizable in the future, the Company would record a total reduction of approximately $26 million in its income tax provision.

With limited exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to tax audit examinations in significant jurisdictions for the years ended on or before December 31, 2013. However, carryforward tax attributes that were generated in years beginning on or before January 1, 2014 may still be adjusted upon examination by tax authorities if the attributes are utilized. The Company continuously monitors the lapsing of statutes of limitations on potential tax assessments for related changes in the measurement of unrecognized tax benefits, related net interest and penalties, and deferred tax assets and liabilities.

As of December 31, 2018, the Company expects to record additional reductions in the measurement of its unrecognized tax benefits and related net interest and penalties of approximately $1 million within the next twelve months due to potential tax audit settlements and the lapsing of statutes of limitations on potential tax assessments. The Company does not expect to record any other material reductions in the measurement of its unrecognized tax benefits within the next twelve months.

The Company has not paid any dividends and has no plans, at this time, to pay any dividends in the future.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

The Company has not created, and is not party to, any special-purpose oroff-balance sheet entities for the purpose of raising capital, incurring debt or operating parts of its business that are not consolidated (to the extent of the Company’s ownership interest therein) into the consolidated financial statements. The Company has not entered into any transactions with unconsolidated entities whereby it has subordinated retained interests, derivative instruments or other contingent arrangements that expose the Company to material continuing risks, contingent liabilities or any other obligation under a variable interest in an unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit risk support to the Company.

The Company enters into standard indemnification agreements in its ordinary course of business. Pursuant to these agreements, the Company indemnifies, holds harmless and agrees to reimburse the indemnified party for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party, generally the Company’s business partners or customers, in connection with patent, copyright or other intellectual property infringement claims by any third party with respect to its current products, as well as claims relating to property damage or personal injury resulting from the performance of services by the Company or its subcontractors. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is unlimited. Historically, the Company’s costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims relating to such indemnity agreements have been minimal and management accordingly believes the estimated fair value of these agreements is immaterial.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Summary

The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires the Company to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent liabilities. Critical accounting policies are those that are central to the presentation of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations that require management to make estimates about matters that are highly uncertain and that would have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations given changes in the estimate that are reasonably likely to occur from period to period or use of different estimates that reasonably could have been used in the current period. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its policies and estimates. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual amounts may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. There are other items within the Company’s consolidated financial statements that require estimation, but are not deemed critical as defined above. Changes in estimates used in these and other items could potentially have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

The Company adopted new accounting guidance regarding the recognition of revenue from contracts with customers as of January 1, 2018 and applied the modified-retrospective method. The Company elected the practical expedient and only evaluated the contracts that were considered incomplete as of January 1, 2018 when quantifying the cumulative effect adjustment under the modified retrospective method. Ultimately, the Company

determined that there was not a significant change in the timing or pattern of revenue recognition for the Company’s products and services. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows and, as such, did not require any adjustments to information reported in the prior year. The revenue recognition policies described below were effective as of January 1, 2018.

The Company recognizes revenue upon transfer of control of promised products and services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for those products or services. The Company generally enters into contracts that include a combination of products and services. Revenue is allocated to distinct performance obligations and is recognized net of allowances for returns and discounts.

The Company recognizes revenue on product sales at the time control of the product transfers to the customer. In substantially all of the Company’s arrangements, title of the product transfers at shipping point and, as a result, the Company determined control transfers at the point of shipment. In more limited cases, there are destination-based shipping terms and, thus, control is deemed to transfer when the products arrive at the customer site. All incremental costs of obtaining a contract are expensed as and when incurred if the expected amortization period of the asset that would have been recognized is one year or less. Shipping and handling costs are included as a component of cost of sales. In situations where the control of the goods transfers prior to the completion of the Company’s obligation to ship the products to its customers, the Company has elected the practical expedient to account for the shipping services as a fulfillment cost. Accordingly, such costs are recognized when control of the related goods is transferred to the customer. In more rare situations, the Company has revenue associated with products that contain specific customer acceptance criteria and the related revenue is not recognized before the customer acceptance criteria are satisfied. The Company elected to exclude from the measurement of the transaction price all taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are both imposed on and concurrent with specific revenue-producing transactions and collected by the Company from a customer.

Generally, the Company’s contracts for products include a performance obligation related to installation. The Company has determined that the installation represents a distinct performance obligation and revenue is recognized separately upon the completion of installation. The Company determines the amount of the transaction price to allocate to the installation service based on the standalone selling price of the product and the service, which requires judgment. The Company determines relative standalone selling price of installation based upon a number of factors, including hourly service billing rates and estimated installation hours. In developing these estimates, the Company considers past history, competition, billing rates of current services and other factors.

The Company has sales from standalone software, which is included in instrument systems revenue. These arrangements typically include software licenses and maintenance contracts, both of which the Company has determined are distinct performance obligations. The Company determines the amount of the transaction price to allocate to the license and maintenance contract based on the relative standalone selling price of each performance obligation. Software license revenue is recognized at the point in time when control has been transferred to the customer. The revenue allocated to the software maintenance contract is recognized on a straight-line basis over the maintenance period, which is the contractual term of the contract, as a time-based measure of progress best reflects the Company’s performance in satisfying this obligation. Unspecified rights to software upgrades are typically sold as part of the maintenance contract on awhen-and-if-available basis.

Payment terms and conditions vary among the Company’s revenue streams, although terms generally include a requirement of payment within 30 to 60 days of product shipment. Prior to providing payment terms to customers, an evaluation of the customer’s credit risk is performed. Returns and customer credits are infrequent and insignificant and are recorded as a reduction to sales. Rights of return are not included in sales arrangements and, therefore, there is minimal variable consideration included in the transaction price of our products.

Service revenue includes (i) service and software maintenance contracts and (ii) service calls (time and materials). Instrument service contracts and software maintenance contracts are typically annual contracts, which are billed at the beginning of the contract or maintenance period. The amount of the service and software maintenance contract is recognized on a straight-line basis to revenue over the maintenance service period, which is the contractual term of the contract, as a time-based measure of progress best reflects the Company’s performance in satisfying this obligation. There are no deferred costs associated with the service contract, as the cost of the service is recorded when the service is performed. Service calls are recognized to revenue at the time a service is performed.

The Company’s deferred revenue liabilities at December 31, 2018 was $204 million on the consolidated balance sheets consists of the obligation on instrument service contracts and customer payments received in advance, prior to transfer of control of the instrument. The Company records deferred revenue primarily related to its service contracts, where consideration is billable at the beginning of the service period.

Loss Provisions on Accounts Receivable and Inventory

The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. If the financial condition of the Company’s customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required. The Company does not request collateral from its customers, but collectibility is enhanced through the use of credit card payments and letters of credit. The Company assesses collectibility based on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, past transaction history with the customer, the credit-worthiness of the customer, industry trends and the macro-economic environment. Historically, the Company has not experienced significant bad debt losses. Sales returns and allowances are estimates of future product returns related to current period revenue. Material differences may result in the amount and timing of revenue for any period if management made different judgments or utilized different estimates for sales returns and allowances for doubtful accounts. The Company’s accounts receivable balance at December 31, 2018 was $568 million, net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $8 million.

The Company values all of its inventories at the lower of cost or net realizable value on afirst-in,first-out basis (“FIFO”). The Company estimates revisions to its inventory valuations based on technical obsolescence, historical demand, projections of future demand, including that in the Company’s current backlog of orders, and industry and market conditions. If actual future demand or market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional write-downs may be required. The Company’s inventory balance at December 31, 2018 was recorded at its net realizable value of $292 million, which is net of write-downs of $23 million.

Long-Lived Assets, Intangible Assets and Goodwill

The Company assesses the impairment of identifiable intangibles, long-lived assets and goodwill whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors the Company considers important which could trigger impairment include, but are not limited to, the following:

significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results, particularly as it pertains to capitalized software and patent costs;

significant negative industry or economic trends, competitive products and technologies; and

significant changes or developments in strategic technological collaborations or legal matters which affect the Company’s capitalized patents, purchased technology, trademarks and intellectual properties, such as licenses.

When the Company determines that the carrying value of an individual intangible asset, long-lived asset or goodwill may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above indicators, an estimate of

undiscounted future cash flows produced by that intangible asset, long-lived asset or goodwill, including its eventual residual value, is compared to the carrying value to determine whether impairment exists. In the event that such cash flows are not expected to be sufficient to recover the carrying amount of the asset, the asset is written-down to its estimated fair value. Net intangible assets, long-lived assets and goodwill amounted to $247 million, $343 million and $356 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2018.

The Company performs annual impairment reviews of its goodwill on January 1 of each year. For goodwill impairment review purposes, the Company has two reporting units: Waters and TA. The Company currently does not expect to record an impairment charge in the foreseeable future; however, there can be no assurance that, at the time future reviews are completed, a material impairment charge will not be recorded. The factors that could cause a material goodwill impairment charge in the future include, but are not limited to, the following:

significant decline in the Company’s projected revenue, earnings or cash flows;

significant adverse change in legal factors or business climate;

significant decline in the Company’s stock price or the stock price of comparable companies;

adverse action or assessment by a regulator; and

unanticipated competition.

Income Taxes

As part of the process of preparing the consolidated financial statements, the Company is required to estimate its income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. This process involves the Company estimating its income taxes, taking into account the amount, timing and character of taxable income, tax deductions and credits and assessing changes in tax laws, regulations, agreements and treaties. Differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes, such as depreciation, amortization and inventory reserves, result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within the consolidated balance sheets. In the event that actual results differ from these estimates, or the Company adjusts these estimates in future periods, such changes could materially impact the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

The accounting standards for income taxes require that a company continually evaluate the necessity of establishing or changing a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets depending on whether it is more likely than not that the actual benefit of those assets will be realized in future periods.

Uncertain Tax Positions

The Company accounts for its uncertain tax return positions in accordance with the accounting standards for income taxes, which require financial statement reporting of the expected future tax consequences of uncertain tax positions on the presumption that all concerned tax authorities possess full knowledge of those tax positions, as well as all of the pertinent facts and circumstances, but prohibit any discounting of unrecognized tax benefits associated with those positions for the time value of money. The Company classified interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of the provision for income taxes. At December 31, 2018, the Company had unrecognized tax benefits of $27 million.

The Company has been granted a 0% contractual tax rate in Singapore that requires the achievement of certain operational and financial milestones that the Company expects to meet, to the extent not already achieved, by December 31, 2020 and maintain through at least March 31, 2021. As part of the Company’s determination of uncertain tax positions, the Company regularly assesses its progress against these operational and financial milestone targets to determine whether the milestones can be reasonably achieved. These milestones were negotiated with the Singaporean tax authorities and established based on the Company’s historical financial performance; the anticipated customerend-market demand, particularly in certain regions in the world, and the Company’s anticipated future operating plans. These assessments require significant judgments and estimates

about the Company’s ability to meet the milestone targets for the following types of objectives: reaching and maintaining annual revenue and business spending targets; meeting capital expenditures targets; attaining and sustaining employment targets; and establishing a local research and development and service center. The Company regularly monitors its actual and forecasted sales and operating results against these milestones and the Company makes the determination as to whether the future forecasted financial results are most likely to be achieved. These milestones are very similar in nature to the previous Singaporean tax holiday contractual agreements that the Company successfully completed. These milestones are not required to be met until December 21, 2020, at the earliest, which gives the Company sufficient time to make any necessary adjustments to its operating plans to achieve the milestones.

Currently, the Company has determined that it is more likely than not to realize the contractual tax rate in Singapore of 0% and has not recognized an uncertain tax position in its balance sheet related to the achievement of the contractual milestones in Singapore. However, these milestones can be significantly influenced by the business climate in Singapore and the Company’s overall financial performance and, in the event that the Company determines that the milestone targets are not expected to be met, the Company would no longer be able to record a tax benefit at a 0% contractual tax rate on income earned in Singapore from and after the April 1, 2016 start date of the contract period. At such time, the Company would record an income tax charge on the affected Singapore income earned back to April 1, 2016 at the Singapore statutory tax rate(s) (currently 17%), with a corresponding income tax liability recorded on the balance sheet. For the year ended 2018, the effect of applying the contractual tax rate rather than the statutory tax rate to income from qualifying activities in Singapore increased the Company’s net income and net income per diluted share by $28 million and $0.36, respectively.

Warranty

Product warranties are recorded at the time revenue is recognized for certain product shipments. While the Company engages in extensive product quality programs and processes, including actively monitoring and evaluating the quality of its component suppliers, the Company’s warranty obligation is affected by product failure rates, material usage and service delivery costs incurred in correcting a product failure. Should actual product failure rates, material usage or service delivery costs differ from the Company’s previous estimates, revisions to the estimated warranty liability would be required. At December 31, 2018, the Company’s warranty liability was $12 million.

Litigation

As described in Part I, Item 3, Legal Proceedings, of thisForm 10-K, the Company is a party to various pending litigation matters. With respect to each pending claim, management determines whether it can reasonably estimate whether a loss is probable and, if so, the probable range of that loss. If and when management has determined, with respect to a particular claim, both that a loss is probable and that it can reasonably estimate the range of that loss, the Company records a charge equal to either its best estimate of that loss or the lowest amount in that probable range of loss. The Company will disclose additional exposures when the range of loss is subject to considerable uncertainty.

Pension and Other Retirement Benefits

Assumptions used in determining projected benefit obligations and the fair values of plan assets for the Company’s pension plans and other retirement benefits are evaluated periodically by management. Changes in assumptions are based on relevant Company data. Critical assumptions, such as the discount rate used to measure the benefit obligations and the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, are evaluated and updated annually. The Company has assumed that the weighted-average expected long-term rate of return on plan assets will be 4.35% for its U.S. benefit plans and 2.75% for itsnon-U.S. benefit plans.

At the end of each year, the Company determines the discount rate that reflects the current rate at which the pension liabilities could be effectively settled. The Company utilized Milliman’s Bond Matching model to

determine the discount rate for its U.S. benefit plans. The Company determined the discount rate for itsnon-U.S. benefit plans based on the analysis of the Mercer Pension Discount Curve for high quality investments as of December 31, 2018 that best matched the timing of the plan’s future cash flows for the period to maturity of the pension benefits. Once the interest rates were determined, the plan’s cash flow was discounted at the spot interest rate back to the measurement date. At December 31, 2018, the Company determined the weighted-average discount rate to be 4.40% for the U.S. benefit plans and 1.95% for thenon-U.S. benefits plans.

Aone-quarter percentage point increase in the assumed long-term rate of return would decrease the Company’s net periodic benefit cost by less than $1 million. Aone-quarter percentage point increase in the discount rate would decrease the Company’s net periodic benefit cost by less than $1 million.

Stock-based Compensation

The accounting standards for stock-based compensation require that all share-based payments to employees be recognized in the statements of operations based on their fair values. The Company has used the Black-Scholes option pricing model and Monte Carlo simulation model to determine the fair value of its stock option awards and performance stock unit awards, respectively. Under the fair-value recognition provisions of this statement, share-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the value of the award and is recognized as expense over the vesting period. Determining the fair value of share-based awards at the grant date requires judgment, including estimating stock price volatility and employee stock option exercise behaviors. If actual results differ significantly from these estimates, stock-based compensation expense and the Company’s results of operations could be materially impacted. As stock-based compensation expense recognized in the consolidated statements of operations is based on awards that ultimately are expected to vest, the amount of the expense has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. These accounting standards require forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Forfeitures are estimated based on historical experience. If factors change and the Company employs different assumptions in the application of these accounting standards, the compensation expense that the Company records in future periods may differ significantly from what the Company has recorded in the current period. The Company recognizes the expense using the straight-line attribution method.

As of December 31, 2018, unrecognized compensation costs and related weighted-average lives over which the costs will be amortized were as follows (in millions):

   Unrecognized
Compensation
Costs
   Weighted-Average
Life in Years
 

Stock options

  $42    3.5 

Restricted stock units

   34    3.2 

Performance stock units

   14    2.3 

Restricted stock

   —      —   
  

 

 

   

Total

  $90    3.2 
  

 

 

   

Business Combinations and Asset Acquisitions

The Company accounts for business acquisitions under the accounting standards for business combinations. The results of each acquisition are included in the Company’s consolidated results as of the acquisition date and the purchase price of an acquisition is allocated to tangible and intangible assets and assumed liabilities based on their estimated fair values. Any excess of the fair value consideration transferred over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired is recognized as goodwill. Acquiredin-process research and development (“IPR&D”) included in a business combination is capitalized as an indefinite-lived intangible asset. Development costs incurred after the acquisition are expensed as incurred and acquired IPR&D is tested for impairment annually until completion of the acquired programs. Upon commercialization, this indefinite-lived intangible asset is then accounted for as a finite-lived intangible asset and amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life,

subject to periodic impairment reviews. If the research and development project is abandoned, the indefinite-lived asset is charged to expense. Legal costs, due diligence costs, business valuation costs and all other business acquisition costs are expensed when incurred.

The Company also acquires intellectual property through licensing arrangements. These arrangements often require upfront payments and may include additional milestone or royalty payments, contingent upon certain future events. IPR&D acquired in an asset acquisition (as opposed to a business combination) is expensed immediately unless there is an alternative future use. Subsequent payments made for the achievement of milestones are evaluated to determine whether they have an alternative future use or should be expensed. Payments made to third parties subsequent to commercialization are capitalized and amortized over the remaining useful life of the related asset, and are classified as intangible assets.

Contingent Consideration

In addition to the initial cash consideration paid to acquire Medimass, the Company is obligated to make additional earnout payments based on a royalty due on future sales of products containing the REIMS technology. In accordance with the accounting standards for business combinations, the Company determines the fair value of the liability for contingent consideration at each reporting date using a probability-weighted discounted cash flow model. Subsequent changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration liability are recorded in the results of operations. The fair value of the contingent consideration liability associated with future earnout payments is based on several factors, including estimated future results and a discount rate reflective of the Company’s creditworthiness. A change in any of these unobservable inputs can significantly change the fair value of the contingent consideration. Although there is no contractual limit, total future undiscounted contingent consideration payments were estimated to be $2 million as of December 31, 2018, based on the Company’s best estimate, as the earnout is based on future sales of certain products through 2034.

Recent Accounting Standard Changes and Developments

Information regarding recent accounting standard changes and developments is incorporated by reference from Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this document and should be considered an integral part of this Item 7. See Note 2 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for recently adopted and issued accounting standards.

Item 7A: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Derivative Transactions

The Company is a global company that operates in over 35 countries and, as a result, the Company’s net sales, cost of sales, operating expenses and balance sheet amounts are significantly impacted by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The Company is exposed to currency price risk on foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations when it translates itsnon-U.S. dollar foreign subsidiaries’ financial statements into U.S. dollars, and when any of the Company’s subsidiaries purchase or sell products or services in a currency other than its own currency.

The Company’s principal strategies in managing exposures to changes in foreign currency exchange rates are to (1) naturally hedge the foreign-currency-denominated liabilities on the Company’s balance sheet against corresponding assets of the same currency, such that any changes in liabilities due to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates are typically offset by corresponding changes in assets and (2) mitigate foreign exchange risk exposure of international operations by hedging the variability in the movement of foreign currency exchange rates on a portion of its Euro-denominated net asset investments. The Company presents the derivative transactions in financing activities in the statement of cash flows.

Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts

The Company does not specifically enter into any derivatives that hedge foreign-currency-denominated operating assets, liabilities or commitments on its balance sheet, other than a portion of certain third-party accounts receivable and accounts payable, and the Company’s net worldwide intercompany receivables and payables, which are eliminated in consolidation. The Company periodically aggregates these net worldwide balances by currency and then enters into foreign currency exchange contracts that mature within 90 days to hedge a portion of the remaining balance to minimize some of the Company’s currency price risk exposure. The foreign currency exchange contracts are not designated for hedge accounting treatment. Principal hedged currencies include the Euro, Japanese yen, British pound, Mexican peso and Brazilian real.

Interest Rate Cross-Currency Swap Agreements

In 2018, the Company entered into three-year interest rate cross-currency swap derivative agreements with a notional value of $300 million to hedge the variability in the movement of foreign currency exchange rates on a portion of its Euro-denominated net asset investments. Under hedge accounting, the change in fair value of the derivative that relates to changes in the foreign currency spot rate are recorded in the currency translation adjustment in other comprehensive income and remain in accumulated comprehensive income in stockholders’ equity until the sale or substantial liquidation of the foreign operation. The difference between the interest rate received and paid under the interest rate cross-currency swap derivative agreement is recorded in interest income in the statement of operations.

The Company’s foreign currency exchange contracts and interest rate cross-currency swap agreements included in the consolidated balance sheets are classified as follows (in thousands):

   December 31, 2018  December 31, 2017 
   Notional Value   Fair Value  Notional Value   Fair Value 

Foreign currency exchange contracts:

       

Other current assets

  $112,212   $503  $110,759   $566 

Other current liabilities

  $40,175   $224  $37,104   $182 

Interest rate cross-currency swap agreements:

       

Other assets

  $300,000   $1,093  $—     $—   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    $(1,093   $—   

The following is a summary of the activity included in the statements of comprehensive income related to the foreign currency exchange contracts (in thousands):

   Financial
Statement
Classification
           
   Year Ended December 31, 
   2018  2017   2016 

Foreign currency exchange contracts:

     

Realized (losses) gains on closed contracts

  Cost of sales  $(6,684 $3,894   $(10,401

Unrealized (losses) gains on open contracts

  Cost of sales   (105  1,054    (883
    

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cumulative netpre-tax (losses) gains

  Cost of sales  $(6,789 $4,948   $(11,284
    

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest rate cross-currency swap agreements:

     

Interest earned

  Interest income  $2,713  $—     $—   

Unrealized gains on open contracts

  Stockholders’ equity  $1,093  $—     $—   

Assuming a hypothetical adverse change of 10% inyear-end exchange rates (a strengthening of the U.S. dollar), the fair market value of the foreign currency exchange contracts outstanding as of December 31, 2018 would decreasepre-tax earnings by approximately $15 million. Assuming a hypothetical adverse change of 10% inyear-end exchange rates (a strengthening of the U.S. dollar), the fair market value of the interest rate cross-currency swap agreements outstanding as of December 31, 2018 would increase by approximately $30 million and would be recorded to foreign currency translation in other comprehensive income within stockholders’ equity. The related impact on interest income would not have a material effect onpre-tax earnings.

The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are not subject to significant interest rate risk due to the short maturities of these instruments. The Company’s cash equivalents represent highly liquid investments, with original maturities of 90 days or less, primarily in bank deposits, U.S. treasury bill money market funds and commercial paper. As of December 31, 2018, the carrying value of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents approximated fair value.

The Company is exposed to the risk of interest rate fluctuations from the investments of cash generated from operations. Investments with maturities greater than 90 days are classified as investments, and are held primarily in U.S. dollar-denominated treasury bills and commercial paper, bank deposits and corporate debt securities. As of December 31, 2018, the Company estimates that a hypothetical adverse change of 100 basis points across all maturities would not have a material effect on the fair market value of its portfolio.

The Company is also exposed to the risk of exchange rate fluctuations. The Company maintains cash balances in various operating accounts in excess of federally insured limits, and in foreign subsidiary accounts in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, $471 million out of $1,735 million and $3,326 million out of $3,394 million, respectively, of the Company’s total cash, cash equivalents and investments were held by foreign subsidiaries. In addition, $251 million out of $1,735 million and $304 million out of $3,394 million of cash, cash equivalents and investments were held in currencies other than the U.S. dollar at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. As of December 31, 2018, the Company has no holdings in auction rate securities or commercial paper issued by structured investment vehicles.

Assuming a hypothetical adverse change of 10% inyear-end exchange rates (a strengthening of the U.S. dollar), the fair market value of the Company’s cash, cash equivalents and investments held in currencies other than the U.S. dollar as of December 31, 2018 would decrease by approximately $25 million, of which the majority would be recorded to foreign currency translation in other comprehensive income within stockholders’ equity.

Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined inRules 13a-15(f) and15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework inInternal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on our evaluation under the framework inInternal Control — Integrated Framework (2013), our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2018.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Waters Corporation

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Waters Corporation and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, including the related notes and schedule of valuation and qualifying accounts for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018 appearing under Item 15(c) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for share-based payment transactions in 2017.

Basis for Opinions

The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
February 26, 2019

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1994.

WATERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

   December 31, 
   2018   2017 
   (In thousands, except per share data) 

ASSETS

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

  $796,280   $642,319 

Investments

   938,944    2,751,382 

Accounts receivable, net

   568,316    533,825 

Inventories

   291,569    270,294 

Other current assets

   68,054    72,314 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

   2,663,163    4,270,134 

Property, plant and equipment, net

   343,083    349,278 

Intangible assets, net

   246,902    228,395 

Goodwill

   355,614    359,819 

Other assets

   118,664    116,728 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $3,727,426   $5,324,354 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Current liabilities:

    

Notes payable and debt

  $178   $100,273 

Accounts payable

   68,168    64,537 

Accrued employee compensation

   64,545    69,024 

Deferred revenue and customer advances

   164,965    166,840 

Accrued income taxes

   22,943    73,008 

Accrued warranty

   12,300    13,026 

Other current liabilities

   115,832    119,449 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

   448,931    606,157 

Long-term liabilities:

    

Long-term debt

   1,148,172    1,897,501 

Long-term portion of retirement benefits

   55,853    67,334 

Long-term income tax liabilities

   430,866    456,949 

Other long-term liabilities

   76,346    62,625 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term liabilities

   1,711,237    2,484,409 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   2,160,168    3,090,566 

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 6, 9, 10, 11, 12 and 16)

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, 5,000 shares authorized, none issued at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017

   —      —   

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 400,000 shares authorized, 160,472 and 159,845 shares issued, 73,115 and 79,337 shares outstanding at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively

   1,605    1,598 

Additionalpaid-in capital

   1,834,741    1,745,088 

Retained earnings

   5,995,205    5,405,380 

Treasury stock, at cost, 87,357 and 80,509 shares at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively

   (6,146,322   (4,808,211

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   (117,971   (110,067
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   1,567,258    2,233,788 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $3,727,426   $5,324,354 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

WATERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

 
   Year Ended December 31, 
   2018  2017  2016 
   (In thousands, except per share data) 

Revenues:

    

Product sales

  $1,604,993  $1,552,349  $1,460,296 

Service sales

   814,936   756,729   707,127 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total net sales

   2,419,929   2,309,078   2,167,423 

Costs and operating expenses:

    

Cost of product sales

   656,275   623,214   595,796 

Cost of service sales

   336,289   323,853   295,657 

Selling and administrative expenses

   536,902   544,363   512,331 

Research and development expenses

   143,403   132,593   125,187 

Purchased intangibles amortization

   7,712   6,743   9,889 

Litigation (settlement) provision (Note 11)

   (426  11,114   3,524 

Acquiredin-process research and development (Note 2)

   —     5,000   —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total costs and operating expenses

   1,680,155   1,646,880   1,542,384 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating income

   739,774   662,198   625,039 

Other expense

   (47,794  (340  (700

Interest expense

   (48,641  (56,839  (44,911

Interest income

   38,807   36,078   20,686 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

   682,146   641,097   600,114 

Provision for income taxes

   88,352   620,786   78,611 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

  $593,794  $20,311  $521,503 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income per basic common share

  $7.71  $0.25  $6.46 

Weighted-average number of basic common shares

   76,992   79,793   80,786 

Net income per diluted common share

  $7.65  $0.25  $6.41 

Weighted-average number of diluted common shares and equivalents

   77,618   80,604   81,417 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

WATERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2018  2017  2016 
   (In thousands) 

Net income

  $593,794  $20,311  $521,503 

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

    

Foreign currency translation

   (36,279  101,148   (66,996

Unrealized gains (losses) on investments before income taxes

   698   (1,794  279 

Income tax benefit

   443   68   111 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Unrealized gains (losses) on investments, net of tax

   1,141   (1,726  390 

Retirement liability adjustment before reclassifications

   (6,722  7,832   (6,783

Amounts reclassified to other expense

   48,792   3,948   3,263 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Retirement liability adjustment before income taxes

   42,070   11,780   (3,520

Income tax (expense) benefit

   (14,836  (4,989  572 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Retirement liability adjustment, net of tax

   27,234   6,791   (2,948

Other comprehensive (loss) income

   (7,904  106,213   (69,554
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

  $585,890  $126,524  $451,949 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

WATERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2018  2017  2016 
   (In thousands) 

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income

  $593,794  $20,311  $521,503 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Stock-based compensation

   37,541   39,436   40,998 

Deferred income taxes

   2,405   45,510   1,204 

Depreciation

   57,952   61,450   51,684 

Amortization of intangibles

   50,456   44,552   44,765 

Excess tax benefit related to stock option plans

   —     —     13,844 

Gain on sale of assets

   —     —     (1,500

In-process research and development and othernon-cash charges

   —     5,000   —   

Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:

    

Increase in accounts receivable

   (47,921  (24,013  (31,721

(Increase) decrease in inventories

   (25,396  731   (20,147

Increase in other current assets

   (12,446  (16,323  (2,436

Decrease (increase) in other assets

   6,047   (24,098  (1,076

(Decrease) increase in accounts payable and other current liabilities

   (81,663  3,175   6,842 

Increase in deferred revenue and customer advances

   2,721   10,386   9,974 

Enactment of the 2017 Tax Act

   (6,059  530,383   —   

Increase in other liabilities

   (27,015  1,140   8,986 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

   604,446   697,640   642,920 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Additions to property, plant, equipment and software capitalization

   (96,079  (85,473  (94,967

Asset and business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

   (31,486  —     (5,609

Investment in unaffiliated company

   (7,615  (7,000  —   

Payments for intellectual property licenses

   —     (5,000  —   

Purchases of investments

   (1,006,080  (2,960,379  (2,396,032

Maturities and sales of investments

   2,824,562   2,522,100   2,004,690 

Proceeds from sale of assets

   —     —     4,000 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

   1,683,302   (535,752  (487,918

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from debt issuances

   274   1,480,190   485,298 

Payments on debt

   (850,435  (1,310,214  (325,323

Payments of debt issuance costs

   —     (2,984  (1,705

Proceeds from stock plans

   52,429   97,789   62,189 

Purchases of treasury shares

   (1,315,106  (332,544  (325,759

(Payments for) proceeds from derivative contracts

   (6,684  3,894   (10,401
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

   (2,119,522  (63,869  (115,701

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

   (14,265  38,669   (21,335
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

   153,961   136,688   17,966 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

   642,319   505,631   487,665 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $796,280  $642,319  $505,631 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

    

Income taxes paid

  $159,397  $70,583  $50,007 

Interest paid

  $50,798  $56,503  $43,595 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

WATERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   Number of
Common
Shares
   Common
Stock
   Additional
Paid-In
Capital
   Retained
Earnings
  Treasury
Stock
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 
   (In thousands) 

Balance December 31, 2015

   157,677   $1,577   $1,490,342   $4,863,566  $(4,149,908 $(146,726 $2,058,851 

Net income

   —      —      —      521,503   —     —     521,503 

Other comprehensive loss

   —      —      —      —     —     (69,554  (69,554

Issuance of common stock for employees:

           

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

   53    1    6,277    —     —     —     6,278 

Stock options exercised

   730    7    55,904    —     —     —     55,911 

Tax benefit related to stock option plans

   —      —      13,844    —     —     —     13,844 

Treasury stock

   —      —      —      —     (325,759  —     (325,759

Stock-based compensation

   174    1    40,874    —     —     —     40,875 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2016

   158,634   $1,586   $1,607,241   $5,385,069  $(4,475,667 $(216,280 $2,301,949 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

   —      —      —      20,311   —     —     20,311 

Other comprehensive income

   —      —      —      —     —     106,213   106,213 

Issuance of common stock for employees:

           

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

   50    1    6,874    —     —     —     6,875 

Stock options exercised

   972    10    90,904    —     —     —     90,914 

Treasury stock

   —      —      —      —     (332,544  —     (332,544

Stock-based compensation

   189    1    40,069    —     —     —     40,070 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2017

   159,845   $1,598   $1,745,088   $5,405,380  $(4,808,211 $(110,067 $2,233,788 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Adoption of new accounting pronouncement

   —      —      —      (3,969  —     —     (3,969

Net income

   —      —      —      593,794   —     —     593,794 

Other comprehensive loss

   —      —      —      —     —     (7,904  (7,904

Issuance of common stock for employees:

           

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

   45    —      7,874    —     —     —     7,874 

Stock options exercised

   438    5    44,550    —     —     —     44,555 

Treasury stock

   —      —      —      —     (1,338,111  —     (1,338,111

Stock-based compensation

   144    2    37,229    —     —     —     37,231 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2018

   160,472   $1,605   $1,834,741   $5,995,205  $(6,146,322 $(117,971 $1,567,258 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1    Description of Business and Organization

Waters Corporation (the “Company,” “we,” “our,” or “us”) is a specialty measurement company that operates with a fundamental underlying purpose to advance the science that enables our customers to enhance human health and well-being. The Company has pioneered analytical workflow solutions involving liquid chromatography, mass spectrometry and thermal analysis innovations serving the life, materials and food sciences for more than 60 years. The Company primarily designs, manufactures, sells and services high performance liquid chromatography (“HPLC”), ultra performance liquid chromatography (“UPLCTM” and together with HPLC, referred to as “LC”) and mass spectrometry (“MS”) technology systems and support products, including chromatography columns, other consumable products and comprehensive post-warranty service plans. These systems are complementary products that are frequently employed together(“LC-MS”) and sold as integrated instrument systems using common software platforms. LC is a standard technique and is utilized in a broad range of industries to detect, identify, monitor and measure the chemical, physical and biological composition of materials, and to purify a full range of compounds. MS technology, principally in conjunction with chromatography, is employed in drug discovery and development, including clinical trial testing, the analysis of proteins in disease processes (known as “proteomics”), nutritional safety analysis and environmental testing.LC-MS instruments combine a liquid phase sample introduction and separation system with mass spectrometric compound identification and quantification. In addition, the Company designs, manufactures, sells and services thermal analysis, rheometry and calorimetry instruments through its TATM product line. These instruments are used in predicting the suitability and stability of fine chemicals, pharmaceuticals, water, polymers, metals and viscous liquids for various industrial, consumer goods and healthcare products, as well as for life science research. The Company is also a developer and supplier of advanced software-based products that interface with the Company’s instruments, as well as other manufacturers’ instruments.

2    Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires the Company to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent liabilities at the dates of the financial statements. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, product returns and allowances, bad debts, inventory valuation, goodwill and intangible assets, income taxes, warranty and installation provisions, litigation, retirement plan obligations, stock-based compensation, equity investments and contingencies. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual amounts may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Risks and Uncertainties

The Company is subject to risks common to companies in the analytical instrument industry, including, but not limited to, global economic and financial market conditions, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, fluctuations in customer demand, development by its competitors of new technological innovations, costs of developing new technologies, levels of debt and debt service requirements, risk of disruption, dependence on key personnel, protection and litigation of proprietary technology, shifts in taxable income between tax jurisdictions and compliance with regulations of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and similar foreign regulatory authorities and agencies.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries, which are wholly owned. The Company consolidates entities in which it owns or controls fifty percent or more of the voting shares. All inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Translation of Foreign Currencies

The functional currency of each of the Company’s foreign operating subsidiaries is the local currency of its country of domicile, except for the Company’s subsidiaries in Hong Kong, Singapore and the Cayman Islands, where the underlying transactional cash flows are denominated in currencies other than the respective local currency of domicile. The functional currency of the Hong Kong, Singapore and Cayman Islands subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar, based on the respective entity’s cash flows.

For most of the Company’s foreign operations, assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates prevailing on the balance sheet date, while revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates prevailing during the respective period. Any resulting translation gains or losses are included in accumulated other comprehensive income in the consolidated balance sheets.

The Company’s net sales derived from operations outside the United States were 72%, 71% and 69% in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Gains and losses from foreign currency transactions are included in net income in the consolidated statements of operations. In 2018, 2017 and 2016, foreign currency transactions resulted in net losses of $3 million, $1 million and $4 million, respectively.

Seasonality of Business

The Company typically experiences an increase in sales in the fourth quarter, as a result of purchasing habits for capital goods of customers that tend to exhaust their spending budgets by calendar year end.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Investments

Cash equivalents represent highly liquid investments, with original maturities of 90 days or less, primarily in bank deposits, U.S. treasury bill money market funds and commercial paper. Investments with longer maturities are classified as investments, and are held primarily in U.S. treasury bills, U.S. dollar-denominated treasury bills and commercial paper, bank deposits and corporate debt securities.

Investments are classified asavailable-for-sale in accordance with the accounting standards for investments in debt securities. All debt securities are recorded at fair market value and any unrealized holding gains and losses, to the extent deemed temporary, are included in accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholders’ equity, net of the related tax effects. If any adjustment to fair value reflects a decline in the value of the investment, the Company considers all available evidence to evaluate the extent to which the decline is “other than temporary” and, if so, records a loss as a charge to the statement of operations. The Company classifies its investments exclusive of those categorized as cash equivalents.

The Company maintains cash balances in various operating accounts in excess of federally insured limits, and in foreign subsidiary accounts in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, $471 million out of $1,735 million and $3,326 million out of $3,394 million, respectively, of the Company’s total cash, cash equivalents and investments were held by foreign subsidiaries. In addition, $251 million out of $1,735 million and $304 million out of $3,394 million of cash, cash equivalents and investments were held in currencies other than the U.S. dollar at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The Company has very limited use of rebates and other cash considerations payable to customers and, as a result, the transaction price determination does not have any material variable consideration. The allowance for doubtful accounts is the best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in the existing accounts receivable. The allowance is based on a number of factors, including historical experience and the customer’s credit-worthiness. The allowance for doubtful accounts is reviewed on at least a quarterly basis. Past due balances over 90 days and over a specified amount are reviewed individually for collectibility. Account balances are charged against the allowance when the Company determines it is probable that the receivable will not be recovered. The Company does not have anyoff-balance sheet credit exposure related to its customers. Historically, the Company has not experienced significant bad debt losses.

The following is a summary of the activity of the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 (in thousands):

   Balance at
Beginning of Period
   Additions   Deduction  Balance at
End of Period
 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

       

December 31, 2018

  $6,109   $6,333   $(4,779 $7,663 

December 31, 2017

  $5,141   $3,752   $(2,784 $6,109 

December 31, 2016

  $4,617   $2,399   $(1,875 $5,141 

Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company sells its products and services to a significant number of large and small customers throughout the world, with net sales to the pharmaceutical industry of approximately 56% in each of the years 2018, 2017 and 2016. None of the Company’s individual customers accounted for more than 2% of annual Company sales in 2018, 2017 or 2016. The Company performs continuing credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral, but in certain circumstances may require letters of credit or deposits. Historically, the Company has not experienced significant bad debt losses.

Inventory

The Company values all of its inventories at the lower of cost or net realizable value on afirst-in,first-out basis (“FIFO”).

Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes are recognized for temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax basis of assets and liabilities using tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is provided to offset any net deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Appropriate long-term liabilities have also been recorded to recognize uncertain tax positions.

As part of the 2017 Tax Act, there is a provision for the taxation of certainoff-shore earnings referred to as the Global IntangibleLow-Taxed Income (“GILTI”) provision. This new provision taxesoff-shore earnings at a rate of 10.5%, partially offset with foreign tax credits. In connection with this new provision, the Company has adopted an accounting policy to treat this new tax as a current period cost.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense, while the costs of significant improvements are capitalized. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives: buildings — fifteen to thirty years; building improvements — five to ten years; leasehold improvements — the shorter of the economic useful life or life of lease; and production and other equipment — three to ten years. Upon retirement or sale, the cost of the assets disposed of and the related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the consolidated balance sheets and related gains or losses are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations.

Asset Impairments

The Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment in accordance with the accounting standards for property, plant and equipment. Whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable, the Company evaluates the recoverability of the carrying value of the asset based on the expected future cash flows, relying on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, operating results, business plans, economic projections and anticipated future cash flows. If the asset is deemed not recoverable, it is written down to fair value and the impairment is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations.

Business Combinations and Asset Acquisitions

The Company accounts for business acquisitions under the accounting standards for business combinations. The results of each acquisition are included in the Company’s consolidated results as of the acquisition date and the purchase price of an acquisition is allocated to tangible and intangible assets and assumed liabilities based on their estimated fair values. Any excess of the fair value consideration transferred over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired is recognized as goodwill. Acquiredin-process research and development (“IPR&D”) included in a business combination is capitalized as an indefinite-lived intangible asset. Development costs incurred after the acquisition are expensed as incurred and acquired IPR&D is tested for impairment annually until completion of the acquired programs. Upon commercialization, this indefinite-lived intangible asset is then accounted for as a finite-lived intangible asset and amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life, subject to periodic impairment reviews. If the research and development project is abandoned, the indefinite-lived asset is charged to expense. Legal costs, due diligence costs, business valuation costs and all other business acquisition costs are expensed when incurred.

The Company also acquires intellectual property through licensing arrangements. These arrangements often require upfront payments and may include additional milestone or royalty payments, contingent upon certain future events. IPR&D acquired in an asset acquisition (as opposed to a business combination) is expensed immediately unless there is an alternative future use. Subsequent payments made for the achievement of milestones are evaluated to determine whether they have an alternative future use or should be expensed. Payments made to third parties subsequent to commercialization are capitalized and amortized over the remaining useful life of the related asset, and are classified as intangible assets.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The Company tests for goodwill impairment using a fair-value approach at the reporting unit level annually, or earlier, if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. Additionally, the Company performs an annual goodwill impairment assessment for its reporting units as of January 1 each year. The goodwill and other intangible assets accounting standards define a reporting unit as an operating segment, or one level below an operating segment, if discrete financial information is prepared and reviewed by management. For goodwill impairment review purposes, the

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Company has two reporting units: Waters and TA. Goodwill is allocated to the reporting units at the time of acquisition. Under the impairment test, if a reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its estimated fair value, goodwill impairment is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill. The fair value of reporting units was estimated using a discounted cash flows technique, which includes certain management assumptions, such as estimated future cash flows, estimated growth rates and discount rates.

The Company’s intangible assets include purchased technology; capitalized software development costs; costs associated with acquiring Company patents, trademarks and intellectual properties, such as licenses; debt issuance costs and acquired IPR&D. Purchased intangibles are recorded at their fair market values as of the acquisition date and amortized over their estimated useful lives, ranging from one to fifteen years. Other intangibles are amortized over a period ranging from one to ten years. Debt issuance costs are amortized over the life of the related debt. Acquired IPR&D is amortized from the date of completion of the acquired program over its estimated useful life. IPR&D and indefinite-lived intangibles are tested annually for impairment.

Software Development Costs

The Company capitalizes internal and external software development costs for products offered for sale in accordance with the accounting standards for the costs of software to be sold, leased, or otherwise marketed. Capitalized costs are amortized to cost of sales over the period of economic benefit, which approximates a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related software products, generally three to ten years. The Company capitalized $34 million and $35 million of direct expenses that were related to the development of software in 2018 and 2017, respectively. Net capitalized software included in intangible assets totaled $147 million and $153 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. See Note 8, “Goodwill and Other Intangibles”.

The Company capitalizes internal software development costs for internal use. Capitalized internal software development costs are amortized over the period of economic benefit, which approximates a straight-line basis over ten years. Net capitalized internal software included in property, plant and equipment totaled $2 million and $3 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Other Investments

The Company accounts for its investments that represent less than twenty percent ownership, and for which the Company does not have the ability to exercise significant influence, using the accounting standards for investments in equity securities. Investments for which the Company does not have the ability to exercise significant influence, and for which there is not a readily determinable market value, are accounted for under the cost method of accounting. The Company periodically evaluates the carrying value of its investments accounted for under the cost method of accounting and carries them at the lower of cost or estimated net realizable value. For investments in which the Company owns or controls between twenty and forty-nine percent of the voting shares, or over which it has the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies, the equity method of accounting is used. The Company’s share of net income or losses of equity investments is included in the consolidated statements of operations and was not material in any period presented.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company made $8 million of investments in unaffiliated companies. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company made a $7 million investment in a developer of analytical system solutions used to make measurements, predict stability and accelerate product discovery in the routine analytic, process monitoring and quality control release processes for life science and biopharmaceutical markets. During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company sold an equity investment that was accounted for using the equity method of accounting and was included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheet for $4 million in cash.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Fair Value Measurements

In accordance with the accounting standards for fair value measurements and disclosures, certain of the Company’s assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2018 and 2017. Fair values determined by Level 1 inputs utilize observable data, such as quoted prices in active markets. Fair values determined by Level 2 inputs utilize data points other than quoted prices in active markets that are observable either directly or indirectly. Fair values determined by Level 3 inputs utilize unobservable data points for which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.

The following table represents the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2018 (in thousands):

   Total at
December 31,
2018
   Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level  1)
   Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets:

        

U.S. Treasury securities

  $164,315   $—     $164,315   $—   

Foreign government securities

   3,463    —      3,463    —   

Corporate debt securities

   723,059    —      723,059    —   

Time deposits

   108,638    —      108,638    —   

Waters 401(k) Restoration Plan assets

   33,104    33,104    —      —   

Foreign currency exchange contracts

   503    —      503    —   

Interest rate cross-currency swap agreements

   1,093    —      1,093    —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $1,034,175   $33,104   $1,001,071   $—   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities:

        

Contingent consideration

  $2,476   $—     $—     $2,476 

Foreign currency exchange contracts

   224    —      224    —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $2,700   $—     $224   $2,476 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table represents the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2017 (in thousands):

   Total at
December 31,
2017
   Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
   Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets:

        

U.S. Treasury securities

  $591,988   $—     $591,988   $—   

Foreign government securities

   6,952    —      6,952    —   

Corporate debt securities

   1,975,160    —      1,975,160    —   

Time deposits

   371,511    —      371,511    —   

Equity securities

   147    —      147    —   

Waters 401(k) Restoration Plan assets

   35,645    35,645    —      —   

Foreign currency exchange contracts

   566    —      566    —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $2,981,969   $35,645   $2,946,324   $—   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities:

        

Contingent consideration

  $3,247   $—     $—     $3,247 

Foreign currency exchange contracts

   182    —      182    —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $3,429   $—     $182   $3,247 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair Value of 401(k) Restoration Plan Assets

The 401(k) Restoration Plan is a nonqualified defined contribution plan and the assets were held in registered mutual funds and have been classified as Level 1. The fair values of the assets in the plan are determined through market and observable sources from daily quoted prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges.

Fair Value of Cash Equivalents, Investments, Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts and Interest Rate Cross-Currency Swap Agreements

The fair values of the Company’s cash equivalents, investments and foreign currency exchange contracts are determined through market and observable sources and have been classified as Level 2. These assets and liabilities have been initially valued at the transaction price and subsequently valued, typically utilizing third-party pricing services. The pricing services use many inputs to determine value, including reportable trades, benchmark yields, credit spreads, broker/dealer quotes, current spot rates and other industry and economic events. The Company validates the prices provided by third-party pricing services by reviewing their pricing methods and obtaining market values from other pricing sources.

Fair Value of Contingent Consideration

The fair value of the Company’s liability for contingent consideration relates to earnout payments in connection with the July 2014 acquisition of Medimass Research, Development and Service Kft. and is determined using a probability-weighted discounted cash flow model, which uses significant unobservable inputs, and has been classified as Level 3. Subsequent changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration liability are recorded in the results of operations. The fair value of the contingent consideration liability associated with future earnout payments is based on several factors, including the estimated future results and a discount rate that reflects both the likelihood of achieving the estimated future results and the Company’s creditworthiness. A change in any of these unobservable inputs can significantly change the fair value of the contingent consideration. Although there

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

is no contractual limit, the fair value of future contingent consideration payments was estimated to be $2 million and $3 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, based on the Company’s best estimate, as the earnout is based on future sales of certain products, some of which are currently in development, through 2034.

Fair Value of Other Financial Instruments

The Company’s accounts receivable, accounts payable and variable interest rate debt are recorded at cost, which approximates fair value due to their short-term nature. The carrying value of the Company’s fixed interest rate debt was $510 million and $610 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The fair value of the Company’s fixed interest rate debt was estimated using discounted cash flow models, based on estimated current rates offered for similar debt under current market conditions for the Company. The fair value of the Company’s fixed interest rate debt was estimated to be $502 million and $608 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, using Level 2 inputs.

Derivative Transactions

The Company is a global company that operates in over 35 countries and, as a result, the Company’s net sales, cost of sales, operating expenses and balance sheet amounts are significantly impacted by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The Company is exposed to currency price risk on foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations when it translates itsnon-U.S. dollar foreign subsidiaries’ financial statements into U.S. dollars, and when any of the Company’s subsidiaries purchase or sell products or services in a currency other than its own currency.

The Company’s principal strategies in managing exposures to changes in foreign currency exchange rates are to (1) naturally hedge the foreign-currency-denominated liabilities on the Company’s balance sheet against corresponding assets of the same currency, such that any changes in liabilities due to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates are typically offset by corresponding changes in assets and (2) mitigate foreign exchange risk exposure of international operations by hedging the variability in the movement of foreign currency exchange rates on a portion of its Euro-denominated net asset investments. The Company presents the derivative transactions in financing activities in the statement of cash flows.

Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts

The Company does not specifically enter into any derivatives that hedge foreign-currency-denominated operating assets, liabilities or commitments on its balance sheet, other than a portion of certain third-party accounts receivable and accounts payable, and the Company’s net worldwide intercompany receivables and payables, which are eliminated in consolidation. The Company periodically aggregates its net worldwide balances by currency and then enters into foreign currency exchange contracts that mature within 90 days to hedge a portion of the remaining balance to minimize some of the Company’s currency price risk exposure. The foreign currency exchange contracts are not designated for hedge accounting treatment. Principal hedged currencies include the Euro, Japanese yen, British pound, Mexican peso and Brazilian real.

Interest Rate Cross-Currency Swap Agreements

In 2018, the Company entered into three-year interest rate cross-currency swap derivative agreements with a notional value of $300 million to hedge the variability in the movement of foreign currency exchange rates on a portion of its Euro-denominated net asset investments. Under hedge accounting, the change in fair value of the derivative that relates to changes in the foreign currency spot rate are recorded in the currency translation adjustment in other comprehensive income and remain in accumulated comprehensive income in stockholders’ equity until the sale or substantial liquidation of the foreign operation. The difference between the interest rate received and paid under the interest rate cross-currency swap derivative agreement is recorded in interest income in the statement of operations.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The Company’s foreign currency exchange contracts and interest rate cross-currency swap agreements included in the consolidated balance sheets are classified as follows (in thousands):

   December 31, 2018  December 31, 2017 
   Notional Value   Fair Value  Notional Value   Fair Value 

Foreign currency exchange contracts:

       

Other current assets

  $112,212   $503  $110,759   $566 

Other current liabilities

  $40,175   $224  $37,104   $182 

Interest rate cross-currency swap agreements:

       

Other assets

  $300,000   $1,093  $—     $—   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    $(1,093   $—   

The following is a summary of the activity included in the statements of comprehensive income related to the foreign currency exchange contracts (in thousands):

   Financial
Statement
Classification
           
   Year Ended December 31, 
   2018  2017   2016 

Foreign currency exchange contracts:

     

Realized (losses) gains on closed contracts

  Cost of sales  $(6,684 $3,894   $(10,401

Unrealized (losses) gains on open contracts

  Cost of sales   (105  1,054    (883
    

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cumulative netpre-tax (losses) gains

  Cost of sales  $(6,789 $4,948   $(11,284
    

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest rate cross-currency swap agreements:

     

Interest earned

  Interest income  $2,713  $—     $—   

Unrealized gains on open contracts

  Stockholders’ equity  $1,093  $—     $—   

Stockholders’ Equity

In January 2019, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to $4 billion of its outstanding common stock over atwo-year period. This new program replaced the remaining amounts available under the April 2018 authorization of $3 billion. During 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company repurchased 6.8 million, 1.8 million and 2.3 million shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock at a cost of $1,329 million, $323 million and $318 million, respectively, under the April 2018 authorization and other previously announced programs. In addition, the Company repurchased $10 million, $10 million and $8 million of common stock related to the vesting of restricted stock units during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The Company believes that it has the financial flexibility to fund these share repurchases given current cash levels and debt borrowing capacity, as well as to invest in research, technology and business acquisitions to further grow the Company’s sales and profits.

In December 2018, the Company accrued $23 million as a result of treasury stock purchases that were unsettled as of December 31, 2018. These transactions were settled in January 2019.

Product Warranty Costs

The Company accrues estimated product warranty costs at the time of sale, which are included in cost of sales in the consolidated statements of operations. While the Company engages in extensive product quality programs and processes, including actively monitoring and evaluating the quality of its component suppliers, the Company’s warranty obligation is affected by product failure rates, material usage and service delivery costs

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

incurred in correcting a product failure. The amount of the accrued warranty liability is based on historical information, such as past experience, product failure rates, number of units repaired and estimated costs of material and labor. The liability is reviewed for reasonableness at least quarterly.

The following is a summary of the activity of the Company’s accrued warranty liability for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 (in thousands):

   Balance at
Beginning of Period
   Accruals for
Warranties
   Settlements
Made
  Balance at
End of Period
 

Accrued warranty liability:

       

December 31, 2018

  $13,026   $5,033   $(5,759 $12,300 

December 31, 2017

  $13,391   $8,746   $(9,111 $13,026 

December 31, 2016

  $13,349   $9,755   $(9,713 $13,391 

Advertising Costs

All advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are included in selling and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. Advertising expenses were $7 million, $6 million and $11 million for 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses are comprised of costs incurred in performing research and development activities, including salaries and benefits, facilities costs, overhead costs, contract services and other outside costs. Research and development expenses are expensed as incurred. During 2017, the Company incurred a $5 million charge for acquiredin-process research and development related to the licensing of certain intellectual property relating to mass spectrometry technologies yet to be commercialized and for which there was no future alternative use as of the acquisition date. These licensing arrangements are significantly related to new, biologically-focused applications, as well as other applications, and require the Company to make additional future payments of up to $7 million if certain milestones are achieved, as well as royalties on future net sales.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company has two stock-based compensation plans, which are described in Note 13, “Stock-Based Compensation”.

Earnings Per Share

In accordance with the earnings per share accounting standards, the Company presents two earnings per share (“EPS”) amounts. Income per basic common share is based on income available to common shareholders and the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the periods presented. Income per diluted common share includes additional dilution from potential common stock, such as stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options outstanding.

Retirement Plans

The Company sponsors various retirement plans, which are described in Note 16, “Retirement Plans”.

Comprehensive Income

The Company accounts for comprehensive income in accordance with the accounting standards for comprehensive income, which establish the accounting rules for reporting and displaying comprehensive income.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

These standards require that all components of comprehensive income be reported in a financial statement that is displayed with the same prominence as other financial statements.

Subsequent Events

In January 2019, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to $4 billion of its outstanding common stock over atwo-year period. See discussion under the heading, “Stockholders’ Equity”, above.

In January 2019, the Company made organizational changes to better align our resources with our growth and innovation strategies, resulting in a worldwide workforce reduction, impacting 1% of the Company’s employees. The Company currently estimates that it will incur approximately $15 million of severance and related costs during 2019.

In February 2019, certain defined terms related to the subsidiary guarantors were amended in the Company’s credit agreement and senior unsecured note agreements. In addition, the Company amended the senior unsecured note agreements to allow the Company to elect an increase in the permitted leverage ratio from 3.50:1 to 4.0:1, for a period of three consecutive quarters, for a material acquisition of $400 million or more. During the period of time where the leverage ratio exceeds 3.50:1, the interest payable on the senior unsecured notes shall increase by 0.50%. The debt covenants in the senior unsecured note agreements were also modified to address the change in accounting guidance for leases.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In May 2014, amended accounting guidance was issued regarding the recognition of revenue from contracts with customers. The objective of this guidance is to significantly enhance comparability and clarify principles of revenue recognition practices across entities, industries, jurisdictions and capital markets. This guidance was originally effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016; however, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) amended the standard in August 2015 to delay the effective period date by one year to annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Adoption prior to December 15, 2016 was not permitted. In March 2016, the FASB clarified the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations and, in April 2016, clarification was made regarding certain aspects of identifying performance obligations and licensing implementation guidance. In May 2016, additional guidance was issued related to disclosure of remaining performance obligations, as well as other amendments to guidance on collectibility,non-cash consideration and the presentation of sales and other similar taxes collected from customers. The Company adopted this standard as of January 1, 2018 and applied the modified-retrospective method. The Company elected the practical expedient and only evaluated the contracts that were considered incomplete as of January 1, 2018 when quantifying the cumulative effect adjustment under the modified retrospective method. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows and, as such, did not require any adjustments to information reported in the prior year.

In January 2016, accounting guidance was issued which primarily affects the classification and measurement of certain financial instruments, principally equity investments and certain financial liabilities. Under the new guidance, there will no longer be anavailable-for-sale classification for equity securities with readily determinable fair values. Changes to the fair value of equity investments will be recognized through earnings. Equity investments carried at cost should be adjusted for changes in observable prices, as applicable, and qualitatively assessed for impairment annually. Changes to the fair value of financial liabilities under the fair value option due to instrument specific credit risk will be recognized separately in other comprehensive income. The new guidance also requires financial assets and financial liabilities to be presented separately and grouped by

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

measurement category in the notes to the financial statements. The Company adopted this standard as of January 1, 2018 and the adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

In August 2016, accounting guidance was issued that clarifies the classification of certain cash flows. The new guidance addresses eight specific areas where current accounting guidance is either unclear or does not specifically address classification issues. This guidance is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted this standard as of January 1, 2018 and the adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s cash flows.

In October 2016, accounting guidance was issued regarding intra-entity transfers of assets other than inventory. The new guidance eliminates the deferral of tax effects on intra-entity transfers other than inventory and requires an entity to recognize the income tax consequences when the transfer occurs. The Company adopted this standard as of January 1, 2018 with a $4 million charge to beginning retained earnings in the consolidated balance sheet. Please see Note 10, “Income Taxes”, for additional information.

In January 2017, accounting guidance was issued that clarifies the definition of a business. The new guidance provides a more robust framework to use in determining when a set of assets and activities is a business, thus narrowing the definition and the amount of transactions accounted for as business combinations. The Company adopted this standard as of January 1, 2018 and will apply this guidance prospectively to any business combination transactions that take place in the future.

In March 2017, accounting guidance was issued regarding the presentation of net periodic pension cost and net periodic postretirement benefit cost. The new guidance requires that an employer disaggregate the service cost component from other components of net benefit cost, with service cost reported in the same line items as other compensation costs and the other components of net benefit costs presented outside income from operations. The Company adopted this standard as of January 1, 2018 and has reported the components of net periodic benefit cost other than the service cost component in other income on the consolidated statements of operations for all periods presented. Please see Note 16, “Retirement Plans”, for additional information.

In May 2017, accounting guidance was issued that clarifies the accounting for a change to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award. The standard provides more specific guidance for determining when a change to an award requires modification accounting and when it should be deemed purely administrative in nature. The Company adopted this standard as of January 1, 2018 and the adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

In August 2017, accounting guidance was issued which simplifies the application of hedge accounting and enables companies to better portray the economics of their risk management activities in their financial statements. The Company adopted this standard in the second quarter of 2018, and this adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In February 2016, accounting guidance was issued regarding the accounting for leases. This new comprehensive lease standard amends various aspects of existing accounting guidance for leases. The core principle of the new guidance will require lessees to present the assets and liabilities that arise from leases on their balance sheets. This guidance is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018 and early adoption is permitted. The Company has adopted this standard using a modified retrospective transition approach to be applied to leases existing as of, or entered into after, January 1, 2019. The adoption of this standard will have a material effect on the Company’s balance sheet by recording aright-of-use lease asset and lease liability

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

that is estimated to be approximately $97 million; however, it will not have an overall material impact on the Company’s results of operations and cash flows.

In June 2016, accounting guidance was issued that modifies the recognition of credit losses related to financial assets, such as debt securities, trade receivables, net investments in leases,off-balance sheet credit exposures, and other financial assets that have the contractual right to receive cash. Current guidance requires the recognition of a credit loss when it is considered probable that a loss event has occurred. The new guidance requires the measurement of expected credit losses to be based upon relevant information, including historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the asset. As such, expected credit losses may be recognized sooner under the new guidance due to the broader range of information that will be required to determine credit loss estimates. The new guidance also amends the current other-than-temporary impairment model used for debt securities classified asavailable-for-sale. When the fair value of anavailable-for-sale debt security is below its amortized cost, the new guidance requires the total unrealized loss to be bifurcated into its credit andnon-credit components. Any expected credit losses or subsequent recoveries will be recognized in earnings and any changes not considered credit related will continue to be recognized within other comprehensive income. This guidance is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company currently does not expect that the adoption of this standard will have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

In January 2017, accounting guidance was issued that simplifies the accounting for goodwill impairment. The guidance eliminates step 2 of the goodwill impairment test, which requires a hypothetical purchase price allocation. This guidance is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2019 and early adoption is permitted. The Company currently does not expect that the adoption of this standard will have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

In March 2017, accounting guidance was issued to amend the amortization period for certain purchased callable debt securities held at a premium. Specifically, the amortization period for certain callable debt securities will be shortened to end at the earliest call date. This guidance is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2018 and early adoption is permitted. The Company currently does not believe that the adoption of this standard will have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

In February 2018, accounting guidance was issued to address the impact of the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act on items recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income. Current accounting guidance requires deferred tax liabilities and assets to be adjusted for the effect of a change in tax laws or rates with the effect recorded in income from continuing operations, even if the related tax effects were originally recognized in other comprehensive income, the new guidance allows a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the 2017 Tax Act. This guidance is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2018 and early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect that the adoption of this standard will have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

In August 2018, accounting guidance was issued that modifies the disclosure requirements of fair value measurements. The amendments remove disclosures that are no longer considered cost beneficial, clarify the specific requirements of disclosure and add disclosure requirement identified as relevant. This guidance is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2019 and early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect that the adoption of this standard will have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

In August 2018, accounting guidance was issued that modifies the disclosure requirements of retirement benefit plans. The amendments remove disclosures that are no longer considered cost beneficial, clarify the

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

specific requirements of disclosure and add disclosure requirement identified as relevant. This guidance is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2020 and early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect that the adoption of this standard will have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

3    Revenue Recognition

The Company adopted new accounting guidance regarding the recognition of revenue from contracts with customers as of January 1, 2018 and applied the modified-retrospective method. The Company elected the practical expedient and only evaluated the contracts that were considered incomplete as of January 1, 2018 when quantifying the cumulative effect adjustment under the modified retrospective method. Ultimately, the Company determined that there was not a significant change in the timing or pattern of revenue recognition for the Company’s products and services. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows and, as such, did not require any adjustments to information reported in the prior year. The revenue recognition policies described below were effective as of January 1, 2018.

The Company recognizes revenue upon transfer of control of promised products and services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for those products or services. The Company generally enters into contracts that include a combination of products and services. Revenue is allocated to distinct performance obligations and is recognized net of allowances for returns and discounts.

The Company recognizes revenue on product sales at the time control of the product transfers to the customer. In substantially all of the Company’s arrangements, title of the product transfers at shipping point and, as a result, the Company determined control transfers at the point of shipment. In more limited cases, there are destination-based shipping terms and, thus, control is deemed to transfer when the products arrive at the customer site. All incremental costs of obtaining a contract are expensed as and when incurred if the expected amortization period of the asset that would have been recognized is one year or less. Shipping and handling costs are included as a component of cost of sales. In situations where the control of the goods transfers prior to the completion of the Company’s obligation to ship the products to its customers, the Company has elected the practical expedient to account for the shipping services as a fulfillment cost. Accordingly, such costs are recognized when control of the related goods is transferred to the customer. In more rare situations, the Company has revenue associated with products that contain specific customer acceptance criteria and the related revenue is not recognized before the customer acceptance criteria are satisfied. The Company elected to exclude from the measurement of the transaction price all taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are both imposed on and concurrent with specific revenue-producing transactions and collected by the Company from a customer.

Generally, the Company’s contracts for products include a performance obligation related to installation. The Company has determined that the installation represents a distinct performance obligation and revenue is recognized separately upon the completion of installation. The Company determines the amount of the transaction price to allocate to the installation service based on the standalone selling price of the product and the service, which requires judgment. The Company determines relative standalone selling price of installation based upon a number of factors, including hourly service billing rates and estimated installation hours. In developing these estimates, the Company considers past history, competition, billing rates of current services and other factors.

The Company has sales from standalone software, which is included in instrument systems revenue. These arrangements typically include software licenses and maintenance contracts, both of which the Company has determined are distinct performance obligations. The Company determines the amount of the transaction price to

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

allocate to the license and maintenance contract based on the relative standalone selling price of each performance obligation. Software license revenue is recognized at the point in time when control has been transferred to the customer. The revenue allocated to the software maintenance contract is recognized on a straight-line basis over the maintenance period, which is the contractual term of the contract, as a time-based measure of progress best reflects the Company’s performance in satisfying this obligation. Unspecified rights to software upgrades are typically sold as part of the maintenance contract on awhen-and-if-available basis.

Payment terms and conditions vary among the Company’s revenue streams, although terms generally include a requirement of payment within 30 to 60 days of product shipment. Prior to providing payment terms to customers, an evaluation of the customer’s credit risk is performed. Returns and customer credits are infrequent and insignificant and are recorded as a reduction to sales. Rights of return are not included in sales arrangements and, therefore, there is minimal variable consideration included in the transaction price of our products.

Service revenue includes (i) service and software maintenance contracts and (ii) service calls (time and materials). Instrument service contracts and software maintenance contracts are typically annual contracts, which are billed at the beginning of the contract or maintenance period. The amount of the service and software maintenance contract is recognized on a straight-line basis to revenue over the maintenance service period, which is the contractual term of the contract, as a time-based measure of progress best reflects the Company’s performance in satisfying this obligation. There are no deferred costs associated with the service contract, as the cost of the service is recorded when the service is performed. Service calls are recognized to revenue at the time a service is performed.

The Company’s deferred revenue liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets consists of the obligation on instrument service contracts and customer payments received in advance, prior to transfer of control of the instrument. The Company records deferred revenue primarily related to its service contracts, where consideration is billable at the beginning of the service period.

The following is a summary of the activity of the Company’s deferred revenue and customer advances for the year ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 (in thousands):

   December 31, 
   2018  2017  2016 

Balance at the beginning of the period

  $192,589  $173,780  $170,201 

Recognition of revenue included in balance at beginning of the period

   (159,258  (143,589  (140,688

Revenue deferred during the period, net of revenue recognized

   170,926   162,398   144,267 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the period

  $204,257  $192,589  $173,780 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, $39 million and $26 million of deferred revenue and customer advances were classified in other long-term liabilities, respectively.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The amount of deferred revenue and customer advances equals the transaction price allocated to unfulfilled performance obligations for the period presented. Such amounts are expected to be recognized in the future as follows (in thousands):

   December 31, 2018 

Deferred revenue and customer advances expected to be recognized:

  

In one year or less

  $164,965 

In13-24 months

   22,856 

In 25 months and beyond

   16,436 
  

 

 

 

Total

  $204,257 
  

 

 

 

4    Marketable Securities

The Company’s marketable securities within cash equivalents and investments included in the consolidated balance sheets are detailed as follows (in thousands):

   December 31, 2018 
   Amortized   Unrealized   Unrealized  Fair 
   Cost   Gain   Loss  Value 

U.S. Treasury securities

  $164,619   $16   $(320 $164,315 

Foreign government securities

   3,486    1    (24  3,463 

Corporate debt securities

   725,778    41    (2,760  723,059 

Time deposits

   108,638    —      —     108,638 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  $1,002,521   $58   $(3,104 $999,475 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Amounts included in:

       

Cash equivalents

  $60,532   $—     $(1 $60,531 

Investments

   941,989    58    (3,103  938,944 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  $1,002,521   $58   $(3,104 $999,475 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

   December 31, 2017 
   Amortized
Cost
   Unrealized
Gain
   Unrealized
Loss
  Fair Value 

U.S. Treasury securities

  $593,599   $82   $(1,693 $591,988 

Foreign government securities

   6,982    —      (30  6,952 

Corporate debt securities

   1,977,329    897    (3,066  1,975,160 

Time deposits

   371,515    —      (4  371,511 

Equity securities

   77    70    —     147 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  $2,949,502   $1,049   $(4,793 $2,945,758 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Amounts included in:

       

Cash equivalents

  $194,377   $—     $(1 $194,376 

Investments

   2,755,125    1,049    (4,792  2,751,382 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  $2,949,502   $1,049   $(4,793 $2,945,758 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The estimated fair value of marketable debt securities by maturity date is as follows (in thousands):

   December 31, 
   2018   2017 

Due in one year or less

  $797,649   $2,042,673 

Due after one year through three years

   201,826    902,938 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $999,475   $2,945,611 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

In 2018, net realized losses on sales of investments were $1 million. Realized gains and losses on sales of investments were not material in 2017 and 2016.

5    Inventories

Inventories are classified as follows (in thousands):

   December 31, 
   2018   2017 

Raw materials

  $111,641   $99,033 

Work in progress

   15,552    15,324 

Finished goods

   164,376    155,937 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total inventories

  $291,569   $270,294 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

During 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company recorded inventory-related excess and obsolescence provisions of $8 million, $2 million and $9 million, respectively.

6    Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):

   December 31, 
   2018  2017 

Land and land improvements

  $36,554  $37,525 

Buildings and leasehold improvements

   299,103   294,219 

Production and other equipment

   494,302   484,475 

Construction in progress

   41,909   22,140 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total property, plant and equipment

   871,868   838,359 

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

   (528,785  (489,081
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

  $343,083  $349,278 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

In February 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors approved expanding its precision chemistry consumable manufacturing operations in the U.S. The Company anticipates spending an estimated $215 million to build and equip this newstate-of-the-art manufacturing facility, and has spent $11 million on this facility through December 31, 2018.

During 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company retired and disposed of approximately $9 million, $15 million and $15 million of property, plant and equipment, respectively, most of which was fully depreciated and no longer in use. Gains on disposal were immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

7    Acquisitions

In July 2018, the Company acquired the sole intellectual property rights to the Desorption Electrospray Ionization (“DESI”) imaging technology for $30 million in cash and a future contractual obligation to pay a minimum royalty of $3 million over the remaining life of the patent. DESI is a mass spectrometry imaging technique that is used to develop medical therapies. The Company accounted for this transaction as an asset acquisition as it did not meet the definition of a business. The Company allocated $33 million of fair value to a purchased intangible asset which will be amortized over the useful life of 12 years.

In September 2016, the Company acquired all of the outstanding stock of Rubotherm GmbH (“Rubotherm”), a manufacturer of gravimetric analysis systems, for approximately $6 million in cash, $5 million of which was paid at closing and an additional $1 million paid after closing to settle certain liabilities. Rubotherm develops and manufactures analytical test instruments for thermogravimetric and sorption measurements that are used in both industrial and academic research laboratories in disciplines that include chemistry, material science and engineering. The Rubotherm acquisition will help support and further expand product offerings within TA’s thermal analysis business.

In each acquisition, the sellers provided the Company with customary representations, warranties and indemnification, which would be settled in the future if and when a breach of the contractual representation or warranty condition occurs. The pro forma effect of the ongoing operations for Waters Corporation, the DESI imaging technology and Rubotherm, either individually or in the aggregate, as though these acquisitions had occurred at the beginning of the periods covered by this report was immaterial.

8    Goodwill and Other Intangibles

The carrying amount of goodwill was $356 million and $360 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the effect of foreign currency translation decreased goodwill by $4 million.

The Company’s intangible assets included in the consolidated balance sheets are detailed as follows (dollars in thousands):

   December 31, 2018   December 31, 2017 
   Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
   Weighted-
Average
Amortization
Period
   Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
   Weighted-
Average
Amortization
Period
 

Capitalized software

  $454,307   $307,634    5 years   $438,652   $285,461    5 years 

Purchased intangibles

   201,566    144,184    11 years    169,870    138,750    11 years 

Trademarks and IPR&D

   13,677    —      —      13,923    —      —   

Licenses

   5,568    4,875    6 years    5,840    4,628    6 years 

Patents and other intangibles

   77,753    49,276    8 years    72,815    43,866    8 years 
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

  $752,871   $505,969    7 years   $701,100   $472,705    7 years 
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

The gross carrying value of intangible assets and accumulated amortization for intangible assets decreased by $23 million and $17 million, respectively, in the year ended December 31, 2018 due to the effects of foreign currency translation. Amortization expense for intangible assets was $50 million, $45 million and $45 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Amortization expense for intangible assets is estimated to be $51 million per year for each of the next five years.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

9    Debt

In November 2017, the Company entered into a new credit agreement (the “2017 Credit Agreement”) that provides for a $1.5 billion revolving facility and a $300 million term loan. The revolving facility and term loan both mature on November 30, 2022 and require no scheduled prepayments before that date.

The interest rates applicable to the 2017 Credit Agreement are, at the Company’s option, equal to either the alternate base rate (which is a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the prime rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Reserve Bank of New York Rate on such day plus 1/2 of 1% per annum and (c) the adjusted LIBO rate on such day (or if such day is not a business day, the immediately preceding business day) for a deposit in U.S. dollars with a maturity of one month plus 1% per annum) or the applicable 1, 2, 3 or 6 month adjusted LIBO rate or EURIBO rate for Euro-denominated loans, in each case, plus an interest rate margin based upon the Company’s leverage ratio, which can range between 0 and 12.5 basis points for alternate base rate loans and between 80 and 112.5 basis points for LIBO rate or EURIBO rate loans. The facility fee on the 2017 Credit Agreement ranges between 7.5 and 25 basis points per annum, based on the leverage ratio, of the amount of the revolving facility commitments and the outstanding term loan. The 2017 Credit Agreement requires that the Company comply with an interest coverage ratio test of not less than 3.50:1 as of the end of any fiscal quarter for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters and a leverage ratio test of not more than 3.50:1 as of the end of any fiscal quarter. In addition, the 2017 Credit Agreement includes negative covenants, affirmative covenants, representations and warranties and events of default that are customary for investment grade credit facilities.

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had a total of $560 million and $700 million of outstanding senior unsecured notes, respectively.

Interest on the Company’s fixed rate senior unsecured notes is payable semi-annually each year. Interest on the floating rate senior unsecured notes is payable quarterly. The Company may prepay all or some of the senior unsecured notes at any time in an amount not less than 10% of the aggregate principal amount outstanding, plus the applicable make-whole amount or prepayment premium for Series H and J senior unsecured notes. In the event of a change in control of the Company (as defined in the note purchase agreement), the Company may be required to prepay the senior unsecured notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest. These senior unsecured notes require that the Company comply with an interest coverage ratio test of not less than 3.50:1 for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters and a leverage ratio test of not more than 3.50:1 as of the end of any fiscal quarter. In addition, these senior unsecured notes include customary negative covenants, affirmative covenants, representations and warranties and events of default.

In

The Company’s net debt borrowings increased by $535 million in 2019, decreased by $850 million in 2018 and increased by $170 million in 2017. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had a total of $1.7 billion in outstanding debt, which consisted of $1.1 billion in outstanding senior unsecured notes, $300 million borrowed under a term loan and $325 million borrowed under a revolving credit facility, with both the term loan and revolving credit facilities under the 2017 Credit Agreement. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had a total amount available to borrow under the 2017 Credit Agreement of $1,173 million after outstanding letters of credit. As of December 31, 2019, the Company was in compliance with all debt covenants.
As of December 31, 2019, the Company has entered into three-year interest rate cross-currency swap derivative agreements with a notional value of $300$560 million to hedge the variability in the movement of foreign currency exchange rates on a portion of its Euro-denominated net asset investments. See Note 2, “BasisAs a result of Presentationentering into these agreements, the Company lowered its net interest expense by $12 million and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.”

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

$3 million during 2019 and 2018, respectively. The Company hadanticipates that these swap agreements will lower net interest expense by approximately $15 million annually in 2020, $11 million in 2021 and $1 million in 2022 as the followingthree-year term of the agreements expire.

In January 2019, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to $4 billion of its outstanding debt at December 31, 2018 and 2017 (in thousands):

   December 31, 
   2018  2017 

Foreign subsidiary lines of credit

  $178  $273 

Senior unsecured notes - Series D - 3.22%, due March 2018

   —     100,000 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total notes payable and debt, current

   178   100,273 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Senior unsecured notes - Series B - 5.00%, due February 2020

   100,000   100,000 

Senior unsecured notes - Series E - 3.97%, due March 2021

   50,000   50,000 

Senior unsecured notes - Series F - 3.40%, due June 2021

   100,000   100,000 

Senior unsecured notes - Series G - 3.92%, due June 2024

   50,000   50,000 

Senior unsecured notes - Series H - floating rate*, due June 2024

   50,000   50,000 

Senior unsecured notes - Series I - 3.13%, due May 2023

   50,000   50,000 

Senior unsecured notes - Series J - floating rate**, due May 2024

   —     40,000 

Senior unsecured notes - Series K - 3.44%, due May 2026

   160,000   160,000 

Credit agreement

   590,000   1,300,000 

Unamortized debt issuance costs

   (1,828  (2,499
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

   1,148,172   1,897,501 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total debt

  $1,148,350  $1,997,774 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

*   Series H senior unsecured notes bear interest at a3-month LIBOR for that floating rate interest period plus 1.25%.

    

**   Series J senior unsecured notes bore interest at a3-month LIBOR for that floating rate interest period plus 1.45%.

    

As of December 31,common stock over a

two-year
period. During 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company had a total amount available to borrow under existing credit agreements of $1,208repurchased 11.1 million, 6.8 million and $4981.8 million shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock at a cost of $2.5 billion, $1.3 billion and $323 million, respectively, after outstanding lettersunder the January 2019 authorization and other previously announced programs. In addition, the Company repurchased $8 million, $10 million and $10 million of credit. The weighted-average interest rates applicablecommon stock related to the senior unsecured notes and credit agreement borrowings collectively were 3.83% and 2.98% at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Asvesting of December 31, 2018, the Company was in compliance with all debt covenants.

The Company and its foreign subsidiaries also had available short-term lines of credit totaling $90 million and $91 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, for the purpose of short-term borrowing and issuance of commercial guarantees. The weighted-average interest rates applicable to these short-term borrowings were 1.88% and 1.48% for December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Annual maturities of debt outstanding at December 31, 2018 are as follows (in thousands):

   Total 

2019

  $178 

2020

   100,000 

2021

   150,000 

2022

   590,000 

2023

   50,000 

Thereafter

   260,000 
  

 

 

 

Total

  $1,150,178 
  

 

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

10    Income Taxes

Income tax data for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 is as follows (in thousands):

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2018   2017   2016 

The components of income from operations before income taxes are as follows:

      

Domestic

  $57,822   $55,751   $35,154 

Foreign

   624,324    585,346    564,960 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $682,146   $641,097   $600,114 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2018  2017   2016 

The current and deferred components of the provision for income taxes on operations are as follows:

     

Current

  $85,947  $575,276   $77,407 

Deferred

   2,405   45,510    1,204 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $88,352  $620,786   $78,611 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The jurisdictional components of the provision for income taxes on operations are as follows:

     

Federal

  $24,021  $535,777   $19,693 

State

   (9,717  26,561    3,090 

Foreign

   74,048   58,448    55,828 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $88,352  $620,786   $78,611 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The differences between income taxes computed at the United States statutory rate and the provision for income taxes are summarized as follows for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 (in thousands):

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2018  2017  2016 

Federal tax computed at U.S. statutory income tax rate

  $143,251  $224,384  $210,040 

Enactment of the 2017 Tax Act

   (6,059  550,000   —   

Foreign currency exchange impact on distributed earnings

   7,495   —     —   

GILTI, net of foreign tax credits

   13,727   —     —   

Settlement of tax audits

   —     706   345 

State income tax, net of federal income tax benefit

   2,910   1,289   2,008 

Net effect of foreign operations

   (66,092  (134,117  (133,518

Effect of stock-based compensation

   (9,089  (19,566  —   

Other, net

   2,209   (1,910  (264
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

  $88,352  $620,786  $78,611 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The four principal jurisdictions in which the Company manufactures are the U.S., Ireland, the U.K. and Singapore, where the statutory tax rates were 21%, 12.5%, 19% and 17%, respectively, as of December 31, 2018. The Company has a contractual tax rate in Singapore of 0% on qualifying activities in Singapore through March 2021, based upon the achievement of certain contractual milestones, which the Company expects to continue to meet. The effect of applying the contractual tax rate rather than the statutory tax rate to income from qualifying activities in Singapore increased the Company’s net incomerestricted stock units during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 2017

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

and 2016 by $282017, respectively.

The Company received $54 million, $25$52 million and $23$98 million respectively,of proceeds from the exercise of stock options and increasedthe purchase of shares pursuant to the Company’s net income per diluted share by $0.36, $0.31employee stock purchase plan in 2019, 2018 and $0.29,2017, respectively.

35

Table of Contents
The Company’s effective tax rates were 13.0%, 96.8%Company had cash and 13.1% for the years endedcash equivalents of $337 million as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and were impacted by the following:

In December 2017, the U.S. enacted legislation informally referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “2017 Tax Act”). For the year ended December 31, 2017 the Company accrued a $550 million tax provision related to the 2017 Tax Act.2019. The $550 million expense consisted of $490 million related to the federal transition tax, $40 million for state income taxes and foreign withholding taxes and $20 million for the revaluationmajority of the Company’s deferred tax assetscash and liabilitiescash equivalents are generated from foreign operations, with $249 million held by foreign subsidiaries at December 31, 2019, of which $176 million was held in currencies other than U.S. dollars. The Company believes it has sufficient levels of cash flow and access to its existing cash and cash equivalents, as well as the new federal tax rate of 21%. This provision reduced net income per diluted share by $6.82 in 2017,ability to raise funds from external sources and the borrowing capacity from existing, committed credit facilities, to fund operations and capital expenditures, service debt interest, finance potential acquisitions and continue the authorized stock repurchase program in the U.S. These cash requirements are managed by the Company’s effective tax rate was 11.0% excluding this $550 million provision.

During 2018,cash flow from operations, its existing cash and cash equivalents and the Internal Revenue Service issued proposed regulations on the federal transition tax and various other aspectsuse of the Tax Reform law. The Company finalized its analysisCompany’s revolving credit facility.

Management believes, as of the transition tax and related liabilities, including uncertain tax positions, in the fourth quarter of 2018 pursuant to U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118. As a result of the new guidance issued and additional work to complete the calculation of its federal transition tax, the Company reduced its provisional accrual for federal, state and foreign taxes by net $24 million during 2018. In addition, the Company also assessed its uncertain tax positions related to these taxes and accrued income tax reserves of $18 million during 2018. The net favorable impact to the 2018 provision for income taxes is $6 million.

The provision for income taxes for 2018 includes a $7 million expense related to the 2017 Tax Act. This additional tax results from the change in foreign currency exchange rates on the earnings taxed on December 31, 2017 under 2017 Tax Act as compared with the foreign currency exchange rates on the date of distributionthis report, that the Company’s financial position, along with expected future cash flows from earnings based on historical trends and the ability to raise funds from external sources and the borrowing capacity from existing, committed credit facilities, will be sufficient to service debt and fund working capital and capital spending requirements, authorized share repurchase amounts and potential acquisitions for at least the next twelve months. Prior to the enactment of assets into the U.S. We do not expect this expense to recur in future periods.

The2017 Act, the Company had an indefinite reinvestment assertion on a significant portion of its undistributed earnings from foreign subsidiaries. At the end of 2018, effective income tax rate of 13.0% was impacted by the reduction in the U.S. federal income tax rate from 35% to 21%and as a result of the 2017 Tax Act, which decreased the Company’s effective tax rate by 2.0 percentage points as compared to 2017. The 2017 Tax act also added a new Global IntangibleLow-Taxed Income (GILTI) tax, which increased the Company’s 2018 effective tax rate by approximately 2.0 percentage points.

After the completion of the Company’s review of its capital allocation strategy in the fourth quarter of 2018, the Company determined that it will provide income taxes on all future foreign earnings from 2018 forward. As a result, this change added 0.6 percentage points to the 2018 effective tax rate as compared to 2017.

In addition, the reduction in the U.S. federal income tax rate from 35% to 21% as a resultenactment of the 2017 Tax Act, also reduced the 2018 tax benefit on stock compensation. The Company recorded a tax benefit on stock-based compensation in 2018we reevaluated our historic assertion and 2017 that decreased income tax expense by $9 million and $20 million, respectively, and added $0.11 and $0.24 to net income per diluted share, respectively.

The difference between the 2017 and 2016 effective tax rates can be attributed primarily to the 2016 provision for income taxes including a $3 million tax benefit (0.7 percentage points) related to the release of a valuation allowance on certain net operating loss carryforwards.

The remaining differences between effective tax rates can primarily be attributed to differences in the proportionate amounts ofpre-tax income recognized in jurisdictions with different effective tax rates.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The tax effects of temporary differences and carryforwards which give rise to deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are summarized as follows (in thousands):

   December 31, 
   2018  2017 

Deferred tax assets:

   

Net operating losses and credits

  $63,052  $75,630 

Depreciation

   7,495   5,952 

Amortization

   3,633   —   

Stock-based compensation

   9,984   9,815 

Deferred compensation

   27,939   21,434 

Revaluation of equity investments and licenses

   3,148   3,465 

Inventory

   4,588   4,864 

Accrued liabilities and reserves

   7,213   8,230 

Other

   8,727   11,873 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

   135,779   141,263 

Valuation allowance

   (53,893  (62,098
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

   81,886   79,165 

Deferred tax liabilities:

   

Capitalized software

   (19,491  (19,630

Amortization

   —     (3,394

Indefinite-lived intangibles

   (13,753  (13,254

Deferred tax liability on foreign earnings

   (20,443  (21,000
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

   (53,687  (57,278
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

  $28,199  $21,887 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The Company has gross foreign net operating losses of $240 million that do not expire under current laws. As of December 31, 2018, the Company has provided a deferred tax valuation allowance of $54 million, of which $51 million relates to certain foreign net operating losses. The Company’s net deferred tax assets associated with net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards are approximately $12 million as of December 31, 2018, which represent the future tax benefit of foreign net operating loss carryforwards that do not expire under current law.

As a result of the adoption of new accounting guidance related to stock-based compensation in 2017, the Company no longer records excess tax benefits relatedconsidered these earnings to stock-based compensationbe indefinitely reinvested in equity. The income tax benefits associated with equity compensation expense recognized for tax purposesour foreign subsidiaries.

Contractual Obligations and credited to income tax expense were $9 million and $20 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the income tax benefit recognized for tax purposes and credited to additionalpaid-in capital was $14 million.

The Company accounts for its uncertain tax positions in accordance with the accounting standards for income taxes, which require financial statement reporting of the expected future tax consequences of uncertain tax positions on the presumption that all concerned tax authorities possess full knowledge of those tax positions, as well as all of the pertinent facts and circumstances, but prohibit any discounting of unrecognized tax benefits associated with those positions for the time value of money. The Company continues to classify interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of the provision for income taxes.

Commercial Commitments

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following is a summary of the activityCompany’s known contractual obligations as of December 31, 2019 (in thousands):
                                 
 
Payments Due by Year (1)
 
 
Total
 
 
2020
 
 
2021
 
 
2022
 
 
2023
 
 
2024
 
 
2025
 
 
After 2025
 
Notes payable and debt
 $
100,366
  $
100,366
  $
—  
  $
—  
  $
—  
  $
—  
  $
—  
  $
—  
 
Interest on senior unsecured notes
  
214,160
   
33,962
   
30,273
   
28,160
   
27,182
   
24,654
   
22,714
   
47,215
 
Long-term debt (2)
  
1,585,000
   
—  
   
150,000
   
625,000
   
50,000
   
100,000
   
—  
   
660,000
 
2017 Tax Act liability
  
403,768
   
38,454
   
38,454
   
38,454
   
72,101
   
96,135
   
120,170
   
—  
 
Operating leases
  
103,359
   
29,489
   
21,774
   
16,743
   
9,175
   
6,867
   
5,550
   
13,761
 
                                 
Total
 $
2,406,653
  $
202,271
  $
240,501
  $
708,357
  $
158,458
  $
227,656
  $
148,434
  $
720,976
 
                                 
(1)Does not include normal purchases made in the ordinary course of business and uncertain tax positions discussed below.
(2)The interest rates applicable to the 2017 Credit Agreement are, at the Company’s option, equal to either the alternate base rate (which is a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the prime rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Reserve Bank of New York Rate on such day plus 1/2 of 1% per annum and (c) the adjusted LIBO rate on such day (or if such day is not a business day, the immediately preceding business day) for a deposit in U.S. dollars with a maturity of one month plus 1% per annum) or the applicable 1, 2, 3 or 6 month adjusted LIBO rate or EURIBO rate for Euro-denominated loans, in each case, plus an interest rate margin based upon the Company’s leverage ratio, which can range between 0 and 12.5 basis points for alternate base rate loans and between 80 and 112.5 basis points for LIBO rate or EURIBO rate loans. The facility fee on the 2017 Credit Agreement ranges between 7.5 and 25 basis points per annum, based on the leverage ratio, of the amount of the revolving facility commitments and the outstanding term loan. The 2017 Credit Agreement requires that the Company comply with an interest coverage ratio test of not less than 3.50:1 as of the end of any fiscal quarter for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters and a leverage ratio test of not more than 3.50:1 as of the end of any fiscal quarter. In addition, the 2017 Credit Agreement includes negative covenants, affirmative covenants, representations and warranties and events of default that are customary for investment grade credit facilities. As of December 31, 2019, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants.
36

Table of Contents
The following is a summary of the Company’s uncertain tax positions for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 (in thousands):

   2018  2017  2016 

Balance at the beginning of the period

  $5,843  $9,964  $14,450 

Net reductions for settlement of tax audits

   —     (22  (828

Net reductions for lapse of statutes taken during the period

   (436  (5,178  (4,998

Net additions for tax positions taken during the prior period

   17,651   —     —   

Net additions for tax positions taken during the current period

   3,050   1,079   1,340 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the period

  $26,108  $5,843  $9,964 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

With limited exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to tax audit examinations in significant jurisdictions for the years ended on or before December 31, 2013. However, carryforward tax attributes that were generated in years beginning on or before January 1, 2014 may still be adjusted upon examination by tax authorities if the attributes are utilized. The Company continuously monitors the lapsing of statutes of limitations on potential tax assessments for related changes in the measurement of unrecognized tax benefits, related net interest and penalties, and deferred tax assets and liabilities.

Asknown commercial commitments as of December 31, 2018, the Company expects to record additional reductions in the measurement of its unrecognized tax benefits and related net interest and penalties of approximately $1 million within the next twelve months due to potential tax audit settlements and the lapsing of statutes of limitations on potential tax assessments. The Company does not expect to record any other material reductions in the measurement of its unrecognized tax benefits within the next twelve months.

In addition, upon completion of the Company’s review of its capital allocation strategy in the fourth quarter of 2018, the Company has determined that it will provide income taxes on all future foreign earnings. However, the Company will continue to be permanently reinvested in relation to the cumulative historical outside basis difference that is not related to earnings. The determination of the unrecognized deferred tax liability on cumulative historical outside basis differences that are not related to earnings is not practicable.

The Company adopted new accounting guidance which eliminates the deferral of tax effects on intra-entity transfers other than inventory and requires an entity to recognize the income tax consequences when the transfer occurs. The Company adopted this standard as of January 1, 2018 with a $4 million charge to beginning retained earnings in the consolidated balance sheet.

11    Litigation

2019 (in thousands):

                                 
 
Amount of Commitments Expiration Per Period
 
 
Total
 
 
2020
 
 
2021
 
 
2022
 
 
2023
 
 
2024
 
 
2025
 
 
After 2025
 
Letters of credit
 $
1,797
  $
1,797
  $
—  
  $
—  
  $
—  
  $
—  
  $
—  
  $
—  
 
From time to time, the Company and its subsidiaries are involved in various litigation matters arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company believes it has meritorious arguments in its current litigation matters and believes any outcome, either individually or in the aggregate, will not be material to the Company’s financial position or results of operations or cash flows. During the year ended December 31, 2017, theoperations.
The Company incurred $11 million of litigation provisionshas long-term liabilities for deferred employee compensation, including pension and related costs, primarilysupplemental executive retirement plans. The payments related to the issuance of a verdict in a patent litigation case. Insupplemental retirement plan are not included above since they are dependent upon when the first quarter of 2018,employee retires or leaves the Company resolvedand whether the case with a final settlement that resulted in a gain of $2 million.employee elects
lump-sum
or annuity payments. During thefiscal year ended December 31, 2016,2020, the Company recorded $4expects to contribute approximately $3 million to $6 million to the Company’s defined benefit plans.
The Company has contingent consideration for an earnout pertaining to its July 2014 acquisition of litigation provisionsthe net assets of Medimass Research, Development and related costs.Service Kft. (“Medimass”). The accrued patent litigation expense is in other current liabilities inearnout payments are not included above since they are dependent upon many factors that cannot be predicted with any certainty. The estimated fair value of the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2018 and 2017.

12    Other Commitments and Contingencies

Lease agreements, expiring at various dates through 2031, cover buildings, office equipment and automobiles. Rental expense was $28 million, $27 million and $28 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

2016, respectively. Future minimum rents payablecontingent consideration as of December 31, 2018 undernon-cancelable leases with initial terms exceeding one year are as follows (in thousands):

2019

  $28,417 

2020

   23,424 

2021

   16,032 

2022

   11,816 

2023 and thereafter

   23,269 
  

 

 

 

Total

  $102,958 
  

 

 

 

2019 is $3 million.

The Company licenses certain technology and software from third parties. Future minimum license fees payable under existing license agreements as of December 31, 20182019 are immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2019 and thereafter.immaterial. The Company enters into licensing arrangements with third parties that require future milestone or royalty payments contingent upon future events. Upon the achievement of certain milestones in existing agreements, the Company could make additional future payments of up to $7 million, as well as royalties on future net sales.

It is not possible to predict with reasonable certainty whether these milestones will be achieved or the timing for achievement. As a result, these potential payments are not included in the table above.

The Company has not paid any dividends and has no plans, at this time, to pay any dividends in the future.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
The Company has not created, and is not party to, any special-purpose or
off-balance
sheet entities for the purpose of raising capital, incurring debt or operating parts of its business that are not consolidated (to the extent of the Company’s ownership interest therein) into the consolidated financial statements. The Company has not entered into any transactions with unconsolidated entities whereby it has subordinated retained interests, derivative instruments or other contingent arrangements that expose the Company to material continuing risks, contingent liabilities or any other obligation under a variable interest in an unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit risk support to the Company.
The Company enters into standard indemnification agreements in its ordinary course of business. Pursuant to these agreements, the Company indemnifies, holds harmless and agrees to reimburse the indemnified party for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party, generally the Company’s business partners or customers, in connection with patent, copyright or other intellectual property infringement claims by any third party with respect to its current products, as well as claims relating to property damage or personal injury resulting from the performance of services by the Company or its subcontractors. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is unlimited. Historically, the Company’s costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims relating to such indemnity agreements have been minimal and management accordingly believes the estimated fair value of these agreements is immaterial.

13    

37

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Summary
The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires the Company to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent liabilities. Critical accounting policies are those that are central to the presentation of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations that require management to make estimates about matters that are highly uncertain and that would have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations given changes in the estimate that are reasonably likely to occur from period to period or use of different estimates that reasonably could have been used in the current period. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its policies and estimates. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual amounts may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. There are other items within the Company’s consolidated financial statements that require estimation, but are not deemed critical as defined above. Changes in estimates used in these and other items could potentially have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Revenue Recognition
The Company adopted new accounting guidance regarding the recognition of revenue from contracts with customers as of January 1, 2018 and applied the modified-retrospective method. The Company elected the practical expedient and only evaluated the contracts that were considered incomplete as of January 1, 2018 when quantifying the cumulative effect adjustment under the modified retrospective method. Ultimately, the Company determined that there was not a significant change in the timing or pattern of revenue recognition for the Company’s products and services. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows and, as such, did not require any adjustments to information reported in the prior year. The revenue recognition policies described below were effective as of January 1, 2018.
The Company recognizes revenue upon transfer of control of promised products and services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for those products or services. The Company generally enters into contracts that include a combination of products and services. Revenue is allocated to distinct performance obligations and is recognized net of allowances for returns and discounts.
The Company recognizes revenue on product sales at the time control of the product transfers to the customer. In substantially all of the Company’s arrangements, title of the product transfers at shipping point and, as a result, the Company determined control transfers at the point of shipment. In more limited cases, there are destination-based shipping terms and, thus, control is deemed to transfer when the products arrive at the customer site. All incremental costs of obtaining a contract are expensed as and when incurred if the expected amortization period of the asset that would have been recognized is one year or less. Shipping and handling costs are included as a component of cost of sales. In situations where the control of the goods transfers prior to the completion of the Company’s obligation to ship the products to its customers, the Company has elected the practical expedient to account for the shipping services as a fulfillment cost. Accordingly, such costs are recognized when control of the related goods is transferred to the customer. In more rare situations, the Company has revenue associated with products that contain specific customer acceptance criteria and the related revenue is not recognized before the customer acceptance criteria are satisfied. The Company elected to exclude from the measurement of the transaction price all taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are both imposed on and concurrent with specific revenue-producing transactions and collected by the Company from a customer.
Generally, the Company’s contracts for products include a performance obligation related to installation. The Company has determined that the installation represents a distinct performance obligation and revenue is
38

recognized separately upon the completion of installation. The Company determines the amount of the transaction price to allocate to the installation service based on the standalone selling price of the product and the service, which requires judgment. The Company determines the relative standalone selling price of installation based upon a number of factors, including hourly service billing rates and estimated installation hours. In developing these estimates, the Company considers past history, competition, billing rates of current services and other factors.
The Company has sales from standalone software, which are included in instrument systems revenue. These arrangements typically include software licenses and maintenance contracts, both of which the Company has determined are distinct performance obligations. The Company determines the amount of the transaction price to allocate to the license and maintenance contract based on the relative standalone selling price of each performance obligation. Software license revenue is recognized at the point in time when control has been transferred to the customer. The revenue allocated to the software maintenance contract is recognized on a straight-line basis over the maintenance period, which is the contractual term of the contract, as a time-based measure of progress best reflects the Company’s performance in satisfying this obligation. Unspecified rights to software upgrades are typically sold as part of the maintenance contract on a
when-and-if-available
basis.
Payment terms and conditions vary among the Company’s revenue streams, although terms generally include a requirement of payment within 30 to 60 days of product shipment. Prior to providing payment terms to customers, an evaluation of their credit risk is performed. Returns and customer credits are infrequent and insignificant and are recorded as a reduction to sales. Rights of return are not included in sales arrangements and, therefore, there is minimal variable consideration included in the transaction price of our products.
Service revenue includes (i) service and software maintenance contracts and (ii) service calls (time and materials). Instrument service contracts and software maintenance contracts are typically annual contracts, which are billed at the beginning of the contract or maintenance period. The amount of the service and software maintenance contract is recognized on a straight-line basis to revenue over the maintenance service period, which is the contractual term of the contract, as a time-based measure of progress best reflects the Company’s performance in satisfying this obligation. There are no deferred costs associated with the service contract, as the cost of the service is recorded when the service is performed. Service calls are recognized to revenue at the time a service is performed.
The Company’s deferred revenue liabilities at December 31, 2019 was $214 million on the consolidated balance sheets consist of the obligation on instrument service contracts and customer payments received in advance, prior to transfer of control of the instrument. The Company records deferred revenue primarily related to its service contracts, where consideration is billable at the beginning of the service period.
Loss Provisions on Accounts Receivable and Inventory
The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. If the financial condition of the Company’s customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required. The Company does not request collateral from its customers, but collectibility is enhanced through the use of credit card payments and letters of credit. The Company assesses collectibility based on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, past transaction history with the customer, the credit-worthiness of the customer, industry trends and the macro-economic environment. Historically, the Company has not experienced significant bad debt losses. Sales returns and allowances are estimates of future product returns related to current period revenue. Material differences may result in the amount and timing of revenue for any period if management made different judgments or utilized different estimates for sales returns and allowances for doubtful accounts. The Company’s accounts receivable balance at December 31, 2019 was $588 million, net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $10 million.
The Company values all of its inventories at the lower of cost or net realizable value on a
first-in,
first-out
basis (“FIFO”). The Company estimates revisions to its inventory valuations based on technical obsolescence,
39

historical demand, projections of future demand, including that in the Company’s current backlog of orders, and industry and market conditions. If actual future demand or market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional write-downs may be required. The Company’s inventory balance at December 31, 2019 was recorded at its net realizable value of $321 million, which is net of write-downs of $26 million.
Long-Lived Assets, Intangible Assets and Goodwill
The Company assesses the impairment of identifiable intangibles, long-lived assets and goodwill whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors the Company considers important which could trigger impairment include, but are not limited to, the following:
significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results, particularly as it pertains to capitalized software and patent costs;
significant negative industry or economic trends, competitive products and technologies; and
significant changes or developments in strategic technological collaborations or legal matters which affect the Company’s capitalized patents, purchased technology, trademarks and intellectual properties, such as licenses.
When the Company determines that the carrying value of an individual intangible asset, long-lived asset or goodwill may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above indicators, an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows produced by that intangible asset, long-lived asset or goodwill, including its eventual residual value, is compared to the carrying value to determine whether impairment exists. In the event that such cash flows are not expected to be sufficient to recover the carrying amount of the asset, the asset is written-down to its estimated fair value. Net intangible assets, long-lived assets and goodwill amounted to $240 million, $417 million and $356 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2019.
The Company performs annual impairment reviews of its goodwill on
December 31
of each year. For goodwill impairment review purposes, the Company has two reporting units: Waters and TA. The Company currently does not expect to record an impairment charge in the foreseeable future as the fair values of the reporting units significantly exceeds the carrying value of the reporting units; however, there can be no assurance that, at the time future reviews are completed, a material impairment charge will not be recorded. The factors that could cause a material goodwill impairment charge in the future include, but are not limited to, the following:
significant decline in the Company’s projected revenue, earnings or cash flows;
significant adverse change in legal factors or business climate;
significant decline in the Company’s stock price or the stock price of comparable companies;
adverse action or assessment by a regulator; and
unanticipated competition.
Income Taxes
As part of the process of preparing the consolidated financial statements, the Company is required to estimate its income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. This process involves the Company estimating its income taxes, taking into account the amount, timing and character of taxable income, tax deductions and credits and assessing changes in tax laws, regulations, agreements and treaties. Differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes, such as depreciation, amortization and inventory reserves, result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within the consolidated balance sheets. In the event that actual results differ from these estimates, or the Company adjusts these estimates in future periods, such changes could materially impact the Company’s financial position and results of operations.
40

The accounting standards for income taxes require that a company continually evaluate the necessity of establishing or changing a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets depending on whether it is more likely than not that the actual benefit of those assets will be realized in future periods.
Uncertain Tax Positions
The Company accounts for its uncertain tax return positions in accordance with the accounting standards for income taxes, which require financial statement reporting of the expected future tax consequences of uncertain tax positions on the presumption that all concerned tax authorities possess full knowledge of those tax positions, as well as all of the pertinent facts and circumstances, but prohibit any discounting of unrecognized tax benefits associated with those positions for the time value of money. The Company classified interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of the provision for income taxes. At December 31, 2019, the Company had unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, of $28 million.
The Company has been granted a 0% contractual tax rate in Singapore that requires the achievement of certain operational and financial milestones that the Company expects to meet, to the extent not already achieved, by December 31, 2020 and maintain through at least March 31, 2021. As part of the Company’s determination of uncertain tax positions, the Company regularly assesses its progress against these operational and financial milestone targets to determine whether the milestones can be reasonably achieved. These milestones were negotiated with the Singaporean tax authorities and established based on the Company’s historical financial performance; the anticipated customer
 end-market
 demand, particularly in certain regions in the world, and the Company’s anticipated future operating plans. These assessments require significant judgments and estimates about the Company’s ability to meet the milestone targets for the following types of objectives: reaching and maintaining annual revenue and business spending targets; meeting capital expenditures targets; attaining and sustaining employment targets; and establishing a local research and development and service center. The Company regularly monitors its actual and forecasted sales and operating results against these milestones and the Company makes the determination as to whether the future forecasted financial results are most likely to be achieved. These milestones are very similar in nature to the previous Singaporean tax holiday contractual agreements that the Company successfully completed. These milestones are not required to be met until December 2020, at the earliest, which gives the Company sufficient time to make any necessary adjustments to its operating plans to achieve the milestones.
Currently, the Company has determined that it is more likely than not to realize the contractual tax rate in Singapore of 0% and has not recognized an uncertain tax position in its balance sheet related to the achievement of the contractual milestones in Singapore. However, these milestones can be significantly influenced by the business climate in Singapore and the Company’s overall financial performance and, in the event that the Company determines that the milestone targets are not expected to be met, the Company would no longer be able to record a tax benefit at a 0% contractual tax rate on income earned in Singapore from and after the April 1, 2016 start date of the contract period. At such time, the Company would record an income tax charge on the affected Singapore income earned back to April 1, 2016 at the Singapore statutory tax rate(s) (currently 17%), with a corresponding income tax liability recorded on the balance sheet. For the year ended 2019, the effect of applying the contractual tax rate rather than the statutory tax rate to income from qualifying activities in Singapore increased the Company’s net income and net income per diluted share by $24 million and $0.35, respectively.
Warranty
Product warranties are recorded at the time revenue is recognized for certain product shipments. While the Company engages in extensive product quality programs and processes, including actively monitoring and evaluating the quality of its component suppliers, the Company’s warranty obligation is affected by product failure rates, material usage and service delivery costs incurred in correcting a product failure. Should actual product failure rates, material usage or service delivery costs differ from the Company’s previous estimates, revisions to the estimated warranty liability would be required. At December 31, 2019, the Company’s warranty liability was $12 million.
41

Litigation
As described in Part I, Item 3, Legal Proceedings, of this Form
 10-K,
the Company is a party to various pending litigation matters. With respect to each pending claim, management determines whether it can reasonably estimate whether a loss is probable and, if so, the probable range of that loss. If and when management has determined, with respect to a particular claim, both that a loss is probable and that it can reasonably estimate the range of that loss, the Company records a charge equal to either its best estimate of that loss or the lowest amount in that probable range of loss. The Company will disclose additional exposures when the range of loss is subject to considerable uncertainty.
Pension and Other Retirement Benefits
In 2018, the Company settled its defined benefit pension plan in the U.S. As a result of this settlement, the Company’s defined benefit pension obligations were significantly reduced in 2018 and 2019. The Company still maintains a number of smaller defined benefit pension plans and other retirement benefits throughout the world. Assumptions used in determining projected benefit obligations and the fair values of plan assets for the Company’s remaining less significant pension plans and other retirement benefits are evaluated periodically by management. Changes in assumptions are based on relevant Company data. Critical assumptions, such as the discount rate used to measure the benefit obligations and the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, are evaluated and updated annually. The Company has assumed that the weighted-average expected long-term rate of return on plan assets will be 6.25% for its U.S. benefit plans and 3.11% for its
non-U.S.
benefit plans.
At the end of each year, the Company determines the discount rate that reflects the current rate at which the pension liabilities could be effectively settled. The Company utilized Milliman’s Bond Matching model to determine the discount rate for its U.S. benefit plans. The Company determined the discount rate for its
non-U.S.
benefit plans based on the analysis of the Mercer Pension Discount Curve for high quality investments as of December 31, 2019 that best matched the timing of the plan’s future cash flows for the period to maturity of the pension benefits. Once the interest rates were determined, the plan’s cash flow was discounted at the spot interest rate back to the measurement date. At December 31, 2019, the Company determined the weighted-average discount rate to be 3.42% for the U.S. benefit plans and 1.38% for the
non-U.S.
benefits plans.
A
one-quarter
percentage point increase in the assumed long-term rate of return would decrease the Company’s net periodic benefit cost by less than $1 million. A
one-quarter
percentage point increase in the discount rate would decrease the Company’s net periodic benefit cost by less than $1 million.
Stock-based Compensation
The accounting standards for stock-based compensation require that all share-based payments to employees be recognized in the statements of operations based on their fair values. The Company has used the Black-Scholes option pricing model and Monte Carlo simulation model to determine the fair value of its stock option awards and performance stock unit awards, respectively. Under the fair-value recognition provisions of this statement, share-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the value of the award and is recognized as expense over the vesting period. Determining the fair value of share-based awards at the grant date requires judgment, including estimating stock price volatility and employee stock option exercise behaviors. If actual results differ significantly from these estimates, stock-based compensation expense and the Company’s results of operations could be materially impacted. As stock-based compensation expense recognized in the consolidated statements of operations is based on awards that ultimately are expected to vest, the amount of the expense has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. These accounting standards require forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Forfeitures are estimated based on historical experience. If factors change and the Company employs different assumptions in the application of these accounting standards, the compensation expense that the Company records in future periods may differ significantly from what the Company has recorded in the current period. The Company recognizes the expense using the straight-line attribution method.
42

As of December 31, 2019, unrecognized compensation costs and related weighted-average lives over which the costs will be amortized were as follows (in millions):
         
 
Unrecognized
Compensation
Costs
  
Weighted-Average

Life in Years
 
Stock options
 $
32
   
3.2
 
Restricted stock units
  
36
   
3.3
 
Performance stock units
  
10
   
1.9
 
Restricted stock
  
—  
   
—  
 
         
Total
 $
78
   
3.1
 
         
Business Combinations and Asset Acquisitions
The Company accounts for business acquisitions under the accounting standards for business combinations. The results of each acquisition are included in the Company’s consolidated results as of the acquisition date and the purchase price of an acquisition is allocated to tangible and intangible assets and assumed liabilities based on their estimated fair values. Any excess of the fair value consideration transferred over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired is recognized as goodwill. Acquired
in-process
research and development (“IPR&D”) included in a business combination is capitalized as an indefinite-lived intangible asset. Development costs incurred after the acquisition are expensed as incurred and acquired IPR&D is tested for impairment annually until completion of the acquired programs. Upon commercialization, this indefinite-lived intangible asset is then accounted for as a finite-lived intangible asset and amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life, subject to periodic impairment reviews. If the research and development project is abandoned, the indefinite-lived asset is charged to expense. Legal costs, due diligence costs, business valuation costs and all other business acquisition costs are expensed when incurred.
The Company also acquires intellectual property through licensing arrangements. These arrangements often require upfront payments and may include additional milestone or royalty payments, contingent upon certain future events. IPR&D acquired in an asset acquisition (as opposed to a business combination) is expensed immediately unless there is an alternative future use. Subsequent payments made for the achievement of milestones are evaluated to determine whether they have an alternative future use or should be expensed. Payments made to third parties subsequent to commercialization are capitalized and amortized over the remaining useful life of the related asset, and are classified as intangible assets.
Recent Accounting Standard Changes and Developments
Information regarding recent accounting standard changes and developments is incorporated by reference from Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this document and should be considered an integral part of this Item 7. See Note 2 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for recently adopted and issued accounting standards.
Item 7A:
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Derivative Transactions
The Company is a global company that operates in over 35 countries and, as a result, the Company’s net sales, cost of sales, operating expenses and balance sheet amounts are significantly impacted by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The Company is exposed to currency price risk on foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations when it translates its
non-U.S.
dollar foreign subsidiaries’ financial statements into U.S. dollars, and when any of the Company’s subsidiaries purchase or sell products or services in a currency other than its own currency.
The Company’s principal strategies in managing exposures to changes in foreign currency exchange rates are to (1) naturally hedge the foreign-currency-denominated liabilities on the Company’s balance sheet against
43

corresponding assets of the same currency, such that any changes in liabilities due to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates are typically offset by corresponding changes in assets and (2) mitigate foreign exchange risk exposure of international operations by hedging the variability in the movement of foreign currency exchange rates on a portion of its Euro-denominated net asset investments. The Company presents the derivative transactions in financing activities in the statement of cash flows.
Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts
The Company does not specifically enter into any derivatives that hedge foreign-currency-denominated operating assets, liabilities or commitments on its balance sheet, other than a portion of certain third-party accounts receivable and accounts payable, and the Company’s net worldwide intercompany receivables and payables, which are eliminated in consolidation. The Company periodically aggregates these net worldwide balances by currency and then enters into foreign currency exchange contracts that mature within 90 days to hedge a portion of the remaining balance to minimize some of the Company’s currency price risk exposure. The foreign currency exchange contracts are not designated for hedge accounting treatment. Principal hedged currencies include the Euro, Japanese yen, British pound, Mexican peso and Brazilian real.
Interest Rate Cross-Currency Swap Agreements
As of December 31, 2019, the Company has entered into three-year interest rate cross-currency swap derivative agreements with a notional value of $560 million to hedge the variability in the movement of foreign currency exchange rates on a portion of its Euro-denominated net asset investments. Under hedge accounting, the change in fair value of the derivative that relates to changes in the foreign currency spot rate are recorded in the currency translation adjustment in other comprehensive income and remain in accumulated comprehensive income in stockholders’ (deficit) equity until the sale or substantial liquidation of the foreign operation. The difference between the interest rate received and paid under the interest rate cross-currency swap derivative agreement is recorded in interest income in the statement of operations.
The Company’s foreign currency exchange contracts and interest rate cross-currency swap agreements included in the consolidated balance sheets are classified as follows (in thousands):
                 
 
December 31, 2019
  
December 31, 2018
 
 
Notional Value
  
Fair Value
  
Notional Value
  
Fair Value
 
Foreign currency exchange contracts:
            
Other current assets
 $
119,576
  $
16
  $
112,212
  $
503
 
Other current liabilities
 $
29,495
  $
1,028
  $
40,175
  $
224
 
Interest rate cross-currency swap agreements:
            
Other assets
 $
560,000
  $
4,485
  $
300,000
  $
1,093
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    $
(4,485
)    $
(1,093
)
44

The following is a summary of the activity included in the statements of comprehensive income related to the foreign currency exchange contracts (in thousands):
                 
 
Financial
Statement
Classification
       
Year Ended December 31,
 
2019
  
2018
  
2017
 
Foreign currency exchange contracts:
         
Realized (losses) gains on closed contracts
  
Cost of sales
  $
(3,552
) $
(6,684
) $
3,894
 
Unrealized (losses) gains on open contracts
  
Cost of sales
   
(1,292
)  
(105
)  
1,054
 
                 
Cumulative net
pre-tax
(losses) gains
  
Cost of sales
  $
(4,844
) $
(6,789
) $
4,948
 
                 
Interest rate cross-currency swap agreements:
         
Interest earned
  
Interest income
  $
11,709
  $
2,713
  $
—  
 
Unrealized gains on open contracts
  
Stockholders’ (deficit) equity
  $
4,485
  $
1,093
  $
—  
 
Assuming a hypothetical adverse change of 10% in
year-end
exchange rates (a strengthening of the U.S. dollar), the fair market value of the foreign currency exchange contracts outstanding as of December 31, 2019 would decrease
pre-tax
earnings by approximately $15 million. Assuming a hypothetical adverse change of 10% in
year-end
exchange rates (a strengthening of the U.S. dollar), the fair market value of the interest rate cross-currency swap agreements outstanding as of December 31, 2019 would increase by approximately $56 million and would be recorded to foreign currency translation in other comprehensive income within stockholders’ (deficit) equity. The related impact on interest income would not have a material effect on
pre-tax
earnings.
The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are not subject to significant interest rate risk due to the short maturities of these instruments. The Company’s cash equivalents represent highly liquid investments, with original maturities of 90 days or less, primarily in bank deposits, U.S. treasury bill money market funds and commercial paper. As of December 31, 2019, the carrying value of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents approximated fair value.
The Company is exposed to the risk of interest rate fluctuations from the investments of cash generated from operations. Investments with maturities greater than 90 days are classified as investments, and are held primarily in U.S. dollar-denominated treasury bills and commercial paper, bank deposits and corporate debt securities. As of December 31, 2019, the Company estimates that a hypothetical adverse change of 100 basis points across all maturities would not have a material effect on the fair market value of its portfolio.
The Company is also exposed to the risk of exchange rate fluctuations. The Company maintains cash balances in various operating accounts in excess of federally insured limits, and in foreign subsidiary accounts in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, $249 million out of $337 million and $471 million out of $1,735 million, respectively, of the Company’s total cash, cash equivalents and investments were held by foreign subsidiaries. In addition, $176 million out of $337 million and $251 million out of $1,735 million of cash, cash equivalents and investments were held in currencies other than the U.S. dollar at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had no holdings in auction rate securities or commercial paper issued by structured investment vehicles.
Assuming a hypothetical adverse change of 10% in
year-end
exchange rates (a strengthening of the U.S. dollar), the fair market value of the Company’s cash, cash equivalents and investments held in currencies other than the U.S. dollar as of December 31, 2019 would decrease by approximately $18 million, of which the majority would be recorded to foreign currency translation in other comprehensive income within stockholders’ (deficit) equity.
45

Item
8:
 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rules
 13a-15(f)
and
15d-15(f)
under the Exchange Act. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in
Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013)
 issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on our evaluation under the framework in
Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013)
, our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2019.
The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.
46

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Waters Corporation
Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Waters Corporation and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related consolidated statements of operations, of comprehensive income, of stockholders’ equity (deficit) and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in
Internal Control — Integrated Framework
(2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in
Internal Control — Integrated Framework
(2013) issued by the COSO.
Change in Accounting Principle
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for leases in 2019.
Basis for Opinions
The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
47

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Goodwill Impairment Assessment
As described in Notes 2 and 8 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s consolidated goodwill balance was $356 million as of December 31, 2019. Management performs an impairment test as of
December 31
of each year, or more frequently if events or circumstances that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. Under the impairment test, if a reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its estimated fair value, goodwill impairment is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill. The fair value of reporting units was estimated using a discounted cash flows technique, which includes certain management assumptions, such as estimated future cash flows, estimated growth rates and discount rates. The estimated fair value of the reporting units significantly exceeds the carrying value.
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the goodwill impairment assessment is a critical audit matter are there was significant judgment by management when developing the fair value measurement of the reporting units. This in turn led to a high degree of effort in performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence related to management’s estimated future cash flows, including the estimated growth rates.
Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to management’s goodwill impairment assessment, including controls over the valuation of the Company’s reporting units. These procedures also included, among others, testing management’s process for developing the fair value estimate, evaluating the appropriateness of the discounted cash flow model, testing the completeness, accuracy, and relevance of underlying data used in the model and evaluating the significant
48

assumptions used by management, including the estimated growth rates. Evaluating management’s assumptions related to estimated revenue growth rates involved evaluating whether the growth rates used by management were reasonable considering the current and past performance of the reporting units and whether those growth rates were consistent with evidence obtained in other areas of the audit.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
February 25, 2020
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1994.
49

WATERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
December 31,
 
 
2019
  
2018
 
 
(In thousands, except per share data)
 
ASSETS
 
 
Current assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
335,715
 
 
$
796,280
 
Investments
 
 
1,429
 
 
 
938,944
 
Accounts receivable, net
 
 
587,734
 
 
 
568,316
 
Inventories
 
 
320,551
 
 
 
291,569
 
Other current assets
 
 
67,062
 
 
 
68,054
 
         
Total current assets
 
 
1,312,491
 
 
 
2,663,163
 
Property, plant and equipment, net
 
 
417,342
 
 
 
343,083
 
Intangible assets, net
 
 
240,203
 
 
 
246,902
 
Goodwill
 
 
356,128
 
 
 
355,614
 
Operating lease assets
 
 
93,358
 
 
 
—  
 
Other assets
 
 
137,533
 
 
 
118,664
 
         
Total assets
 
$
2,557,055
 
 
$
3,727,426
 
         
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’
 (DEFICIT)
EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes payable and debt
 
$
100,366
 
 
$
178
 
Accounts payable
 
 
49,001
 
 
 
68,168
 
Accrued employee compensation
 
 
43,467
 
 
 
64,545
 
Deferred revenue and customer advances
 
 
176,360
 
 
 
164,965
 
Current operating lease liabilities
 
 
27,125
 
 
 
—  
 
Accrued income taxes
 
 
45,967
 
 
 
22,943
 
Accrued warranty
 
 
11,964
 
 
 
12,300
 
Other current liabilities
 
 
137,084
 
 
 
115,832
 
         
Total current liabilities
 
 
591,334
 
 
 
448,931
 
Long-term liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt
 
 
1,580,797
 
 
 
1,148,172
 
Long-term portion of retirement benefits
 
 
59,159
 
 
 
55,853
 
Long-term income tax liabilities
 
 
394,562
 
 
 
430,866
 
Long-term operating lease liabilities
 
 
66,881
 
 
 
—  
 
Other long-term liabilities
 
 
80,603
 
 
 
76,346
 
         
Total long-term liabil
ities
 
 
2,182,002
 
 
 
1,711,237
 
         
Total liabilities
 
 
2,773,336
 
 
 
2,160,168
 
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 6, 9, 10,
11,
12
,
13
and 1
7
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stockholders’
(deficit) 
equity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock, par value $0.01
per share, 5,000
shares authorized, 0
ne issued at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018
 
 
—  
 
 
 
—  
 
Common stock, par value $0.01
per share, 400,000
shares authorized, 161,030
and 160,472
shares issued, 62,587
and 73,115
shares outstanding at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively
 
 
1,610
 
 
 
1,605
 
Additional
paid-in
capital
 
 
1,926,753
 
 
 
1,834,741
 
Retained earnings
 
 
6,587,403
 
 
 
5,995,205
 
Treasury stock, at cost, 98,443
and 87,357
shares at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively
 
 
(8,612,576
)
 
 
(6,146,322
)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
 
 
(119,471
)
 
 
(117,971
)
         
Total stockholders’
(deficit) 
equity
 
 
(216,281
)
 
 
1,567,258
 
         
Total liabilities and stockholders’
(deficit) 
equity
 
$
2,557,055
 
 
$
3,727,426
 
         
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
5
0

WATERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
             
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2019
  
2018
  
2017
 
 
(In thousands, except per share data)
 
Revenues:
  
Product sales
 $
1,567,189
  $
1,604,993
  $
1,552,349
 
Service sales
  
839,407
   
814,936
   
756,729
 
             
Total net sales
  
2,406,596
   
2,419,929
   
2,309,078
 
Costs and operating expenses:
         
Cost of product sales
  
642,706
   
656,275
   
623,214
 
Cost of service sales
  
367,994
   
336,289
   
323,853
 
Selling and administrative expenses
  
534,791
   
536,902
   
544,363
 
Research and development expenses
  
142,955
   
143,403
   
132,593
 
Purchased intangibles amortization
  
9,693
   
7,712
   
6,743
 
Litigation provision (settlement) (Note 11)
  
—  
   
(426
)  
11,114
 
Acquired
in-process
research and development (Note 2)
  
—  
   
—  
   
5,000
 
             
Total costs and operating expenses
  
1,698,139
   
1,680,155
   
1,646,880
 
             
Operating income
  
708,457
   
739,774
   
662,198
 
Other expense
  
(3,586
)  
(47,794
)  
(340
)
Interest expense
  
(48,690
)  
(48,641
)  
(56,839
)
Interest income
  
22,058
   
38,807
   
36,078
 
             
Income before income taxes
  
678,239
   
682,146
   
641,097
 
Provision for income taxes
  
86,041
   
88,352
   
620,786
 
             
Net income
 $
592,198
  $
593,794
  $
20,311
 
             
Net income per basic common share
 $
8.76
  $
7.71
  $
0.25
 
Weighted-average number of basic common shares
  
67,627
   
76,992
   
79,793
 
Net income per diluted common share
 $
8.69
  $
7.65
  $
0.25
 
Weighted-average number of diluted common shares and equivalents
  
68,166
   
77,618
   
80,604
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
5
1

WATERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
             
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2019
  
2018
  
2017
 
 
(In thousands)
 
Net income
 $
592,198
  $
593,794
  $
20,311
 
Other comprehensive (loss) income:
         
Foreign currency translation
  
1,631
   
(36,279
)  
101,148
 
Unrealized gains (losses) on investments before income taxes
  
3,046
   
698
   
(1,794
)
Income tax (expense) benefit
  
(641
)  
443
   
68
 
             
Unrealized gains (losses) on investments, net of tax
  
2,405
   
1,141
   
(1,726
)
Retirement liability adjustment before reclassifications
  
(9,360
)  
(6,722
)  
7,832
 
Amounts reclassified to other expense
  
1,979
   
48,792
   
3,948
 
             
Retirement liability adjustment before income taxes
  
(7,381
)  
42,070
   
11,780
 
Income tax benefit (expense)
  
1,845
   
(14,836
)  
(4,989
)
             
Retirement liability adjustment, net of tax
  
(5,536
)  
27,234
   
6,791
 
Other comprehensive (loss) income
  
(1,500
  
(7,904
)  
106,213
 
             
Comprehensive income
 $
590,698
  $
585,890
  $
126,524
 
             
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
52

WATERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2019
  
2018
  
2017
 
 
(In thousands)
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
         
Net income
 $
592,198
  $
593,794
  $
20,311
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
         
Stock-based compensation
  
38,577
   
37,541
   
39,436
 
Deferred income taxes
  
9,620
   
2,405
   
45,510
 
Depreciation
  
53,839
   
57,952
   
61,450
 
Amortization of intangibles
  
51,457
   
50,456
   
44,552
 
In-process
research and development and other
non-cash
 charges
  
—  
   
—  
   
5,000
 
Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:
         
Increase in accounts receivable
  
(22,195
)  
(47,921
)  
(24,013
)
(
Increase
) decrease
in inventories
  
(31,854
)  
(25,396
)  
731
 
Increase in other current assets
  
(10,918
)  
(12,446
)  
(16,323
)
(Increase) decrease in other assets
  
(16,470
)  
6,047
   
(24,098
)
Increase (decrease)
in accounts payable and other current liabilities
  
9,784
   
(81,663
)  
3,175
 
I
ncrease in deferred revenue and customer advances
  
12,189
   
2,721
   
10,386
 
Effect of the 2017 Tax Cuts 
and
 Jobs Act
  
(3,229
)  
(6,059
)  
530,383
 
(Decrease)
i
ncrease in other liabilities
  
(39,911
  
27,015
   
1,140
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
  
643,087
   
604,446
   
697,640
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
         
Additions to property, plant, equipment and software capitalization
  
(163,823
)  
(96,079
)  
(85,473
)
Asset and business acquisitions, net of cash acquired
  
—  
   
(31,486
)  
 
Investment in unaffiliated company
  
(8,843
)  
(7,615
)  
(7,000
)
Paym
ents for intellectual p
roperty licen
ses
  
   
   
(5,000
)
P
urc
hases
 of investments
  
(36,951
  
(1,006,080
  
(2,960,379
Maturities and sales
of
inves
tments
  
978,419
   
2,824,562
   
2,522,100
 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
  
768,802
   
1,683,302
   
(535,752
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
         
Proceeds from debt issuances
  
925,670
   
274
   
1,480,190
 
Payments on debt
  
(390,482
)  
(850,435
)  
(1,310,214
)
Payments of debt issuance costs
  
(2,932
)  
—  
   
(2,984
)
Proceeds from stock plans
  
53,715
   
52,429
   
97,789
 
Purchases of treasury shares
  
(2,469,258
)  
(1,315,106
)  
(332,544
)
Proceeds from (payments for) derivative contracts
  
10,609
   
(6,684
)  
3,894
 
Net cash used in financing activities
  
(1,872,678
)  
(2,119,522
)  
(63,869
)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
  
224
   
(14,265
)  
38,669
 
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
  
(460,565
)  
153,961
   
136,688
 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
  
796,280
   
642,319
   
505,631
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
 $
335,715
  $
796,280
  $
642,319
 
Supplemental cash flow information:
         
Income taxes paid
 $
87,998
  $
159,397
  $
70,583
 
Interest paid
 $
42,843
  $
50,798
  $
56,503
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
5
3

WATERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 (DEFICIT)
                             
 
Number of
Common
Shares
  
Common
Stock
  
Additional
Paid-In

Capital
  
Retained
Earnings
  
Treasury
Stock
  
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  
Total
Stockholders’
Equity
(
Def
i
cit
)
 
 
(In thousands)
 
Balance December 31, 2016
  
158,634
  $
1,586
  $
1,607,241
  $
5,385,069
  $
(4,475,667
) $
(216,280
) $
2,301,949
 
Net income
  
—  
   
—  
   
—  
   
20,311
   
—  
   
—  
   
20,311
 
Other comprehensive income
  
—  
   
—  
   
—  
   
—  
   
—  
   
106,213
   
106,213
 
Issuance of common stock for employees:
                     
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
  
50
   
1
   
6,874
   
—  
   
—  
   
—  
   
6,875
 
Stock options exercised
  
972
   
10
   
90,904
   
—  
   
—  
   
—  
   
90,914
 
Treasury stock
  
—  
   
—  
   
—  
   
—  
   
(332,544
)  
—  
   
(332,544
)
Stock-based compensation
  
189
   
1
   
40,069
   
—  
   
—  
   
—  
   
40,070
 
                             
Balance December 31, 2017
  
159,845
  $
1,598
  $
1,745,088
  $
5,405,380
  $
(4,808,211
) $
(110,067
) $
2,233,788
 
                             
Adoption of new accounting pronouncement
  
—  
   
—  
   
—  
   
(3,969
)  
—  
   
—  
   
(3,969
)
Net income
  
—  
   
—  
   
—  
   
593,794
   
—  
   
—  
   
593,794
 
Other comprehensive loss
  
—  
   
—  
   
—  
   
—  
   
—  
   
(7,904
)  
(7,904
)
Issuance of common stock for employees:
                     
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
  
45
   
—  
   
7,874
   
—  
   
—  
   
—  
   
7,874
 
Stock options exercised
  
438
   
5
   
44,550
   
—  
   
—  
   
—  
   
44,555
 
Treasury stock
  
—  
   
—  
   
—  
   
—  
   
(1,338,111
)  
—  
   
(1,338,111
)
Stock-based compensation
  
144
   
2
   
37,229
   
—  
   
—  
   
—  
   
37,231
 
                             
Balance December 31, 2018
  
160,472
  $
1,605
  $
1,834,741
  $
5,995,205
  $
(6,146,322
) $
(117,971
) $
1,567,258
 
                             
Net income
  
—  
   
—  
   
—  
   
592,198
   
—  
   
—  
   
592,198
 
Other comprehensive
loss
  
—  
   
—  
   
—  
   
—  
   
—  
   
(1,500
  
(1,500
Issuance of common stock for employees:
                     
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
  
43
   
—  
   
7,996
   
—  
   
—  
   
—  
   
7,996
 
Stock options exercised
  
406
   
4
   
45,715
   
—  
��  
—  
   
—  
   
45,719
 
Treasury stock
  
—  
   
—  
   
—  
   
—  
   
(2,466,254
)  
—  
   
(2,466,254
)
Stock-based compensation
  
109
   
1
   
38,301
   
—  
   
—  
   
—  
   
38,302
 
                             
Balance December 31, 2019
  
161,030
  $
1,610
  $
1,926,753
  $
6,587,403
  $
(8,612,576
) $
(119,471
) $
(216,281
)
                             
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
5
4

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1    Description of Business and Organization
Waters Corporation (the “Company,” “we,” “our,” or “us”) is a specialty measurement company that operates with a fundamental underlying purpose to advance the science that enables our customers to enhance human health and well-being. The Company has pioneered analytical workflow solutions involving liquid chromatography, mass spectrometry and thermal analysis innovations serving the life, materials and food sciences for more than 60 years. The Company primarily designs, manufactures, sells and services high performance liquid chromatography (“HPLC”), ultra performance liquid chromatography (“UPLC
TM
” and together with HPLC, referred to as “LC”) and mass spectrometry (“MS”) technology systems and support products, including chromatography columns, other consumable products and comprehensive post-warranty service plans. These systems are complementary products that are frequently employed together
(“LC-MS”)
and sold as integrated instrument systems using common software platforms. LC is a standard technique and is utilized in a broad range of industries to detect, identify, monitor and measure the chemical, physical and biological composition of materials, and to purify a full range of compounds. MS technology, principally in conjunction with chromatography, is employed in drug discovery and development, including clinical trial testing, the analysis of proteins in disease processes (known as “proteomics”), nutritional safety analysis and environmental testing.
LC-MS
instruments combine a liquid phase sample introduction and separation system with mass spectrometric compound identification and quantification. In addition, the Company designs, manufactures, sells and services thermal analysis, rheometry and calorimetry instruments through its TA
TM
product line. These instruments are used in predicting the suitability and stability of fine chemicals, pharmaceuticals, water, polymers, metals and viscous liquids for various industrial, consumer goods and healthcare products, as well as for life science research. The Company is also a developer and supplier of advanced software-based products that interface with the Company’s instruments, as well as other manufacturers’ instruments.
2    Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires the Company to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent liabilities at the dates of the financial statements. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, goodwill and intangible assets, income taxes, litigation, stock-based compensation and contingencies, and to a lesser extent, product returns and allowances, bad debts, inventory valuation, warranty and installation provisions, retirement plan obligations and equity investments, which are not as significant to our financial statements. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual amounts may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
Risks and Uncertainties
The Company is subject to risks common to companies in the analytical instrument industry, including, but not limited to, global economic and financial market conditions, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, fluctuations in customer demand, development by its competitors of new technological innovations, costs of developing new technologies, levels of debt and debt service requirements, risk of disruption, dependence on key personnel, protection and litigation of proprietary technology, shifts in taxable income between tax jurisdictions and compliance with regulations of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and similar foreign regulatory authorities and agencies.
55

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Reclassifications
Certain amounts from prior year have been reclassified in the accompanying financial statements in order to be consistent with the current year’s classification.
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries, which are wholly owned. The Company consolidates entities in which it owns or controls fifty percent or more of the voting shares. All inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated.
Translation of Foreign Currencies
The functional currency of each of the Company’s foreign operating subsidiaries is the local currency of its country of domicile, except for the Company’s subsidiaries in Hong Kong, Singapore and the Cayman Islands, where the underlying transactional cash flows are denominated in currencies other than the respective local currency of domicile. The functional currency of the Hong Kong, Singapore and Cayman Islands subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar, based on the respective entity’s cash flows.
For most of the Company’s foreign operations, assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates prevailing on the balance sheet date, while revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates prevailing during the respective period. Any resulting translation gains or losses are included in accumulated other comprehensive income in the consolidated balance sheets.
The Company’s net sales derived from operations outside the United States were
71
%,
72
% and
71
% in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Gains and losses from foreign currency transactions are included
primar
ily
in
cost of sales
in the consolidated statements of operations. In 2019, 2018 and 2017, foreign currency transactions resulted in net losses of $
9
million, $
3
million and $
1
million, respectively.
Seasonality of Business
The Company typically experiences an increase in sales in the fourth quarter, as a result of purchasing habits for capital goods of customers that tend to exhaust their spending budgets by calendar year end.
Cash, Cash Equivalents and Investments
Cash equivalents represent highly liquid investments, with original maturities of 90 days or less, primarily in bank deposits, U.S. treasury bill money market funds and commercial paper.
Investments with longer maturities are classified as investments, and are held primarily in U.S. treasury bills, U.S. dollar-denominated treasury bills and commercial paper, bank deposits and corporate debt securities.
Investments are classified as
available-for-sale
in accordance with the accounting standards for investments in debt securities. All debt securities are recorded at fair market value and any unrealized holding gains and losses, to the extent deemed temporary, are included in accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholders’
(deficit)
equity, net of the related tax effects. If any adjustment to fair value reflects a decline in the value of the investment, the Company considers all available evidence to evaluate the extent to which the decline is “other than temporary” and, if so, records a loss as a charge to the statement of operations. The Company classifies its investments exclusive of those categorized as cash equivalents.
The Company maintains cash balances in various operating accounts in excess of federally insured limits, and in foreign subsidiary accounts in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, $249 million out of $337 million and $471 million out of $1,735 million, respectively, of the Company’s total 
56

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
cash, cash equivalents and investments were held by foreign subsidiaries. In addition, $176 million out of $337 million and $251 million out of $1,735 million of cash, cash equivalents and investments were held in currencies other than the U.S. dollar at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The Company has very limited use of rebates and other cash considerations payable to customers and, as a result, the transaction price determination does not have any material variable consideration. The allowance for doubtful accounts is the best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in the existing accounts receivable. The allowance is based on a number of factors, including historical experience and the customer’s credit-worthiness. The allowance for doubtful accounts is reviewed on at least a quarterly basis.
Past due balances over 90 days and over a specified amount are reviewed individually for collectibility.
Account balances are charged against the allowance when the Company determines it is probable that the receivable will not be recovered. The Company does not have any
off-balance
sheet credit exposure related to its customers. Historically, the Company has not experienced significant bad debt losses.
The following is a summary of the activity of the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts for the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (in thousands):
                 
 
Balance at
Beginning of Period
  
Additions
  
Deduction
  
Balance at
End of Period
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
            
December 31, 2019
 $
7,663
  $
 
 
4,701
  $
(2,804
 $
9,560
 
December 31, 2018
 $
6,109
  $
6,333
  $
(4,779
 $
7,663
 
December 31, 2017
 $
5,141
  $
3,752
  $
(2,784
 $
6,109
 
Concentration of Credit Risk
The Company sells its products and services to a significant number of large and small customers throughout the world, with net sales to the pharmaceutical industry of approximately
57
% in each of the years 2019, 2018 and 2017. None of the Company’s individual customers accounted for more than
2
% of annual Company sales in 2019, 2018 or 2017. The Company performs continuing credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral, but in certain circumstances may require letters of credit or deposits. Historically, the Company has not experienced significant bad debt losses.
Inventory
The Company values all of its inventories at the lower of cost or net realizable value on a
first-in,
first-out
basis (“FIFO”).
Income Taxes
Deferred income taxes are recognized for temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax basis of assets and liabilities using tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is provided to offset any net deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Appropriate long-term liabilities have also been recorded to recognize uncertain tax positions.
As part of the 2017 Tax Act, there is a provision for the taxation of certain
 off-shore
 earnings referred to as the Global Intangible
 Low-Taxed
 Income (“GILTI”) provision. This provision taxes
 off-shore
 earnings at a rate of 10.5%, partially offset with foreign tax credits. In connection with this provision, the Company’s accounting policy is to treat this new tax as a current period cost.
5
7

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense, while the costs of significant improvements are capitalized. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives: buildings —
fifteen
to thirty-nine years; building improvements —
five
to ten years; leasehold improvements — the shorter of the economic useful life or life of lease; and production and other equipment —
three
to ten years. Upon retirement or sale, the cost of the assets disposed of and the related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the consolidated balance sheets and related gains or losses are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations.
Asset Impairments
The Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment in accordance with the accounting standards for property, plant and equipment. Whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable, the Company evaluates the recoverability of the carrying value of the asset based on the expected future cash flows, relying on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, operating results, business plans, economic projections and anticipated future cash flows. If the asset is deemed not recoverable, it is written down to fair value and the impairment is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations.
Business Combinations and Asset Acquisitions
The Company accounts for business acquisitions under the accounting standards for business combinations. The results of each acquisition are included in the Company’s consolidated results as of the acquisition date and the purchase price of an acquisition is allocated to tangible and intangible assets and assumed liabilities based on their estimated fair values. Any excess of the fair value consideration transferred over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired is recognized as goodwill. Acquired
in-process
research and development (“IPR&D”) included in a business combination is capitalized as an indefinite-lived intangible asset. Development costs incurred after the acquisition are expensed as incurred and acquired IPR&D is tested for impairment annually until completion of the acquired programs. Upon commercialization, this indefinite-lived intangible asset is then accounted for as a finite-lived intangible asset and amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life, subject to periodic impairment reviews. If the research and development project is abandoned, the indefinite-lived asset is charged to expense. Legal costs, due diligence costs, business valuation costs and all other business acquisition costs are expensed when incurred.
The Company also acquires intellectual property through licensing arrangements. These arrangements often require upfront payments and may include additional milestone or royalty payments, contingent upon certain future events. IPR&D acquired in an asset acquisition (as opposed to a business combination) is expensed immediately unless there is an alternative future use. Subsequent payments made for the achievement of milestones are evaluated to determine whether they have an alternative future use or should be expensed. Payments made to third parties subsequent to commercialization are capitalized and amortized over the remaining useful life of the related asset, and are classified as intangible assets.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
The Company tests for goodwill impairment using a fair-value approach at the reporting unit level annually, or earlier, if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. Additionally, the Company performs an annual goodwill impairment assessment for its reporting units as of
December 31
each year. The goodwill and other intangible assets accounting standards define a reporting unit as an operating segment, or one level below an operating segment, if discrete financial information is prepared and reviewed by management. For goodwill impairment review
5
8

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
purposes, the
Company has 2 reporting units: Waters
TM
and TA
TM
. Goodwill is allocated to the reporting units at the time of acquisition. Under the impairment test, if a reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its estimated fair value, goodwill impairment is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill. The fair value of reporting units was estimated using a discounted cash flows technique, which includes certain management assumptions, such as estimated future cash flows, estimated growth rates and discount rates.
The Company’s intangible assets include purchased technology; capitalized software development costs; costs associated with acquiring Company patents, trademarks and intellectual properties, such as licenses; and acquired IPR&D. Purchased intangibles are recorded at their fair market values as of the acquisition date and amortized over their estimated useful lives, ranging from one to fifteen years. Other intangibles are amortized over a period ranging from one to ten years. Acquired IPR&D is amortized from the date of completion of the acquired program over its estimated useful life. IPR&D and indefinite-lived intangibles are tested annually for impairment.
Software Development Costs
The Company capitalizes internal and external software development costs for products offered for sale in accordance with the accounting standards for the costs of software to be sold, leased, or otherwise marketed. Capitalized costs are amortized to cost of sales over the period of economic benefit, which approximates a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related software products, generally three to ten years. The Company capitalized $40 million and $34 million of direct expenses that were related to the development of software in 2019 and 2018, respectively. Net capitalized software included in intangible assets totaled $149 million and $147 million at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. See Note
8
, “Goodwill and Other Intangibles”.
The Company capitalizes internal software development costs for internal use. Capitalized internal software development costs are amortized over the period of economic benefit, which approximates a straight-line basis over ten years. Net capitalized internal software included in property, plant and equipment totaled $
3
million and $
2
 million at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Other Investments
The Company accounts for its investments that represent less than twenty percent ownership, and for which the Company does not have the ability to exercise significant influence, using the accounting standards for investments in equity securities. Investments for which the Company does not have the ability to exercise significant influence, and for which there is not a readily determinable market value, are accounted for at cost, adjusted for subsequent observable price changes as applicable. The Company periodically evaluates the carrying value of its investments for which the Company does not have the ability to exercise significant influence, and for which there is not a readily determinable fair value and carries them at cost, less impairment, adjusted for subsequent observable price changes. For equity investments in which the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies of the investee, the equity method of accounting is used. The Company’s share of net income or losses of equity investments is included in the consolidated statements of operations and was not material in any period presented.
During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company made $9 million of investments in unaffiliated companies. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company made a $8 million investment in a
 developer of analytical system solutions used to make measurements, predict stability and accelerate product discovery in the routine analytic, process monitoring and quality control release processes for life science and biopharmaceutical markets.
59

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Fair Value Measurements
In accordance with the accounting standards for fair value measurements and disclosures, certain of the Company’s assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. Fair values determined by Level 1 inputs utilize observable data, such as quoted prices in active markets. Fair values determined by Level 2 inputs utilize data points other than quoted prices in active markets that are observable either directly or indirectly. Fair values determined by Level 3 inputs utilize unobservable data points for which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.
The following table represents the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2019 (in thousands):
                 
 
Total at
December 31,
2019
  
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Assets:
            
Time deposits
 
1,642
  $
—  
  
1,642
  $
—  
 
Waters 401(k) Restoration Plan assets
  
30,158
   
30,158
   
—  
   
—  
 
Foreign currency exchange contracts
  
16
   
—  
   
16
   
—  
 
Interest rate cross-currency swap agreements
  
4,485
   
—  
   
4,485
   
—  
 
                 
Total
 $
36,301
  $
30,158
  $
6,143
  $
—  
 
                 
Liabilities:
            
Contingent consideration
 $
2,557
  $
—  
  $
—  
  $
2,557
 
Foreign currency exchange contracts
  
1,028
   
—  
   
1,028
   
—  
 
                 
Total
 $
3,585
  $
—  
  $
1,028
  $
2,557
 
                 
The following table represents the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2018 (in thousands):
 
Total at
December 31,
2018
  
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Assets:
            
U.S. Treasury securities
 $
164,315
  $
—  
  $
164,315
  $
—  
 
Foreign government securities
  
3,463
   
—  
   
3,463
   
—  
 
Corporate debt securities
  
723,059
   
—  
   
723,059
   
—  
 
Time deposits
  
108,638
   
—  
   
108,638
   
—  
 
Waters 401(k) Restoration Plan assets
  
33,104
   
33,104
   
—  
   
—  
 
Foreign currency exchange contracts
  
503
   
—  
   
503
   
—  
 
Interest rate cross-currency swap agreements
  
1,093
      
1,093
    
                 
Total
 $
1,034,175
  $
33,104
  $
1,001,071
  $
—  
 
                 
Liabilities:
            
Contingent consideration
 $
2,476
  $
—  
  $
—  
  $
2,476
 
Foreign currency exchange contracts
  
224
   
—  
   
224
   
—  
 
                 
Total
 $
2,700
  $
—  
  $
224
  $
2,476
 
                 
6
0

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Fair Value of 401(k) Restoration Plan Assets
The 401(k) Restoration Plan is a nonqualified defined contribution plan and the assets were held in registered mutual funds and have been classified as Level 1. The fair values of the assets in the plan are determined through market and observable sources from daily quoted prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges.
Fair Value of Cash Equivalents, Investments, Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts and Interest Rate Cross-Currency Swap Agreements
The fair values of the Company’s cash equivalents, investments and foreign currency exchange contracts are determined through market and observable sources and have been classified as Level 2. These assets and liabilities have been initially valued at the transaction price and subsequently valued, typically utilizing third-party pricing services. The pricing services use many inputs to determine value, including reportable trades, benchmark yields, credit spreads, broker/dealer quotes, current spot rates and other industry and economic events. The Company validates the prices provided by third-party pricing services by reviewing their pricing methods and obtaining market values from other pricing sources.
Fair Value of Contingent Consideration
The fair value of the Company’s liability for contingent consideration relates to earnout payments in connection with the July 2014 acquisition of Medimass Research, Development and Service Kft. and is determined using a probability-weighted discounted cash flow model, which uses significant unobservable inputs, and has been classified as Level 3. Subsequent changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration liability are recorded in the results of operations. The fair value of the contingent consideration liability associated with future earnout payments is based on several factors, including the estimated future results and a discount rate that reflects both the likelihood of achieving the estimated future results and the Company’s creditworthiness. A change in any of these unobservable inputs can significantly change the fair value of the contingent consideration. Although there
is no contractual limit, the fair value of future contingent consideration payments was estimated to be $
3
million and $
2
million at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, based on the Company’s best estimate, as the
earnout
is based on future sales of certain products, some of which are currently in development, through 2034.
Fair Value of Other Financial Instruments
The Company’s accounts receivable, accounts payable and variable interest rate debt are recorded at cost, which approximates fair value due to their short-term nature. The carrying value of the Company’s fixed interest rate debt was $1.0 billion and $510 million at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The fair value of the Company’s fixed interest rate debt was estimated using discounted cash flow models, based on estimated current rates offered for similar debt under current market conditions for the Company. The fair value of the Company’s fixed interest rate debt was estimated to be $1.0 billion and $502 million at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, using Level 2 inputs.
Derivative Transactions
The Company is a global company that operates in over 35 countries and, as a result, the Company’s net sales, cost of sales, operating expenses and balance sheet amounts are significantly impacted by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The Company is exposed to currency price risk on foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations when it translates its
non-U.S.
dollar foreign subsidiaries’ financial statements into U.S. dollars and when any of the Company’s subsidiaries purchase or sell products or services in a currency other than its own currency.
6
1

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
The Company’s principal strategies in managing exposures to changes in foreign currency exchange rates are to (1) naturally hedge the foreign-currency-denominated liabilities on the Company’s balance sheet against corresponding assets of the same currency, such that any changes in liabilities due to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates are typically offset by corresponding changes in assets and (2) mitigate foreign exchange risk exposure of international operations by hedging the variability in the movement of foreign currency exchange rates on a portion of its Euro-denominated net asset investments. The Company presents the derivative transactions in financing activities in the statement of cash flows.
Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts
The Company does not specifically enter into any derivatives that hedge foreign-currency-denominated operating assets, liabilities or commitments on its balance sheet, other than a portion of certain third-party accounts receivable and accounts payable, and the Company’s net worldwide intercompany receivables and payables, which are eliminated in consolidation.
The Company periodically aggregates its net worldwide balances by currency and then enters into foreign currency exchange contracts that mature within 90 days to hedge a portion of the remaining balance to minimize some of the Company’s currency price risk exposure. The foreign currency exchange contracts are not designated for hedge accounting treatment.
Principal hedged currencies include the Euro, Japanese yen, British pound, Mexican peso and Brazilian real.
Interest Rate Cross-Currency Swap Agreements
As of Decem
b
er 31, 2019
, the Company
has
entered into three-year interest rate cross-currency swap derivative agreements with
a
notional value of $560 million to hedge the variability in the movement of foreign currency exchange rates on a portion of its Euro-denominated net asset investments. Under hedge accounting, the change in fair value of the derivative that relates to changes in the foreign currency spot rate are recorded in the currency translation adjustment in
other comprehensive income and remain in accumulated comprehensive income in stockholders’ (deficit) equity until the sale or substantial liquidation of the foreign operation. The difference between the interest rate received and paid under the interest rate cross-currency swap derivative agreement is recorded in interest income in the statement of operations.
The Company’s foreign currency exchange contracts and interest rate cross-currency swap agreements included in the consolidated balance sheets are classified as follows (in thousands):
 
December 31, 2019
  
December 31, 2018
 
 
Notional Value
  
Fair Value
  
Notional Value
  
Fair Value
 
Foreign currency exchange contracts:
            
Other current assets
 $
119,576
  $
16
  $
112,212
  $
503
 
Other current liabilities
 $
29,495
  $
1,028
  $
40,175
  $
224
 
                 
Interest rate cross-currency swap agreements:
            
Other assets
 $
560,000
  $
4,485
  $
300,000
  $
1,093
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    $
(4,485
)    $
(1,093
)
62

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
The following is a summary of the activity included in the statements of comprehensive income related to the foreign currency exchange contracts (in thousands):
 
Financial
Statement
Classification
       
Year Ended December 31,
 
2019
  
2018
  
2017
 
Foreign currency exchange contracts:
            
Realized (losses) gains on closed contracts
  
Cost of sales
  $
(3,552
) $
(6,684
) $
3,894
 
Unrealized (losses) gains on open contracts
  
Cost of sales
   
(1,292
)  
(105
)  
1,054
 
                 
Cumulative net
pre-tax
(losses) gains
  
Cost of sales
  $
(4,844
) $
(6,789
) $
4,948
 
                 
Interest rate cross-currency swap agreements:
         
Interest earned
  
Interest income
  $
11,709
  $
2,713
  $
—  
 
Unrealized gains on open contracts
  
Stockholders’ 
(
def
i
cit
)
 
equity
  $
4,485
  $
1,093
  $
—  
 
Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity
In January 2019, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to $4 billion of its outstanding common stock over a two-year period. During 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company repurchased 11.1 million, 6.8 million and 1.8 million shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock at a cost of $2.5 billion, $1.3 billion and $323 million, respectively, under the
January 2019
authorization and other previously announced programs. In addition, the Company repurchased $8 million, $10 million and $10 million of common stock related to the vesting of restricted stock units during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017,
respectively. As of December 31, 2019, the Company has a total of $1.7 billion authorized for future repurchases. 
T
he Company accrued $20 million
and $23 million at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, as a result of treasury stock purchases that were unsettled. These transactions were settled in January 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Product Warranty Costs
The Company accrues estimated product warranty costs at the time of sale, which are included in cost of sales in the consolidated statements of operations. While the Company engages in extensive product quality programs and processes, including actively monitoring and evaluating the quality of its component suppliers, the Company’s warranty obligation is affected by product failure rates, material usage and service delivery costs incurred in correcting a product failure. The amount of the accrued warranty liability is based on historical information, such as past experience, product failure rates, number of units repaired and estimated costs of material and labor. The liability is reviewed for reasonableness at least quarterly.
The following is a summary of the activity of the Company’s accrued warranty liability for the
years
ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (in thousands):
 
Balance at
Beginning of Period
  
Accruals for
Warranties
  
Settlements
Made
  
Balance at
End of Period
 
Accrued warranty liability:
            
December 31, 2019
 $
12,300
  $
7,540
  $
(7,876
) $
11,964
 
December 31, 2018
 $
13,026
  $
5,033
  $
(5,759
) $
12,300
 
December 31, 2017
 $
13,391
  $
8,746
  $
(9,111
) $
13,026
 
63

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Advertising Costs
All advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are included in selling and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. Advertising expenses were $6 million, $7 million and $6 million for 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
Research and Development Expenses
Research and development expenses are comprised of costs incurred in performing research and development activities, including salaries and benefits, facilities costs, overhead costs, contract services and other outside costs. Research and development expenses are expensed as incurred. During 2017, the Company incurred a $
5
 million charge for acquired
in-process
research and development related to the licensing of certain intellectual property relating to mass spectrometry technologies yet to be commercialized and for which there was no future alternative use as of the acquisition date. These licensing arrangements are significantly related to new, biologically-focused applications, as well as other applications, and require the Company to make additional future payments of up to $7 million if certain milestones are achieved, as well as royalties on future net sales.
Stock-Based Compensation

The Company has two stock-based compensation plans, which are described in Note 14, “Stock-Based Compensation”.
Earnings Per Share
In accordance with the earnings per share accounting standards, the Company presents two earnings per share (“EPS”) amounts. Income per basic common share is based on income available to common shareholders and the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the periods presented. Income per diluted common share includes additional dilution from potential common stock, such as stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options outstanding.
Retirement Plans
The Company sponsors various retirement plans, which are described in Note 17, “Retirement Plans”.
Comprehensive Income
The Company accounts for comprehensive income in accordance with the accounting standards for comprehensive income, which establish the accounting rules for reporting and displaying comprehensive income. These standards require that all components of comprehensive income be reported in a financial statement that is displayed with the same prominence as other financial statements.
Subsequent Events
In January 2020, the Company made organizational changes to better align its resources with its growth and innovation strategies, resulting in a worldwide workforce reduction, impacting 3% of the Company’s employees. The Company expects to incur approximately $25 million of severance-related costs, lease termination costs and other related costs during 2020.
In January 2020, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to acquire Andrew Alliance, an innovator in specialty laboratory automation technology, including software and robotics for approximately $80 million. This acquisition is not expected to have a material effect on the Company sales and expenses in 2020.​​​​​​​
64

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Recently Adopted Accounting Standards
In February 2016, accounting guidance was issued regarding the accounting for leases. This new comprehensive lease standard amends various aspects of existing accounting guidance for leases. The core principle of the new guidance requires lessees to present the assets and liabilities that arise from leases on their balance sheets. This guidance was effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company has adopted this standard using a modified retrospective transition approach to be applied to leases existing as of, or entered into after, January 1, 2019. The adoption of this standard did have a material effect on the Company’s balance sheet by recording a
right-of-use
lease asset and lease liabilities in the amount $100 million as of January 1, 2019; however, it did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows and retained earnings.
In March 2017, accounting guidance was issued to amend the amortization period for certain purchased callable debt securities held at a premium. Specifically, the amortization period for certain callable debt securities was shortened to end at the earliest call date. This guidance was effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company adopted this standard as of January 1, 2019 and the adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
In February 2018, accounting guidance was issued to address the impact of the 2017 Tax Act on items recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income. Current accounting guidance requires deferred tax liabilities and assets to be adjusted for the effect of a change in tax laws or rates with the effect recorded in income from continuing operations, even if the related tax effects were originally recognized in other comprehensive income, the new guidance allows a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the 2017 Tax Act. This guidance was effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company adopted this standard as of January 1, 2019 and the adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
In August 2018, accounting guidance was issued to address the capitalization of implementation costs associated with hosting arrangements that meet the definition of a service contract. The new guidance clarified that the
internal-use
software capitalization guidance should be used to determine when implementation costs are capitalizable. This guidance is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2019 and early adoption is permitted. The Company elected to prospectively adopt this guidance as of January 1, 2019 and the adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
In June 2016, accounting guidance was issued that modifies the recognition of credit losses related to financial assets, such as debt securities, trade receivables, net investments in leases,
off-balance
sheet credit exposures, and other financial assets that have the contractual right to receive cash. Current guidance requires the recognition of a credit loss when it is considered probable that a loss event has occurred. The new guidance requires the measurement of expected credit losses to be based upon relevant information, including historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the asset. As such, expected credit losses may be recognized sooner under the new guidance due to the broader range of information that will be required to determine credit loss estimates. The new guidance also amends the current other-than-temporary impairment model used for debt securities classified as
available-for-sale.
When the fair value of an
available-for-sale
debt security is below its amortized cost, the new guidance requires the total unrealized loss to be bifurcated into its credit and
non-credit
components. Any expected credit losses or subsequent recoveries will
65

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
be recognized in earnings and any changes not considered credit related will continue to be recognized within other comprehensive income. This guidance is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company currently does not expect that the adoption of this standard will have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
In January 2017, accounting guidance was issued that simplifies the accounting for goodwill impairment. The guidance eliminates step 2 of the goodwill impairment test, which requires a hypothetical purchase price allocation. This guidance is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2019 and early adoption is permitted. The Company currently does not expect that the adoption of this standard will have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
In August 2018, accounting guidance was issued that modifies the disclosure requirements of fair value measurements. The amendments remove disclosures that are no longer considered cost beneficial, clarify the specific requirements of disclosure and add disclosure requirements identified as relevant. This guidance is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2019 and early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect that the adoption of this standard will have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
In August 2018, accounting guidance was issued that modifies the disclosure requirements of retirement benefit plans. The amendments remove disclosures that are no longer considered cost beneficial, clarify the specific requirements of disclosure and add disclosure requirement identified as relevant. This guidance is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2020 and early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect that the adoption of this standard will have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
In December 2019, accounting guidance was issued that simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions within the current guidance; including the approach for intraperiod tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period, and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences. The amendment also improves consistent application by clarifying and amending existing guidance related to aspects of the accounting for franchise taxes and enacted changes in tax laws or rates and clarifies the accounting for transactions that result in a step up in the tax basis of goodwill. This guidance is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2020 and early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect that the adoption of this standard will have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
3    Revenue Recognition
The Company adopted new accounting guidance regarding the recognition of revenue from contracts with customers as of January 1, 2018 and applied the modified-retrospective method. The Company elected the practical expedient and only evaluated the contracts that were considered incomplete as of January 1, 2018 when quantifying the cumulative effect adjustment under the modified retrospective method. Ultimately, the Company determined that there was not a significant change in the timing or pattern of revenue recognition for the Company’s products and services. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows and, as such, did not require any adjustments to information reported in the prior year. The revenue recognition policies described below were effective as of January 1, 2018.
The Company recognizes revenue upon transfer of control of promised products and services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for those products or services. The Company generally enters into contracts that include a combination of products and services. Revenue is allocated to distinct performance obligations and is recognized net of allowances for returns and discounts.
66

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
The Company recognizes revenue on product sales at the time control of the product transfers to the customer. In substantially all of the Company’s arrangements, title of the product transfers at shipping point and, as a result, the Company determined control transfers at the point of shipment. In more limited cases, there are destination-based shipping terms and, thus, control is deemed to transfer when the products arrive at the customer site. All incremental costs of obtaining a contract are expensed as and when incurred if the expected amortization period of the asset that would have been recognized is one year or less. Shipping and handling costs are included as a component of cost of sales. In situations where the control of the goods transfers prior to the completion of the Company’s obligation to ship the products to its customers, the Company has elected the practical expedient to account for the shipping services as a fulfillment cost. Accordingly, such costs are recognized when control of the related goods is transferred to the customer. In more rare situations, the Company has revenue associated with products that contain specific customer acceptance criteria and the related revenue is not recognized before the customer acceptance criteria are satisfied. The Company elected to exclude from the measurement of the transaction price all taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are both imposed on and concurrent with specific revenue-producing transactions and collected by the Company from a customer.
Generally, the Company’s contracts for products include a performance obligation related to installation. The Company has determined that the installation represents a distinct performance obligation and revenue is recognized separately upon the completion of installation. The Company determines the amount of the transaction price to allocate to the installation service based on the standalone selling price of the product and the service, which requires judgment. The Company determines
the
relative standalone selling price of installation based upon a number of factors, including hourly service billing rates and estimated installation hours. In developing these estimates, the Company considers past history, competition, billing rates of current services and other factors.
The Company has sales from standalone software, which
are
included in instrument systems revenue. These arrangements typically include software licenses and maintenance contracts, both of which the Company has determined are distinct performance obligations. The Company determines the amount of the transaction price to allocate to the license and maintenance contract based on the relative standalone selling price of each performance obligation. Software license revenue is recognized at the point in time when control has been transferred to the customer. The revenue allocated to the software maintenance contract is recognized on a straight-line basis over the maintenance period, which is the contractual term of the contract, as a time-based measure of progress best reflects the Company’s performance in satisfying this obligation. Unspecified rights to software upgrades are typically sold as part of the maintenance contract on a
when-and-if-available
basis.
Payment terms and conditions vary among the Company’s revenue streams, although terms generally include a requirement of payment within 30 to 60 days of product shipment.
Prior to providing payment terms to customers, an evaluation of
their
credit risk is performed. Returns and customer credits are infrequent and insignificant and are recorded as a reduction to sales. Rights of return are not included in sales arrangements and, therefore, there is minimal variable consideration included in the transaction price of our products.
Service revenue includes (1) service and software maintenance contracts and (2) service calls (time and materials). Instrument service contracts and software maintenance contracts are typically annual contracts, which are billed at the beginning of the contract or maintenance period. The amount of the service and software maintenance contract is recognized on a straight-line basis to revenue over the maintenance service period, which is the contractual term of the contract, as a time-based measure of progress best reflects the Company’s performance in satisfying this obligation. There are no deferred costs associated with the service contract, as the cost of the service is recorded when the service is performed. Service calls are recognized to revenue at the time a service is performed.
67

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
The Company’s deferred revenue liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets consist of the obligation on instrument service contracts and customer payments received in advance, prior to transfer of control of the instrument. The Company records deferred revenue primarily related to its service contracts, where consideration is billable at the beginning of the service period.
The following is a summary of the activity of the Company’s deferred revenue and customer advances for the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (in thousands):
 
December 31,
 
 
2019
  
2018
  
2017
 
Balance at the beginning of the period
 $
204,257
  $
192,589
  $
173,780
 
Recognition of revenue included in balance at beginning of the period
  
(176,981
)  
(159,258
)  
(143,589
)
Revenue deferred during the period, net of revenue recognized
  
186,419
   
170,926
   
162,398
 
             
Balance at the end of the period
 $
213,695
  $
204,257
  $
192,589
 
             
The Company classified $
38
million and $
39
million of deferred revenue and customer advances in other long-term liabilities at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
The amount of deferred revenue and customer advances equals the transaction price allocated to unfulfilled performance obligations for the period presented. Such amounts are expected to be recognized in the future as follows (in thousands):
 
December 31, 2019
 
Deferred revenue and customer advances expected to be recognized in:
   
One year or less
 $
176,360
 
13-24
months
  
21,029
 
25 months and beyond
  
16,306
 
     
Total
 $
213,695
 
     
4    Marketable Securities
The Company’s marketable securities within cash equivalents and investments included in the consolidated balance sheets are detailed as follows (in thousands):
 
December 31, 2019
 
 
Amortized
Cost
 
 
Unrealized
Gain
 
 
Unrealized
Loss
 
 
Fair
Value
 
Time deposits
 
1,642
  
—  
  $
—  
  $
1,642
 
                 
Total
 $
1,642
  $
—  
  $
—  
  $
1,642
 
                 
Amounts included in:
            
Cash equivalents
 $
213
  $
—  
  $
—  
  $
213
 
Investments
  
1,429
   
—  
   
—  
   
1,429
 
                 
Total
 $
1,642
  $
—  
  $
—  
  $
1,642
 
                 
68

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
December 31, 2018
 
 
Amortized
Cost
  
Unrealized
Gain
  
Unrealized
Loss
  
Fair
Value
 
U.S. Treasury securities
 $
164,619
  $
16
  $
(320
) $
164,315
 
Foreign government securities
  
3,486
   
1
   
(24
)  
3,463
 
Corporate debt securities
  
725,778
   
41
   
(2,760
)  
723,059
 
Time deposits
  
108,638
   
—  
   
—  
   
108,638
 
                 
Total
 $
1,002,521
  $
58
  $
(3,104
) $
999,475
 
                 
Amounts included in:
            
Cash equivalents
 $
60,532
  $
—  
  $
(1
) $
60,531
 
Investments
  
941,989
   
58
   
(3,103
)  
938,944
 
                 
Total
 $
1,002,521
  $
58
  $
(3,104
) $
999,475
 
                 
The estimated fair value of marketable debt securities by maturity date is as follows (in thousands):
 
December 31,
2019
  
December 31,
2018
 
Due in one year or less
 $
1,642
  $
797,649
 
Due after one year through three years
  
—  
   
201,826
 
         
Total
 $
1,642
  $
999,475
 
         
Net realized gains and losses on sales of investments were not material in 2019, 2018 and 2017.
5    Inventories
Inventories are classified as follows (in thousands):
 
December 31,
2019
  
December 31,
2018
 
Raw materials
 $
126,850
  $
111,641
 
Work in progress
  
15,457
   
15,552
 
Finished goods
  
178,244
   
164,376
 
         
Total inventories
 $
320,551
  $
291,569
 
         
During 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company recorded inventory-related excess and obsolescence provisions of $13 million, $8 million and $2 million, respectively.
6    Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):
 
December 31,
 
 
2019
  
2018
 
Land and land improvements
 $
37,040
  $
36,554
 
Buildings and leasehold improvements
  
355,425
   
299,103
 
Production and other equipment
  
537,211
   
494,302
 
Construction in progress
  
57,985
   
41,909
 
         
Total property, plant and equipment
  
987,661
   
871,868
 
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
  (570,319)  (528,785)
         
Property, plant and equipment, net
 $
417,342
  $
343,083
 
         
69

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
In February 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors approved expanding its precision chemistry consumable manufacturing operations in the U.S. The Company anticipates spending an estimated $215 million to build and equip this new
state-of-the-art
manufacturing facility, and has spent $85 million on this facility through December 31, 2019.
During 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company retired and disposed of approximately $11
million, $9 million and $15 million of property, plant and equipment, respectively, most of which was fully depreciated and no longer in use. Gains on disposals were immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.
7    Acquisitions
In July 2018, the Company acquired the sole intellectual property rights to the Desorption Electrospray Ionization (“DESI”) imaging technology for $30 million in cash and a future contractual obligation to pay a minimum royalty of $3 million over the remaining life of the patent. DESI is a mass spectrometry imaging technique that is used to develop medical therapies. The Company accounted for this transaction as an asset acquisition as it did not meet the definition of a business. The Company allocated $33 million of fair value to a purchased intangible asset which will be amortized over the useful life of 12 years.
In each acquisition, the sellers provided the Company with customary representations, warranties and indemnification, which would be settled in the future if and when a breach of the contractual representation or warranty condition occurs. The pro forma effect of the ongoing operations for Waters Corporation and the DESI imaging technology, either individually or in the aggregate, as though this acquisition had occurred at the beginning of the periods covered by this report was immaterial.
8    Goodwill and Other Intangibles
The carrying amount of goodwill was $356 million at both December 31, 2019 and 2018.
The Company’s intangible assets included in the consolidated balance sheets are detailed as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
December 31, 2019
  
December 31, 2018
 
 
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
 
Weighted-
Average
Amortization
Period
 
 
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
 
Weighted-
Average
Amortization
Period
 
Capitalized software
 $
481,986
  $
333,255
   
5 years
  $
454,307
  $
307,634
   
5 years
 
Purchased intangibles
  
200,523
   
151,722
   
11 years
   
201,566
   
144,184
   
11 years
 
Trademarks and IPR&D
  
13,782
   
—  
   
—  
   
13,677
   
—  
   
—  
 
Licenses
  
5,669
   
5,298
   
6 years
   
5,568
   
4,875
   
6 years
 
Patents and other intangibles
  
83,035
   
54,517
   
8 years
   
77,753
   
49,276
   
8 years
 
                         
Total
 $
784,995
  $
544,792
   
7 years
  $
752,871
  $
505,969
   
7 years
 
                         
The gross carrying value of intangible assets and accumulated amortization for intangible assets decreased by $12 million and $11 million, respectively, in the year ended December 31, 2019 due to the effects of foreign currency translation. Amortization expense for intangible assets was $51 million, $50 million and $45 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Amortization expense for intangible assets is estimated to be $52 million per year for each of the next five years.
70

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
9    Debt
In September 2019, the Company issued the following senior unsecured notes:
Senior
 
 
 
 
 
Face Value
 
 
 
Unsecured Notes
 
Term
 
 
Interest Rate
 
 
(in millions)
 
 
Maturity Date
 
Series L
  
7 years
   
3.31
% $
200
   
September 2026
 
Series M
  
10 years
   
3.53
% $
300
   
September 2029
 
The Company used the proceeds from the issuance of these senior unsecured notes to repay other outstanding debt and for general corporate purposes. Interest on the Series L and M Senior Notes is payable semi-annually. The Company may prepay some or all of the Senior Notes at any time in an amount not less than 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes then outstanding, plus the applicable make-whole amount for Series L and M Senior Notes, in each case, upon no more than 60 nor less than 20 days’ written notice to the holders of the Senior Notes. In the event of a change in control (as defined in the note purchase agreement) of the Company, the Company may be required to prepay the Senior Notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Other provisions for these senior unsecured notes are similar to the existing senior unsecured notes, as described below.
In November 2017, the Company entered into a credit agreement (the “2017 Credit Agreement”) that provides for a $1.5 billion revolving facility and a $300 million term loan. The revolving facility and term loan both mature on November 30, 2022 and require no scheduled prepayments before that date.
The interest rates applicable to the 2017 Credit Agreement are, at the Company’s option, equal to either the alternate base rate (which is a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (1) the prime rate in effect on such day, (2) the Federal Reserve Bank of New York Rate on such day plus 1/2 of 1% per annum and (3) the adjusted LIBO rate on such day (or if such day is not a business day, the immediately preceding business day) for a deposit in U.S. dollars with a maturity of one month plus 1% per annum) or the applicable 1, 2, 3 or 6 month adjusted LIBO rate or EURIBO rate for Euro-denominated loans, in each case, plus an interest rate margin based upon the Company’s leverage ratio, which can range between 0 and 12.5 basis points for alternate base rate loans and between 80 and 112.5 basis points for LIBO rate or EURIBO rate loans. The facility fee on the 2017 Credit Agreement ranges between 7.5 and 25 basis points per annum, based on the leverage ratio, of the amount of the revolving facility commitments and the outstanding term loan.​​​​​​​ The 2017 Credit Agreement requires that the Company comply with an interest coverage ratio test of not less than 3.50:1 as of the end of any fiscal quarter for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters and a leverage ratio test of not more than 3.50:1 as of the end of any fiscal quarter. In addition, the 2017 Credit Agreement includes negative covenants, affirmative covenants, representations and warranties and events of default that are customary for investment grade credit facilities.​​​​​​​
As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had a total of $1.1 billion and $560 million, respectively, of outstanding senior unsecured notes. Interest on the fixed rate senior unsecured notes is payable semi-annually each year. Interest on the floating rate senior unsecured notes is payable quarterly. The Company may prepay all or some of the senior unsecured notes at any time in an amount not less than 10% of the aggregate principal amount outstanding, plus the applicable make-whole amount or prepayment premium for the Series H senior unsecured note. In the event of a change in control of the Company (as defined in the note purchase agreement), the Company may be required to prepay the senior unsecured notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest.​​​​​​​ These senior unsecured notes require that the Company comply with an interest coverage ratio test of not less than 3.50:1 for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters and a leverage ratio test of not more than 3.50:1 as of the end of any fiscal quarter. In addition, these senior unsecured notes include customary negative covenants, affirmative covenants, representations and warranties and events of default.​​​​​​​
71

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
In February 2019, certain defined terms related to the subsidiary guarantors were amended in the 2017 Credit Agreement and senior unsecured note agreements. In addition, the Company amended the senior unsecured note agreements to allow the Company to elect an increase in the permitted leverage ratio from 3.50:1 to 4.0:1, for a period of three consecutive quarters, for a material acquisition of $400 million or more. During the period of time where the leverage ratio exceeds 3.50:1, the interest payable on the senior unsecured notes shall increase by 0.50%. The debt covenants in the senior unsecured note agreements were also modified to address the change in accounting guidance for leases.
As of December 31, 2019, the Company has entered into three-year interest rate cross-currency swap derivative agreements with a notional value of $560 million to hedge the variability in the movement of foreign currency exchange rates on a portion of its Euro-denominated net asset investments.
The Company had the following outstanding debt at December 31, 2019 and 2018 (in thousands):
         
 
December 31,
2019
  
December 31,
2018
 
Foreign subsidiary lines of credit
 $
366
  $
178
 
Senior unsecured notes - Series B - 5.00%, due February 2020
  
100,000
   
—  
 
         
Total notes payable and debt, current
  
100,366
   
178
 
Senior unsecured notes - Series B - 5.00%, due February 2020
  
—  
   
100,000
 
Senior unsecured notes - Series E - 3.97%, due March 2021
  
50,000
   
50,000
 
Senior unsecured notes - Series F - 3.40%, due June 2021
  
100,000
   
100,000
 
Senior unsecured notes - Series G - 3.92%, due June 2024
  
50,000
   
50,000
 
Senior unsecured notes - Series H - floating rate*, due June 2024
  
50,000
   
50,000
 
Senior unsecured notes - Series I - 3.13%, due May 2023
  
50,000
   
50,000
 
Senior unsecured notes - Series K - 3.44%, due May 2026
  
160,000
   
160,000
 
Senior unsecured notes - Series L - 3.31%, due September 2026
  
200,000
   
—  
 
Senior unsecured notes - Series M - 3.53%, due September 2029
  
300,000
   
—  
 
Credit agreement
  
625,000
   
590,000
 
Unamortized debt issuance costs
  
(4,203
)  
(1,828
)
         
Total long-term debt
  
1,580,797
   
1,148,172
 
         
Total debt
 $
1,681,163
  $
1,148,350
 
         
*
Series H senior unsecured notes bear interest at a 3-month LIBOR for that floating rate interest period plus 1.25%.
As of both December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had a total amount available to borrow under the 2017 Credit Agreement of $1.2 billion after outstanding letters of credit. The weighted-average interest rates applicable to the senior unsecured notes and credit agreement borrowings collectively were 3.39% and 3.83% at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, the Company was in compliance with all debt covenants.
The Company and its foreign subsidiaries also had available short-term lines of credit totaling $105 million and $90 million at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, for the purpose of short-term borrowing and issuance of commercial guarantees. The weighted-average interest rates applicable to these short-term borrowings were 1.48% and 1.88% for December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
72

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Annual maturities of debt outstanding at December 31, 2019 are as follows (in thousands):
     
 
Total
 
2020
 $
100,366
 
2021
  
150,000
 
2022
  
625,000
 
2023
  
50,000
 
2024
  
100,000
 
Thereafter
  
660,000
 
     
Total
 $
1,685,366
 
     
10    Income Taxes
Income tax data for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 is as follows (in thousands):
             
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2019
  
2018
  
2017
 
The components of income from operations before income taxes are as follows:
         
Domestic
 $
97,325
  $
57,822
  $
55,751
 
Foreign
  
580,914
   
624,324
   
585,346
 
             
Total
 $
678,239
  $
682,146
  $
641,097
 
             
             
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2019
  
2018
  
2017
 
The components of the income tax provision from operations were as follows:
         
Federal
 
$
7,009
  $
27,277
  $
499,828
 
State
  
3,329
  
 
(11,964
)
 
  
21,163
 
Foreign
  
66,083
   
70,634
   
54,285
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total current tax provision
 $
76,421
  $
85,947
  $
575,276
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
 
$
6,913
  $(3,256
)
 $
35,949
 
Stat
e
  
1,253
   
2,247
   
5,398
 
Foreign
  
1,454
   
3,414
   
4,163
 
Total deferred tax provision
  
9,620
   
2,405
   
45,510
 
             
Total
 provision
 $
86,041
  $
88,352
  $
620,786
 
             
73

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
— (Continued)
The differences between income taxes computed at the United States statutory rate and the provision for income taxes are summarized as follows for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (in thousands):
             
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2019
  
2018
  
2017
 
Federal tax computed at U.S. statutory income tax rate
 $
 
142,430
  $
143,251
  $
224,384
 
Enactment of the 2017 Tax
Cuts and Jobs
Act
  
   
(6,059
)  
550,000
 
Foreign currency exchange impact on distributed earnings
  
(3,229
)  
7,495
   
—  
 
GILTI, net of foreign tax credits
  
10,523
   
13,727
   
—  
 
Settlement of tax audits
  
—  
   
—  
   
706
 
State income tax, net of federal income tax benefit
  
3,459
   
2,910
   
1,289
 
Net effect of foreign operations
  
(52,727
)  
(57,003
)  
(131,694
)
Effect of stock-based compensation
  (9,211)  
(9,089
)  
(19,566
)
Other, net
  
(5,204
  
(6,880
  
(4,333
)
             
Provision for income taxes
 $
86,041
  $
88,352
  $
620,786
 
             
The Company’s effective tax rates were 12.7%, 13.0% and 96.8% for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
The Company’s effective income tax rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate each year due to differences in the proportionate amounts of
pre-tax
income recognized in jurisdictions with different effective tax rates and the items discussed below.
The four principal jurisdictions in which the Company manufactures are the U.S., Ireland, the U.K. and Singapore, where the statutory tax rates were 21%, 12.5%, 19% and 17%, respectively, as of December 31, 2019. The Company has a received a tax holiday on qualifying activities in Singapore through March 2021, based upon the achievement of certain contractual milestones, which the Company expects to continue to meet. The effect of applying the 0% contractual tax rate rather than the statutory tax rate to income from qualifying activities in Singapore increased the Company’s net income during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 by $24 million, $28 million and $25 million, respectively, and increased the Company’s net income per diluted share by $0.35, $0.36 and $0.31, respectively.
During 2019, the Company’s effective tax rate differed from the 21% U.S. statutory tax rate primarily due to the jurisdictional mix of earnings, a $11 million provision related to the GILTI tax and a tax benefit of $9 million on stock-based compensation.
The 2018 effective tax rate differed from the U.S. federal statutory tax rate primarily due to the jurisdictional mix of earnings, a $14 million provision related to the GILTI tax, an $8 million provision for a change in foreign currency exchange rates related to the transition tax, a $9 million benefit related to stock-based compensation and a $6 million
net benefit related to the finalization of the impact of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “2017 Act”).
The 2017 effective tax rate of 96.8% differs from the 35% U.S. statutory tax rate primarily due to the 2017 Act and the jurisdictional mix of earnings. As a result of the 2017 Act, for the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company accrued a $550 million tax provision. This provision reduced net income per diluted share by $6.82 in 2017, and the Company’s effective tax rate was 11.0% excluding this $550 million provision. During 2017, the Company also had a benefit of $20 million related to stock-based compensation.
74

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Prior to the enactment of the 2017 Act, the Company had an indefinite reinvestment assertion on a significant portion of its undistributed earnings from foreign subsidiaries. At the end of 2018, and as a result of the enactment of the 2017 Act, the Company reevaluated its historic assertion and no longer considered these earnings to be indefinitely reinvested in its foreign subsidiaries. The Company recorded a tax provision of $3 million and $4 million for 2019 and 2018, respectively, for future withholding taxes and U.S. state taxes on repatriation of 2019 and 2018 undistributed earnings.
The tax effects of temporary differences and carryforwards which give rise to deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
December 31,
 
 
2019
  
2018
 
Deferred tax assets:
      
Net operating losses and credits
 $
55,939
  $
63,052
 
Depreciation
  
4,776
   
7,495
 
Operating leases
  
19,849
   
—  
 
Amortization
  
3,738
   
3,633
 
Stock-based compensation
  
9,790
   
9,984
 
Deferred compensation
  
20,077
   
22,058
 
Unrealized foreign currency gain/loss
  7,955   5,881 
Deferred revenue
  
9,696
   
4,654
 
Revaluation of equity investments and licenses
  
3,424
   
3,148
 
Inventory
  
4,824
   
4,588
 
Accrued liabilities and reserves
  
7,215
   
7,213
 
Other
  
3,839
   
4,073
 
         
Total deferred tax assets
  
151,122
   
135,779
 
Valuation allowance
  
(51,221
)  
(53,893
)
         
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance
  
99,901
   
81,886
 
Deferred tax liabilities:
      
Capitalized software
  
(21,025
)  
(19,491
)
Operating leases
  
(19,553
)  
—  
 
Indefinite-lived intangibles
  
(14,363
)  
(13,753
)
Deferred tax liability on foreign earning
s
  
(18,027
)  
(20,443
)
         
Total deferred tax liabilities
  
(72,968
)  
(53,687
)
         
Net deferred tax assets
 $
26,933
  $
28,199
 
         
The Company has gross foreign net operating losses of $221 million that do not expire under current laws. As of December 31, 2019, the Company has provided a deferred tax valuation allowance of $51 million, of which $48 million relates to certain foreign net operating losses. The Company’s net deferred tax assets associated with net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards are approximately $8 million as of December 31, 2019, which represent the future tax benefit of foreign net operating loss carryforwards that do not expire under current law.
The Company adopted new accounting guidance which eliminates the deferral of tax effects on intra-entity transfers other than inventory and requires an entity to recognize the income tax consequences when the transfer occurs. The Company adopted this standard as of January 1, 2018 with a $4 million charge to beginning retained earnings in the consolidated balance sheet.
75

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
The Company accounts for its uncertain tax return reporting positions in accordance with the accounting standards for income taxes, which require financial statement reporting of the expected future tax consequences of uncertain tax reporting positions on the presumption that all concerned tax authorities possess full knowledge of those tax reporting positions, as well as all of the pertinent facts and circumstances, but prohibit any discounting of unrecognized tax benefits associated with those reporting positions for the time value of money. The Company continues to classify interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of the provision for income taxes.
The following is a summary of the activity of the Company’s gross unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, for the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (in thousands):
 
2019
  
2018
  
2017
 
Balance at the beginning of the period
 $
26,108
  $
5,843
  $
9,964
 
Net reductions for settlement of tax audits
  
—  
   
—  
   
(22
)
Net reductions for lapse of statutes taken during the period
  
(261
)  
(436
)  
(5,178
)
Net additions for tax positions taken during the prior period
  
—  
   
17,651
   
—  
 
Net additions for tax positions taken during the current period
  
1,943
   
3,050
   
1,079
 
             
Balance at the end of the period
 $
27,790
  $
26,108
  $
5,843
 
             
As of 2019, the total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits was $28 million, all of which, if recognized, would impact the Company’s effective tax rate.
With limited exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to tax audit examinations in significant jurisdictions for the years ended on or before December 31, 2014. The Company continuously monitors the lapsing of statutes of limitations on potential tax assessments for related changes in the measurement of unrecognized tax benefits, related net interest and penalties and deferred tax assets and liabilities.
As of December 31, 2019, the Company expects to record additional reductions in the measurement of its unrecognized tax benefits and related net interest and penalties of approximately $1 million within the next twelve months due to potential tax audit settlements and the lapsing of statutes of limitations on potential tax assessments. The Company does not expect to record any other material reductions in the measurement of its unrecognized tax benefits within the next twelve months.
As of December 31, 2019, the Company is currently under an income tax audit in the U.S. for its 2016 tax year. The Company is also subject to various foreign audits and inquiries and we currently do not expect any material adjustments.
76

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
The following is a summary of the activity of the Company’s valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (in thousands):
 
Balance at
Beginning
of Period
  
Charged to
Provision for
Income Taxes*
  
Other**
  
Balance at
End of
Period
 
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets:
            
 
2019
 $
53,893
  $
(1,242
) $
(1,430
) $
51,221
 
2018
 $
62,098
  $
(2,128
) $
(6,077
) $
53,893
 
201
7
 $
61,225
  $
(6,363
) $
7,236
  $
62,098
 
*These amounts have been recorded as part of the income statement provision for income taxes. The income statement effects of these amounts have largely been offset by amounts related to changes in other deferred tax balance sheet accounts.
**The change in the valuation allowance during the year ended December 31, 2019 is primarily due to the effect of foreign currency translation on a valuation allowance related to a net operating loss carryforward. The change in the valuation allowance during the year ended December 31, 2018 was primarily due to the write-off of a valuation allowance to Retained Earnings for the tax effect related to intra-entity transfers. The change in the valuation allowance during the year ended December 31, 2017 was primarily due to the effect of foreign currency translation on a valuation allowance related to a net operating loss carryforward.
11    Litigation
From time to time, the Company and its subsidiaries are involved in various litigation matters arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company believes it has meritorious arguments in its current litigation matters and believes any outcome, either individually or in the aggregate, will not be material to the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company incurred $11 million of litigation provisions and related costs, primarily related to the issuance of a verdict in a patent litigation case. In the first quarter of 2018, the Company resolved the case with a final settlement that resulted in a gain of $2 million. The accrued patent litigation expense is in other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2019 and 2018.
12    Leases
The Company adopted new accounting guidance regarding the accounting for leases as of January 1, 2019 using a modified retrospective transition approach that was applied to leases existing as of, or entered into after, January 1, 2019. The Company elected the package of transition provisions available for expired or existing contracts, which allowed the Company to carryforward historical assessments of (1) whether contracts are or contain leases, (2) lease classification and (3) initial direct costs. Upon adoption, the Company recorded a
right-of-use
lease asset and lease liabilities in the amount $
100
million as of January 1, 2019. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows and retained earnings.
The Company’s operating leases consist of property leases for sales, demonstration, laboratory, warehouse and office spaces, automotive leases for sales and service personnel and equipment leases, primarily used in our manufacturing and distribution operations. The lease policies described below were effective as of January 1, 2019. For leases with terms greater than 12 months, the Company recorded the related
right-of-use
asset and lease liability obligation at the present value of lease payments over the term of the leases. Some of the Company’s leases include rental escalation clauses, renewal options and/or termination options that are factored into our determination of lease payments. A certain number of these leases contain rent escalation clauses, either fixed or adjusted periodically for inflation of market rates, that are factored into the Company’s determination of 
77

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
lease payments. The Company also has variable lease payments that do not depend on a rate or index, primarily for items such as real estate taxes and other expenses, which are recorded as variable costs when incurred. Variable costs incurred were not material in 2019.
In addition, the Company’s lease agreements that contain lease and
non-lease
components are generally accounted for as a single lease component. The Company has elected not to apply the recognition requirements of the new accounting guidance to leases with terms less than 12 months. For these leases, the Company recognizes lease payments in net income on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Costs incurred related to leases with terms less than 12 months were not material in 2019. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company does not have leases that are classified as finance leases.
When available, the Company uses the rate implicit in the lease to discount lease payments to determine the present value of the lease liabilities; however, most of the leases do not provide a readily determinable implicit rate and, as required by the accounting guidance, the Company estimated its incremental secured borrowing rate to discount the lease payments based on information available at lease commencement (or, for the leases in existence on the adoption date, the January 1, 2019 information). The Company’s incremental borrowing rate reflects the estimated rate of interest that the Company would pay to borrow on a collateralized basis over a similar term to the lease payments in a similar economic environment.
As of December 31, 2019, the Company has lease agreements that expire at various dates through 2034, with a weighted-average remaining lease term of 5.3 years. Rental expense was $36 million for the year ended
December 31, 2019 under the new lease accounting standard and $28 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 under the previous lease accounting standard. As of December 31, 2019, the weighted-average discount rate used to determine the present value of lease liabilities was 3.80%. Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities in operating activities in the statement of cash flows was $36 million during the year ended December 31, 2019. The Company
recorded
$118 million
right-of-use
assets in exchange for new operating lease liabilities during the year ended December 31, 2019. The total
right-of-use
assets
recorded
during 2019 includes the $100 million
right-of-use
assets recorded upon adoption as of January 1, 2019.
The Company’s
right-of-use
lease assets and lease liabilities included in the consolidated balance sheets are classified as follows (in thousands):
       
 
Financial Statement Classification
 
December 31, 2019
 
Assets:
    
Property operating lease assets
 
Operating lease assets
 $
64,206
 
Automobile operating lease assets
 
Operating lease assets
  
27,197
 
Equipment operating lease assets
 
Operating lease assets
  
1,955
 
       
Total lease assets
  $
93,358
 
       
Liabilities:
    
Current operating lease liabilities
 
Current operating lease liabilities
 $
27,125
 
Long-term operating lease liabilities
 
Long-term operating lease liabilities
  
66,881
 
       
Total lease liabilities
  $
94,006
 
       
78

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Undiscounted future minimum rents payable as of December 31, 2019 under
non-cancelable
leases with initial terms exceeding one year reconcile to lease liabilities included in the consolidated balance sheet as follows (in thousands):
     
2020
 $
29,489
 
2021
  
21,774
 
2022
  
16,743
 
2023
  
9,175
 
2024
  
6,867
 
2025 and thereafter
  
19,311
 
     
Total future minimum lease payments
  
103,359
 
Less: amount of lease payments representing interest
  
(9,353
)
     
Present value of future minimum lease payments
  
94,006
 
Less: current operating lease liabilities
  
(27,125
)
     
Long-term operating lease liabilities
 $
66,881
 
     
Prior to the adoption of the new lease accounting standard, undiscounted future minimum rents payable as of December 31, 2018 under non-cancelable leases with initial terms exceeding one year were as follows (in thousands):
     
2019
 $
28,417
 
2020
  
23,424
 
2021
  
16,032
 
2022
  
11,816
 
2023 and thereafter
  
23,269
 
     
Total future minimum lease payments
 $
102,958
 
     
13    Other Commitments and Contingencies
The Company licenses certain technology and software from third parties.
Future minimum license fees payable under existing license agreements as of December 31, 2019 are immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2020 and thereafter.
The Company enters into licensing arrangements with third parties that require future milestone or royalty payments contingent upon future events. Upon the achievement of certain milestones in existing agreements, the Company could make additional future payments of up to $7 million, as well as royalties on future net sales.
The Company enters into standard indemnification agreements in its ordinary course of business. Pursuant to these agreements, the Company indemnifies, holds harmless and agrees to reimburse the indemnified party for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party, generally the Company’s business partners or customers, in connection with patent, copyright or other intellectual property infringement claims by any third party with respect to its current products, as well as claims relating to property damage or personal injury resulting from the performance of services by the Company or its subcontractors. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is unlimited. Historically, the Company’s costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims relating to such indemnity agreements have been minimal and management accordingly believes the estimated fair value of these agreements is immaterial.
79

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
14    Stock-Based Compensation
In May 2012, the Company’s shareholders approved the Company’s 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (“2012 Plan”). As of December 31, 2018,2019, the 2012 Plan has 2.42.1 million shares available for grant in the form of incentive or
non-qualified
stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance stock units or other types of awards. The Company issues new shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options, restricted stock unit conversion or performance stock unit conversion. Under the 2012 Plan, the exercise price for stock options may not be less than the fair market value of the underlying stock at the date of grant. The 2012 Plan is scheduled to terminate on May 9, 2022. Options generally will expire no later than ten years after the date on which they are granted and will become exercisable as directed by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors and generally vest in equal annual installments over a five-year period. A SAR may be granted alone or in conjunction with an option or other award. Shares of restricted stock, and restricted stock units and performance stock units may be issued under the 2012 Plan for such consideration as is determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. As of December 31, 2018,2019, the Company had stock options, restricted stock and restricted and performance stock unit awards outstanding.

In May 2009, the Company’s shareholders approved the 2009 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, under which eligible employees may contribute up to 15%15
% of their earnings toward the quarterly purchase of the Company’s common stock. The plan makes available 0.9
 million shares of the Company’s common stock, which includes the remaining shares available under the 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. As of December 31, 2018, 1.42019, 1.5
 million shares have been issued under both the 2009 and 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plans. Each plan period lasts

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

three months beginning on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 of each year.

The purchase price for each share of stock is the lesser of 90% of the market price on the first day of the plan period or 100% of the market price on the last day of the plan period.
Stock-based compensation expense related to this plan was $1
million for each of the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, and 2016, respectively.

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation costs in accordance with the accounting standards for stock-based compensation, which require that all share-based payments to employees be recognized in the statements of operations, based on their grant date fair values. The Company recognizes the expense using the straight-line attribution method. The stock-based compensation expense recognized in the consolidated statements of operations is based on awards that ultimately are expected to vest; therefore, the amount of expense has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. Forfeitures are estimated based on historical experience. If actual results differ significantly from these estimates, stock-based compensation expense and the Company’s results of operations could be materially impacted. In addition, if the Company employs different assumptions in the application of these standards, the compensation expense that the Company records in the future periods may differ significantly from what the Company has recorded in the current period.

The consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 2017 and 20162017 include the following stock-based compensation expense related to stock option awards, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance stock unit awards and the employee stock purchase plan (in thousands):

   2018   2017   2016 

Cost of sales

  $2,212   $3,032   $2,738 

Selling and administrative expenses

   30,443    33,335    34,451 

Research and development expenses

   4,886    3,069    3,809 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

  $37,541   $39,436   $40,998 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 
2019
  
2018
  
2017
 
Cost of sales
 $
2,271
  $
2,212
  $
3,032
 
Selling and administrative expenses
  
30,907
   
30,443
   
33,335
 
Research and development expenses
  
5,399
   
4,886
   
3,069
 
             
Total stock-based compensation
 $
38,577
  $
37,541
  $
39,436
 
             
During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 2017 and 2016,2017, the Company recognized less than $1 million, $1 million and $4 million and $7 million,of expense, respectively, of stockstock-based compensation expense related to the modification of certain stock awards upon the retirement of senior executives.

80

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Stock Options

In determining the fair value of the stock options, the Company makes a variety of assumptions and estimates, including volatility measures, expected yields and expected stock option lives. The fair value of each option grant was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Company uses implied volatility on its publicly-traded options as the basis for its estimate of expected volatility. The Company believes that implied volatility is the most appropriate indicator of expected volatility because it is generally reflective of historical volatility and expectations of how future volatility will differ from historical volatility. The expected life assumption for grants is based on historical experience for the population of
non-qualified
stock option exercises. The risk-free interest rate is the yield currently available on U.S. Treasury
zero-coupon
issues with a remaining term approximating the expected term used as the input to the Black-Scholes model. The relevant data used to determine the value of the stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 2017 and 20162017 are as follows:

Options Issued and Significant Assumptions Used to Estimate Option Fair Values

  2018  2017  2016 

Options issued in thousands

   321   389   324 

Risk-free interest rate

   2.7  2.2  1.9

Expected life in years

   6   6   6 

Expected volatility

   25.3  22.7  24.7

Expected dividends

   —     —     —   

Options Issued and Significant Assumptions Used to Estimate Option Fair Values
 
2019
  
2018
  
2017
 
Options issued in thousands
  
146
   
321
   
389
 
Risk-free interest rate
  
2.5
%  
2.7
%  
2.2
%
Expected life in years
  
5
   
6
   
6
 
Expected volatility
  
24.5
%  
25.3
%  
22.7
%
Expected dividends
  
—  
   
—  
   
—  
 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Weighted-Average Exercise Price and Fair Value of Options on the Date of Grant

  2018   2017   2016 

Exercise price

  $196.78   $170.24   $135.02 

Fair value

  $59.89   $45.73   $37.44 

Weighted-Average Exercise Price and Fair Value of Options on the Date of Grant
 
2019
  
2018
  
2017
 
Exercise price
 $
230.37
  $
196.78
  $
170.24
 
Fair value
 $
61.75
  $
59.89
  $
45.73
 
The following table summarizes stock option activity for the plans for the year ended December 31, 20182019 (in thousands, except per share data):

   Number of Shares  Exercise Price per Share   Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
per Share
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2017

   2,039  $38.09    to   $194.26   $124.41 

Granted

   321  $188.26    to   $208.47   $196.78 

Exercised

   (433 $38.09    to   $154.33   $102.92 

Canceled

   (137 $98.21    to   $154.33   $125.93 
  

 

 

        

Outstanding at December 31, 2018

   1,790  $38.09    to   $208.47   $142.47 
  

 

 

        

 
Number of Shares
  
Exercise Price per Share
  
Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price 
per Share
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2018
  
1,790
  $
38.09
   
to
  $
208.47
  $
142.47
 
Granted
  
146
  $
183.41
   
to
  $
238.52
  $
230.37
 
Exercised
  
(406
) $
38.09
   
to
  $
208.47
  $
113.06
 
Canceled
  
(75
) $
113.36
   
to
  $
238.52
  $
159.67
 
                     
Outstanding at December 31, 2019
  
1,455
  $
61.63
   
to
  $
238.52
  $
158.61
 
                     
The following table details the options outstanding at December 31, 20182019 by range of exercise prices (in thousands, except per share data):

Exercise

Price Range

  Number of Shares
Outstanding
   Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
   Remaining
Contractual Life  of

Options Outstanding
   Number of Shares
Exercisable
   Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
 

$38.09 to $123.55

   575   $103.24    5.1    450   $99.53 

$123.56 to $141.74

   597   $133.21    7.4    290   $132.29 

$141.75 to $208.47

   618   $187.92    9.0    54   $182.46 
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

Total

   1,790   $142.47    7.2    794   $117.08 
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

Exercise 
Price Range
 
Number of Shares
Outstanding
  
Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
  
Remaining
Contractual Life of 
Options Outstanding
  
Number of Shares
Exercisable
  
Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
 
$61.63 to $128.93
  
529
  $
117.10
   
5.1
   
430
  $
114.85
 
$128.94 to $192.62
  
520
  $
160.06
   
7.7
   
208
  $
149.37
 
$192.63 to $238.52
  
406
  $
210.84
   
8.2
   
91
  $
196.83
 
                     
Total
  
1,455
  $
158.61
   
6.9
   
729
  $
134.94
 
                     
During 2019, 2018 2017 and 2016,2017, the total intrinsic value of the stock options exercised (i.e., the difference between the market price at exercise and the price paid by the employee to exercise the options) was $44$45 million, $76
81

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
$44 million
and $53
$76 million, respectively. The total cash received from the exercise of these stock options
was $45$46 million, $91
$45 million
and $56
$91 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, and 2016, respectively.

The aggregate intrinsic value of the outstanding stock options at December 31, 20182019 was $86$110 million. Options exercisable at December 31, 2019, 2018 2017 and 2016 2017
were 0.7 million
,
0.8 million
and
0.9 million and 1.3 million, respectively. The weighted-average exercise prices of options exercisable at December 31, 2019, 2018 2017 and 2016 2017
were $117.08, $103.63 $134.94,
$117.08 
and $92.26,
$103.63, respectively. The weighted-average remaining contractual life of the exercisable outstanding stock options at December 31, 20182019 was 5.86 years.

The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercisable as of December 31, 2019 was $72 million.
At December 31, 2018,2019, the Company had 1.81.4 million stock options that are vested and expected to vest. The intrinsic value, weighted-average exercise price and remaining contractual life of the vested and expected to vest stock options were $86$109 million, $142.18$158.33 and 7.16.9 years, respectively, at December 31, 2018.

2019.

As of December 31, 2018,2019, there were $41$32 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested stock option awards that are expected to vest. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.53.2 years.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Restricted Stock

During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 2017 and 2016,2017, the Company granted five
5
thousand
,
5 thousand eight thousand and ten
8
thousand shares of restricted stock, respectively. The weighted-average fair value per share on the grant date of the restricted stock granted in 2019, 2018 and 2017 and 2016 was $183.41,
$194.73 $130.35 and $113.88,
$130.35, respectively. The Company has recorded $1 million of compensation expense in each of the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 2017 and 20162017 related to the restricted stock grants. As of December 31, 2018,2019, the Company had five
5
thousand unvested shares of restricted stock outstanding, which have been fully expensed.

Restricted Stock Units

The following table summarizes the unvested restricted stock unit award activity for the year ended December 31, 20182019 (in thousands, except per share data):

   Shares  Weighted-Average
Fair Value per
Share
 

Unvested at December 31, 2017

   374  $124.81 

Granted

   91  $207.85 

Vested

   (139 $115.75 

Forfeited

   (22 $131.72 
  

 

 

  

Unvested at December 31, 2018

   304  $153.31 
  

 

 

  

 
Shares
  
Weighted-Average

Grant
Dat
e
 
Fair 
Value per
 
Share
 
Unvested at December 31, 2018
  
304
  $
153.31
 
Granted
  
86
  $
235.31
 
Vested
  
(104
) $
139.07
 
Forfeited
  
(26
) $
167.60
 
         
Unvested at December 31, 2019
  
260
  $
184.70
 
         
Restricted stock units are generally granted annually in February and vest in equal annual installments over a five-year period. The amount of compensation costs recognized for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 2017 and 20162017 on the restricted stock units expected to vest were $16$14 million, $17$16 million and $17 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2018,2019, there were $32$33 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to the restricted stock unit awards that are expected to vest. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.23.3 years.

Performance Stock Units

The Company’s performance stock units are equity compensation awards with a market vesting condition based on the Company’s Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) relative to the TSR of the components of the S&P Health
82

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Care Index. TSR is the change in value of a stock price over time, including the reinvestment of dividends.
The vesting schedule ranges from 0% to 200% of the target shares awarded.

In determining the fair value of the performance stock units, the Company makes a variety of assumptions and estimates, including volatility measures, expected yields and expected terms. The fair value of each performance stock unit grant was estimated on the date of grant using the Monte Carlo simulation model. The Company uses implied volatility on its publicly-traded options as the basis for its estimate of expected volatility. The Company believes that implied volatility is the most appropriate indicator of expected volatility because it is
generally reflective of historical volatility and expectations of how future volatility will differ from historical volatility. The expected life assumption for grants is based on the performance period of the underlying performance stock units. The risk-free interest rate is the yield currently available on U.S. Treasuryzero-coupon issues with a remaining term approximating the expected term used as the input to the Monte Carlo simulation model. The correlation coefficient is used to model the way in which each company in the S&P Health Care Index tends to move in relation to each

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

other during the performance period. The relevant data used to determine the value of the performance stock units granted during the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 2017 and 20162017 are as follows:

Performance Stock Units Issued and Significant Assumptions Used to Estimate Fair Values

  2018  2017  2016 

Performance stock units issued in thousands

   40   40   27 

Risk-free interest rate

   2.4  1.6  1.4

Expected life in years

   3.0   3.0   3.0 

Expected volatility

   22.0  20.9  23.3

Average volatility of peer companies

   25.9  25.6  26.1

Correlation Coefficient

   35.9  37.8  38.6

Expected dividends

   —     —     —   

Performance Stock Units Issued and Significant Assumptions Used to Estimate Fair Values
 
2019
  
2018
  
2017
 
Performance stock units issued in thousands
  
13
   
40
   
40
 
Risk-free interest rate
  
2.4
%  
2.4
%  
1.6
%
Expected life in years
  
2.8
   
3.0
   
3.0
 
Expected volatility
  
23.5
%  
22.0
%  
20.9
%
Average volatility of peer companies
  
26.2
%  
25.9
%  
25.6
%
Correlation Coefficient
  
34.2
%  
35.9
%  
37.8
%
Expected dividends
  
—  
   
—  
   
—  
 
The following table summarizes the unvested performance stock unit award activity for the year ended December 31, 20182019 (in thousands, except per share data):

   Shares  Weighted-Average
Fair Value per
Share
 

Unvested at December 31, 2017

   64  $196.29 

Granted

   40  $235.63 

Forfeited

   (4 $188.45 
  

 

 

  

Unvested at December 31, 2018

   100  $212.34 
  

 

 

  

 
Shares
  
Weighted-Average

Fair Value per
Share
 
Unvested at December 31, 2018
  
100
  $
212.34
 
Granted
  
13
  $
372.68
 
Forfeited
  
(8
) $
200.26
 
         
Unvested at December 31, 2019
  
105
  $
233.11
 
         
The amount of compensation costs recognized for the years ended December 31, 2019
, 2018
and 2017 on the performance stock units expected to vest were $
7
million
, $5 million
and
less than $1 
$
1
million, respectively.respectively
. As of DecemberDecem
b
er 31, 2018,2019, there were $14 $
10
million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to the restricted stock unit awards that are expected to vest. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.3
1.9
 years.

14

83

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
15    Earnings Per Share

Basic and diluted EPS calculations are detailed as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

   Year Ended December 31, 2018 
   Net Income   

Weighted-Average

Shares

   

Per

Share

 
   (Numerator)   (Denominator)   Amount 

Net income per basic common share

  $593,794    76,992   $7.71 

Effect of dilutive stock option, restricted stock, performance stock unit and restricted stock unit securities

   —      626    (0.06
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per diluted common share

  $593,794    77,618   $7.65 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

   Year Ended December 31, 2017 
   Net Income   

Weighted-Average

Shares

   

Per

Share

 
   (Numerator)   (Denominator)   Amount 

Net income per basic common share

  $20,311    79,793   $0.25 

Effect of dilutive stock option, restricted stock, performance stock unit and restricted stock unit securities

   —      811    —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per diluted common share

  $20,311    80,604   $0.25 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 
Year Ended December 31, 2019
 
 
Net Income
  
Weighted-Average
 
Shares
  
Per 
Share
 
 
(Numerator)
  
(Denominator)
  
Amount
 
Net income per basic common share
 $
592,198
   
67,627
  $
8.76
 
Effect of dilutive stock option, restricted stock, performance stock unit and restricted stock unit securities
  
—  
   
539
   
(0.07
)
             
Net income per diluted common share
 $
592,198
   
68,166
  $
8.69
 
             

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

   Year Ended December 31, 2016 
   Net Income   

Weighted-Average

Shares

   

Per

Share

 
   (Numerator)   (Denominator)   Amount 

Net income per basic common share

  $521,503    80,786   $6.46 

Effect of dilutive stock option, restricted stock, performance stock unit and restricted stock unit securities

   —      631    (0.05
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per diluted common share

  $521,503    81,417   $6.41 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 
Year Ended December 31, 2018
 
 
Net Income
  
Weighted-Average
 
Shares
  
Per 
Share
 
 
(Numerator)
  
(Denominator)
  
Amount
 
Net income per basic common share
 $
593,794
   
76,992
  $
7.71
 
Effect of dilutive stock option, restricted stock, performance stock unit and restricted stock unit securities
  
—  
   
626
   
(0.06
)
             
Net income per diluted common share
 $
593,794
   
77,618
  $
7.65
 
             
 
Year Ended December 31, 2017
 
 
Net Income
  
Weighted-Average
 
Shares
  
Per 
Share
 
 
(Numerator)
  
(Denominator)
  
Amount
 
Net income per basic common share
 $
20,311
   
79,793
  $
0.25
 
Effect of dilutive stock option, restricted stock, performance stock unit and restricted stock unit securities
  
—  
   
811
   
—  
 
             
Net income per diluted common share
 $
20,311
   
80,604
  $
0.25
 
             
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 2017 and 2016,2017, the Company had 0.1 million, 0.40.1 million and 0.90.4 million stock options that were antidilutive, respectively, due to having higher exercise prices than the Company’s average stock price during the period. These securities were not included in the computation of diluted EPS. The effect of dilutive securities was calculated using the treasury stock method.

15

16    Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are detailed as follows (in thousands):

   Currency
Translation
  Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Retirement Plans
  Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 

Balance at December 31, 2017

  $(69,418 $(37,103 $(3,546 $(110,067

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

   (36,279  27,234   1,141   (7,904
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

  $(105,697 $(9,869 $(2,405 $(117,971
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

16

 
Currency
Translation
  
Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Retirement Plans
  
Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments
  
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 
Balance at December 31, 2017
 
$
(69,418) 
$
(37,103) 
$
(3,546) 
$
(110,067)
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax
  (36,279)  27,234   1,141   (7,904)
Balance at December 31, 2018
 $
(105,697
) $
(9,869
 $
(2,405
) $
(117,971
)
Other comprehensive income
 (loss),
 net of tax
  
1,631
   
(5,536
)  
2,405
   
(1,500
                 
Balance at December 31, 2019
 $
(104,066
) $
(15,405
 $
  $
(119,471
)
                 
84

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
17    Retirement Plans

U.S. employees are eligible to participate in the Waters Employee Investment Plan, a 401(k) defined contribution plan, immediately upon hire. Employees may contribute up to 60% of eligible pay on a
pre-tax
or
post-tax
basis and the Company makes matching contributions of 100% for contributions up to 6% of eligible pay. The Company also sponsors a 401(k) Restoration Plan, which is a nonqualified defined contribution plan. Employees are 100% vested in employee and Company matching contributions for both plans. For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 2017 and 2016,2017, the Company’s matching contributions amounted to $17 million, $17 million and $16 million, and $15 million, respectively.

The Company adopted new accounting guidance which requires that an employer disaggregate the service cost component from other components of net benefit cost. As a result of the adoption of this standard, the components of net periodic benefit cost other than the service cost component are included in other income in the consolidated statements of operations and all previous periods have been adjusted accordingly.

In May 2018, the Company’s board of directors approved the termination of two defined benefit pension plans in the U.S. for which the pay credit accruals have been frozen, the Waters Retirement Plan and the Waters Retirement Restoration Plan (collectively, the “U.S. Pension Plans”). In December 2018, the Company settled the Waters Retirement Plan obligation by making
lump-sum
cash payments and purchasing annuity contracts for participants to permanently extinguish the pension plan’s obligations. As a result, the Company recorded a $46 million charge to other expense, which consisted of a $6 million cash contribution to the plan and a $40 million
non-cash
charge related to the reversal of unrecognized actuarial losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income in the stockholders’ equity. The $46 million
pre-tax
charge reduced net income per diluted share by $0.39. The termination of the Waters Retirement Restoration Plan is expected to be
was
 completed in 2019.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The Company also sponsors other employee benefit plans in the U.S., including a retiree healthcare plan, which provides reimbursement for medical expenses and is contributory. There are various employee benefit plans outside the United States (both defined benefit and defined contribution plans). Certain

non-U.S.
defined benefit plans
(“Non-U.S.
Pension Plans”) are included in the disclosures below, which are required under the accounting standards for retirement benefits.

The Company contributed $13$15 million, $12$13 million and $12 million in the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 2017 and 2016,2017, respectively, to the
non-U.S.
plans (primarily defined contribution plans) which are currently outside of the scope of the required disclosures. The eligibility and vesting of
non-U.S.
 plans
are consistent with local laws and regulations.

The net periodic pension cost is made up of several components that reflect different aspects of the Company’s financial arrangements as well as the cost of benefits earned by employees. These components are determined using the projected unit credit actuarial cost method and are based on certain actuarial assumptions. The Company’s accounting policy is to reflect in the projected benefit obligation all benefit changes to which the Company is committed as of the current valuation date; use a market-related value of assets to determine pension expense; amortize increases in prior service costs on a straight-line basis over the expected future service of active participants as of the date such costs are first recognized; and amortize cumulative actuarial gains and losses in excess of 10% of the larger of the market-related value of plan assets and the projected benefit obligation over the expected future service of active participants.

Net actuarial (gains) losses that arose during the year were due to changes in the discount rate as well as differences between expected and actual return on plan assets.
Summary data for the U.S. Pension Plans, U.S. Retiree Healthcare Plan and
Non-U.S.
 Pension
Plans are presented in the following tables, using the measurement dates of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and 2017, respectively.

85

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
The reconciliation of the projected benefit obligations for the plans at December 31, 20182019 and 20172018 is as follows (in thousands):

  2018  2017 
  U.S.
Pension
Plans
  U.S.
Retiree
Healthcare
Plan
  Non-U.S.
Pension
Plans
  U.S.
Pension
Plans
  U.S.
Retiree
Healthcare
Plan
  Non-U.S.
Pension
Plans
 

Projected benefit obligation, January 1

 $168,064  $17,121  $96,378  $159,416  $14,921  $85,311 

Service cost

  568   566   5,368   450   546   5,082 

Employee contributions

  —     1,159   622   —     1,041   605 

Interest cost

  6,491   636   1,707   6,829   618   1,518 

Actuarial losses (gains)

  6,415   (621  (2,274  8,658   942   (2,590

Benefits paid

  (3,416  (1,007  (3,277  (5,058  (947  (2,078

Plan amendments

  —     (130  (44  —     —     636 

Plan settlements

  (177,150  —     (2,791  (2,231  —     (1,229

Other plans

  —     —     1,063   —     —     196 

Currency impact

  —     —     (3,030  —     —     8,927 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Projected benefit obligation, December 31

 $972  $17,724  $93,722  $168,064  $17,121  $96,378 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

                         
 
2019
  
2018
 
 
U.S.
Pension
Plans
  
U.S. 
Retiree
Healthcare
Plan
  
Non-U.S.

Pension
Plans
  
U.S.
Pension
Plans
  
U.S. 
Retiree
Healthcare
Plan
  
Non-U.S.

Pension
Plans
 
Projected benefit obligation, January 1
 $
972
  $
17,724
  $
93,722
  $
168,064
  $
17,121
  $
96,378
 
Service cost
  
   
499
   
4,339
   
568
   
566
   
5,368
 
Employee contributions
  
—  
   
1,214
   
499
   
—  
   
1,159
   
622
 
Interest cost
  
29
   
777
   
1,735
   
6,491
   
636
   
1,707
 
Actuarial (gains) losses
  
(32
  
2,081
   
13,385
   
6,415
   
(621
  
(2,274
)
Benefits paid
  
   
(1,109
)  
(3,281
)  
(3,416
)  
(1,007
)  
(3,277
)
Plan amendments
  
—  
   
   
   
—  
   
(130
)  
(44
Plan settlements
  
(969
)  
—  
   
(7,407
)  
(177,150
)  
—  
   
(2,791
)
Other plans
  
—  
   
—  
   
1,598
   
—  
   
—  
   
1,063
 
Currency impact
  
—  
   
—  
   
(1,224
)  
—  
   
—  
   
(3,030
                         
Projected benefit obligation, December 31
 $
  $
21,186
  $
103,366
  $
972
  $
17,724
  $
93,722
 
                         

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The accumulated benefit obligations for the plans at December 31, 20182019 and 20172018 are as follows (in thousands):

   2018   2017 
   U.S.
Pension
Plans
   U.S.
Retiree
Healthcare
Plan
  Non-U.S.
Pension
Plans
   U.S.
Pension
Plans
   U.S.
Retiree
Healthcare
Plan
  Non-U.S.
Pension
Plans
 

Accumulated benefit obligation

  $972    * $82,026   $168,064    * $82,615 

** Not applicable.

 
2019
  
2018
 
 
U.S.
Pension
Plans
  
U.S. 
Retiree
Healthcare
Plan
  
Non-U.S.

Pension
Plans
  
U.S.
Pension
Plans
  
U.S. 
Retiree
Healthcare
Plan
  
Non-U.S.

Pension
Plans
 
Accumulated benefit obligation
 $
   ** $
88,105
  $
972
   ** $
82,026
 
**
Not applicable.
The reconciliation of the fair value of the plan assets at December 31, 20182019 and 20172018 is as follows (in thousands):

   2018  2017 
   U.S.
Pension
Plans
  U.S.
Retiree
Healthcare
Plan
  Non-U.S.
Pension
Plans
  U.S.
Pension
Plans
  U.S.
Retiree
Healthcare
Plan
  Non-U.S.
Pension
Plans
 

Fair value of plan assets, January 1

  $171,373  $11,125  $74,990  $144,665  $9,142  $65,548 

Actual return on plan assets

   2,555   (584  1,070   27,729   1,542   390 

Company contributions

   6,625   387   10,778   6,162   347   4,733 

Employee contributions

   —     1,159   622   —     1,041   605 

Plan settlements

   (177,137  —     —     (2,125  —     (915

Benefits paid

   (3,416  (1,007  (3,277  (5,058  (947  (2,078

Other plans

   —     —     —     —     —     (213

Currency impact

   —     —     (2,596  —     —     6,920 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets, December 31

  $—    $11,080  $81,587  $171,373  $11,125  $74,990 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 
2019
  
2018
 
 
U.S.
Pension
Plans
  
U.S. 
Retiree
Healthcare
Plan
  
Non-U.S.

Pension
Plans
  
U.S.
Pension
Plans
  
U.S. 
Retiree
Healthcare
Plan
  
Non-U.S.

Pension
Plans
 
Fair value of plan assets, January 1
 $
  $
11,080
  $
81,587
  $
171,373
  $
11,125
  $
74,990
 
Actual return on plan assets
  
   
2,140
   
6,237
   
2,555
   
(584
  
1,070
 
Company contributions
  
969
   
448
   
6,103
   
6,625
   
387
   
10,778
 
Employee contributions
  
—  
   
1,214
   
499
   
—  
   
1,159
   
622
 
Plan settlements
  
(969
)  
—  
   
(7,044
)  
(177,137
)  
—  
   
 
Benefits paid
  
   
(1,109
)  
(3,281
)  
(3,416
)  
(1,007
)  
(3,277
)
Other plans
  
—  
   
—  
   
82
   
—  
   
—  
   
 
Currency impact
  
—  
   
—  
   
(1,172
)  
—  
   
—  
   
(2,596
                         
Fair value of plan assets, December 31
 $
—  
  $
13,773
  $
83,011
  $
  $
11,080
  $
81,587
 
                         
8
6

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
The summary of the funded status for the plans at December 31, 20182019 and 20172018 is as follows (in thousands):

   2018  2017 
   U.S.
Pension
Plans
  U.S.
Retiree
Healthcare
Plan
  Non-U.S.
Pension
Plans
  U.S.
Pension
Plans
  U.S.
Retiree
Healthcare
Plan
  Non-U.S.
Pension
Plans
 

Projected benefit obligation

  $(972 $(17,724 $(93,722 $(168,064 $(17,121 $(96,378

Fair value of plan assets

   —     11,080   81,587   171,373   11,125   74,990 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Funded status

  $(972 $(6,644 $(12,135 $3,309  $(5,996 $(21,388
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 
2019
  
2018
 
 
U.S.
Pension
Plans
  
U.S. 
Retiree
Healthcare
Plan
  
Non-U.S.

Pension
Plans
  
U.S.
Pension
Plans
  
U.S. 
Retiree
Healthcare
Plan
  
Non-U.S.

Pension
Plans
 
Projected benefit obligation
 $
  $
(21,186
) $
(103,366
) $
(972
) $
(17,724
) $
(93,722
)
Fair value of plan assets
  
—  
   
13,773
   
83,011
   
   
11,080
   
81,587
 
                         
Funded status
 $
  $
(7,413
) $
(20,355
) $
(972
 $
(6,644
) $
(12,135
)
                         
The summary of the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets for the plans at December 31, 20182019 and 20172018 is as follows (in thousands):

   2018  2017 
   U.S.
Pension
Plans
  U.S.
Retiree
Healthcare
Plan
  Non-U.S.
Pension
Plans
  U.S.
Pension
Plans
  U.S.
Retiree
Healthcare
Plan
  Non-U.S.
Pension
Plans
 

Long-term assets

  $—    $—    $3,284  $4,562  $—    $1,245 

Current liabilities

   (972  (387  (1  (76  (347  —   

Long-term liabilities

   —     (6,257  (15,418  (1,177  (5,649  (22,633
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net amount recognized at December 31

  $(972 $(6,644 $(12,135 $3,309  $(5,996 $(21,388
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 
2019
  
2018
 
 
U.S.
Pension
Plans
  
U.S. 
Retiree
Healthcare
Plan
  
Non-U.S.

Pension
Plans
  
U.S.
Pension
Plans
  
U.S. 
Retiree
Healthcare
Plan
  
Non-U.S.

Pension
Plans
 
Long-term assets
 $
—  
  $
—  
  $
1,466
  $
  $
—  
  $
3,284
 
Current liabilities
  
   
(448
)  
(4
)  
(972
)  
(387
)  
(1
)
Long-term liabilities
  
—  
   
(6,965
)  
(21,817
)  
   
(6,257
)  
(15,418
)
                         
Net amount recognized at December 31
 $
  $
(7,413
) $
(20,355
) $
(972
 $
(6,644
) $
(12,135
)
                         

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the
Non-U.S.
Pension Plans, all of the plans where the projected benefit obligation is in excess of plan assets also have an accumulated benefit obligation that is in excess of plan assets.assets, with the exception of a defined benefit plan in Belgium which has a projected benefit obligation of $11 million, an accumulated benefit obligation of $6 million, and plan assets of $10 million at December 31, 2019. The summary of the
Non-U.S.
Pension Plans that have projected benefit obligations and accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets at December 31, 20182019 and 20172018 is as follows (in thousands):

   2018   2017 

Projected benefit obligation

  $60,359   $81,498 

Accumulated benefit obligations

  $56,029   $71,967 

Fair value of plan assets

  $44,940   $58,865 

 
2019
  
2018
 
Projected benefit obligation
 $
81,566
  $
60,359
 
Accumulated benefit obligations
 $
73,644
  $
56,029
 
Fair value of plan assets
 $
60,832
  $
44,940
 
The summary of the components of net periodic pension costs for the plans for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 2017 and 20162017 is as follows (in thousands):

  2018  2017  2016 
  U.S.
Pension

Plans
  U.S.
Retiree
Healthcare

Plan
  Non-U.S.
Pension

Plans
  U.S.
Pension

Plans
  U.S.
Retiree
Healthcare

Plan
  Non-U.S.
Pension

Plans
  U.S.
Pension

Plans
  U.S.
Retiree
Healthcare

Plan
  Non-U.S.
Pension

Plans
 

Service cost

 $568  $566  $5,368  $450  $546  $5,082  $377  $473  $4,954 

Interest cost

  6,491   636   1,707   6,829   618   1,518   6,931   557   1,699 

Expected return on plan assets

  (6,833  (706  (1,974  (10,298  (587  (1,688  (9,635  (519  (1,596

Settlement loss

  45,157   —     —     155   —     232   —     —     —   

Net amortization:

         

Prior service credit

  —     (19  (108  —     —     (168  —     —     (192

Net actuarial loss

  3,082   —     680   2,770   —     959   2,702   —     753 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net periodic pension cost (benefit)

 $48,465  $477  $5,673  $(94 $577  $5,935  $375  $511  $5,618 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 
2019
  
2018
  
2017
 
 
U.S.
Pension
Plans
  
U.S. 
Retiree
Healthcare
Plan
  
Non-U.S.

Pension
Plans
  
U.S.
Pension
Plans
  
U.S. 
Retiree
Healthcare
Plan
  
Non-U.S.

Pension
Plans
  
U.S.
Pension
Plans
  
U.S. 
Retiree
Healthcare
Plan
  
Non-U.S.

Pension
Plans
 
Service cost
 $
  $
499
  $
4,339
  $
568
  $
566
  $
5,368
  $
450
  $
546
  $
5,082
 
Interest cost
  
29
   
777
   
1,735
   
6,491
   
636
   
1,707
   
6,829
   
618
   
1,518
 
Expected return on plan assets
  
   
(706
)  
(2,154
)  
(6,833
)  
(706
)  
(1,974
)  
(10,298
)  
(587
)  
(1,688
)
Settlement loss
  
27
   
—  
   
1,548
   
45,157
   
—  
   
   
155
   
—  
   
232
 
Net amortization:
                           
Prior service credit
  
—  
   
(19
)  
(108
)  
—  
   
(19
)  
(108
)  
—  
   
—  
   
(168
)
Net actuarial loss
  
   
—  
   
531
   
3,082
   
—  
   
680
   
2,770
   
—  
   
959
 
                                     
Net periodic pension cost (benefit)
 $
56
  $
551
  $
5,891
  $
48,465
  $
477
  $
5,673
  $
(94
) $
577
  $
5,935
 
                                     
8
7

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
The summary of the changes in amounts recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) for the plans for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 is as follows (in thousands):

  2018  2017  2016 
  U.S.
Pension
Plans
  U.S.
Retiree
Healthcare
Plan
  Non-U.S.
Pension
Plans
  U.S.
Pension
Plans
  U.S.
Retiree
Healthcare
Plan
  Non-U.S.
Pension
Plans
  U.S.
Pension
Plans
  U.S.
Retiree
Healthcare
Plan
  Non-U.S.
Pension
Plans
 

Prior service credit
(cost)

 $—    $130  $44  $—    $—    $(636 $—    $—    $—   

Net (loss) gain arising during the year

  (10,616  (670  4,088   8,879   13   1,609   (3,352  (594  (3,361

Amortization:

         

Prior service credit

  —     (19  (35  —     —     (168  —     —     (192

Net loss

  48,239   —     680   2,925   —     1,191   2,702   —     753 

Other Plans

  —     —     (354  —     —     —     —     —     (360

Currency impact

  —     —     583   —     —     (2,033  —     —     884 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total recognized in other comprehensive (loss) income

 $37,623  $(559 $5,006  $11,804  $13  $(37 $(650 $(594 $(2,276
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The summary of the amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive loss in stockholders’ equity for the plans at December 31,2019, 2018 and 2017 is as follows (in thousands):

   2018  2017 
   U.S.
Pension
Plans
  U.S.
Retiree
Healthcare
Plan
  Non-U.S.
Pension
Plans
  U.S.
Pension
Plans
  U.S.
Retiree
Healthcare
Plan
   Non-U.S.
Pension
Plans
 

Net actuarial (loss) gain

  $(59 $(83 $(13,987 $(37,682 $588   $(18,857

Prior service credit

   —     112   666   —     —      530 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $(59 $29  $(13,321 $(37,682 $588   $(18,327
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 
2019
  
2018
  
2017
 
 
U.S.
Pension
Plans
  
U.S. 
Retiree
Healthcare
Plan
  
Non-U.S.

Pension
Plans
  
U.S.
Pension
Plans
  
U.S. 
Retiree
Healthcare
Plan
  
Non-U.S.

Pension
Plans
  
U.S.
Pension
Plans
  
U.S. 
Retiree
Healthcare
Plan
  
Non-U.S.

Pension
Plans
 
Prior service (cost) credit
 $
—  
  $
  $
  $
—  
  $
130
  $
44
  $
—  
  $
—  
  $
(636
)
Net gain (loss) arising during the year
  
32
   
(648
)  
(8,940
)  
(10,616
  
(670
)  
4,088
   
8,879
   
13
   
1,609
 
Amortization:
                           
Prior service credit
  
—  
   
(19
)  
(108
)  
—  
   
(19
)  
(35
)  
—  
   
—  
   
(168
)
Net loss
  
27
   
—  
   
2,079
   
48,239
   
—  
   
680
   
2,925
   
—  
   
1,191
 
Other Plans
  
—  
   
—  
   
18
   
—  
   
—  
   
(354
)  
—  
   
—  
   
 
Currency impact
  
—  
   
—  
   
178
   
—  
   
—  
   
583
   
—  
   
—  
   
(2,033
)
                                     
Total recognized in other comprehensive (loss) income
 $
59
  $
(667
) $
(6,773
 $
37,623
  $
(559
 $
5,006
  $
11,804
  $
13
  $
(37
)
                                     
The summary of the amounts included in
accumulated
other comprehensive loss in stockholders’ (deficit) equity for the plans at December 31, 2019 and 2018 is as
follows (in thousands):
 
2019
  
2018
 
 
U.S.
Pension
Plans
  
U.S. 
Retiree
Healthcare
Plan
  
Non-U.S.

Pension
Plans
  
U.S.
Pension
Plans
  
U.S. 
Retiree
Healthcare
Plan
  
Non-U.S.

Pension
Plans
 
Net actuarial loss
 $
  $
(731
) $
(20,600
) $
(59
) $
(83
) $
(13,987
)
Prior service credit
  
—  
   
93
   
506
   
—  
   
112
   
666
 
                         
Total
 $
  $
(638
) $
(20,094
) $
(59
) $
29
  $
(13,321
)
                         
The summary of the amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive loss expected to be included in next year’s net periodic benefit cost for the plans at December 31, 20182019 is as follows (in thousands):

   2018 
   U.S.
Pension
Plans
   U.S.
Retiree
Healthcare
Plan
   Non-U.S.
Pension
Plans
 

Net actuarial loss

  $—     $—     $(537

Prior service credit

   —      19    147 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $—     $19   $(390
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 
2019
 
 
U.S.
Pension
Plans
  
U.S. 
Retiree
Healthcare
Plan
  
Non-U.S.

Pension
Plans
 
Net actuarial loss
 $
—  
  $
—  
  $
(1,541
)
Prior service credit
  
—  
   
19
   
158
 
             
Total
 $
—  
  $
19
  $
(1,383
)
             
8
8

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
The plans’ investment asset mix is as follows at December 31, 20182019 and 2017:

   2018  2017 
   U.S.
Retiree
  Non-U.S.  U.S.  U.S.
Retiree
  Non-U.S. 
   Healthcare  Pension  Pension  Healthcare  Pension 
   Plan  Plans  Plans  Plan  Plans 

Equity securities

   61  7  77  65  7

Debt securities

   39  18  23  35  16

Cash and cash equivalents

   0  5  0  0  8

Insurance contracts and other

   0  70  0  0  69
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   100  100  100  100  100
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2018:

 
2019
  
2018
 
 
U.S. 
Retiree
Healthcare
Plan
  
Non-U.S.

Pension
Plans
  
U.S. 
Retiree
Healthcare
Plan
  
Non-U.S.

Pension
Plans
 
Equity securities
  
64
%  
6
%  
61
%  
7
%
Debt securities
  
36
%  
21
%  
39
%  
18
%
Cash and cash equivalents
  
0
%  
1
%  
0
%  
5
%
Insurance contracts and other
  
0
%  
72
%  
0
%  
70
%
                 
Total
  
100
%  
100
%  
100
%  
100
%
                 
The plans’ investment policies include the following asset allocation guidelines:

   U.S. Retiree Healthcare Plan   Non-U.S.
Pension Plans
Policy Target
 
   Policy Target  Range 

Equity securities

   65  40% -  90%    5

Debt securities

   35  10% -  60%    20

Cash and cash equivalents

   0  0% -  20%    10

Insurance contracts and other

   0  0% -  20%    65

 
U.S. Retiree Healthcare Plan
  
Non-U.S.

Pension Plans
Policy Target
 
 
Policy Target
  
Range
 
Equity securities
  
60
%  
30%
 -
 
 90%
   
5
%
Debt securities
  
35
%  
20% -
 
50%
   
20
%
Cash and cash equivalents
  
0
%  
0% -
 
10%
   
10
%
Insurance contracts and other
  
5
%  
0% -
 
10%
   
65
%
The asset allocation policy for the U.S. Retiree Healthcare Plan was developed in consideration of the following long-term investment objectives: achieving a return on assets consistent with the investment policy, achieving portfolio returns which compare favorably with those of other similar plans, professionally managed

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

portfolios and of appropriate market indexes and maintaining sufficient liquidity to meet the obligations of the plan. Within the equity portfolio of the U.S. Retiree Healthcare Plan,

investments are diversified among market capitalization and investment strategy, and targets a 20%45% allocation of the equity portfolio to be invested in financial markets outside of the United States.
The Company does not invest in its own stock within the U.S. Retiree Healthcare Plan’s assets.

Plan assets are measured at fair value using the following valuation techniques and inputs:

Level 1:
 
The fair value of these types of investments is based on market and observable sources from daily quoted prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges.
Level 2: 
Level 2:
The fair value of these types of investments utilizes data points other than quoted prices in active markets that are observable either directly or indirectly.
Level 3: 
Level 3:
These bank and insurance investment contracts are issued by well-known, highly-rated companies. The fair value disclosed represents the present value of future cash flows under the terms of the respective contracts. Significant assumptions used to determine the fair value of these contracts include the amount and timing of future cash flows and counterparty credit risk.

There have been no changes in the above valuation techniques associated with determining the value of the plans’ assets during the years ended December 31, 20182019 and 2017.

2018.

89

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
The fair value of the Company’s retirement plan assets are as follows at December 31, 2019 (in thousands):
 
Total at
December 31,
2019
  
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
 
 
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
U.S. Retiree Healthcare Plan:                
Mutual funds
(a)
  
13,773
   
13,773
   
—  
   
—  
 
                 
Total U.S. Retiree Healthcare Plan
  
13,773
   
13,773
   
—  
   
—  
 
Non-U.S. Pension Plans:
            
Cash equivalents
(b)
  
690
   
690
   
—  
   
—  
 
Mutual funds
(c)
  
22,202
   
22,202
   
—  
   
—  
 
Bank and insurance investment contracts
(d)
  
60,119
   
—  
   
—  
   
60,119
 
                 
Total Non-U.S. Pension Plans
  
83,011
   
22,892
   
—  
   
60,119
 
                 
Total fair value of retirement plan assets
 $
96,784
  $
36,665
  $
—  
  $
60,119
 
                 
The fair value of the Company’s retirement plan assets are as follows at December 31, 2018 (in thousands):

   Total at
December 31,
2018
   Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
   Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 

U.S. Retiree Healthcare Plan:
Mutual funds
(a)

   11,080    11,080    —      —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. Retiree Healthcare Plan

   11,080    11,080    —      —   

Non-U.S. Pension Plans:

        

Cash equivalents(b)

   4,439    4,439    —      —   

Mutual funds(c)

   20,430    20,430    —      —   

Bank and insurance investment contracts(d)

   56,718    —      —      56,718 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TotalNon-U.S. Pension Plans

   81,587    24,869    —      56,718 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fair value of retirement plan assets

  $92,667   $35,949   $—     $56,718 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 
Total at
December 31,
2018
  
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for 
Identical
 
Assets
(Level 1)
  
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
U.S. Retiree Healthcare Plan:
            
Mutual funds
(
e
)
  
11,080
   
11,080
   
—  
   
—  
 
                 
Total U.S. Retiree Healthcare Plan
  
11,080
   
11,080
   
—  
   
—  
 
Non-U.S.
Pension Plans:
            
Cash equivalents
(b)
  
4,439
   
4,439
   
—  
   
—  
 
Mutual funds
(
f
)
  
20,430
   
20,430
   
—  
   
—  
 
Bank and insurance investment contracts
(d)
  
56,718
   
—  
   
—  
   
56,718
 
                 
Total
Non-U.S.
Pension Plans
  
81,587
   
24,869
   
—  
   
56,718
 
                 
Total fair value of retirement plan assets
 $
92,667
  $
35,949
  $
—  
  $
56,718
 
                 
                 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The fair value of the Company’s retirement plan assets are as follows at December 31, 2017 (in thousands):

   Total at
December 31,
2017
   Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
   Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 

U.S. Pension Plans:

        

Mutual funds(e)

  $163,438   $163,438   $—     $—   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. Pension Plans

   163,438    163,438    —      —   

U.S. Retiree Healthcare Plan:

        

Mutual funds(f)

   11,125    11,125    —      —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. Retiree Healthcare Plan

   11,125    11,125    —      —   

Non-U.S. Pension Plans:

        

Cash equivalents(b)

   5,783    5,783    —      —   

Mutual funds(g)

   17,244    17,244    —      —   

Bank and insurance investment contracts(d)

   51,963    —      —      51,963 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TotalNon-U.S. Pension Plans

   74,990    23,027    —      51,963 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fair value of retirement plan assets

   249,553   $197,590   $—     $51,963 
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investments valued at NAV

   7,935       
  

 

 

       

Total retirement plan assets

  $257,488       
  

 

 

       

(a)

The mutual fund balance in the U.S. Retiree Healthcare Plan is invested in the following categories: 35% in the common stock of

large-cap
U.S. companies, 29% in the common stock of international growth companies and 36% in fixed income bonds of U.S. companies and
the
U.S. government.
(b)Primarily represents deposit account funds held with various financial institutions.
(c)The mutual fund balance in the
Non-U.S.
Pension Plans is primarily invested in the following categories: 57% in international bonds, 23% in the common stock of international companies and 20% in various other global investments.
(d)Amount represents bank and insurance guaranteed investment contracts.
(e)The mutual fund balance in the U.S.
Retiree Healthcare Plan is
 invested in the following categories: 40% in the common stock of
large-cap
U.S. companies, 21% in the common stock of international growth companies and 39% in fixed income bonds 
of
U.S. companies and
the
U.S. government.

(b)(f)

Primarily represents deposit account funds held with various financial institutions.

(c)

The mutual fund balance in theNon-U.S.

Non-
U.S. 
Pension Plans
is primarily invested in the following categories: 56% in
international bonds,
 24% in the common stock of international companies and 20% 
in
various other global investments.

(d)

Amount represents bank and insurance guaranteed investment contracts.

(e)

The mutual fund balance in the U.S. Pension Plans are invested in the following categories: 45% in the common stock oflarge-cap U.S. companies, 30% in the common stock of international growth companies and 25% in fixed income bonds issued by U.S. companies and by the U.S. government and its agencies.

(f)

The mutual fund balance in the U.S. Retiree Healthcare Plan is invested in the following categories: 41% in the common stock oflarge-cap U.S. companies, 24% in the common stock of international growth companies and 35% in fixed income bonds of U.S. companies and U.S. government.

(g)

The mutual fund balance in theNon-U.S. Pension Plans is invested in the following categories: 58% in international bonds and 32% in the common stock of international companies, 1% in mortgages and real estate and 9% in various other global investments.

9
0

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table summarizes the changes in fair value of the Level 
3
retirement plan assets for the years ended December 
31
,
2019
and
2018 and 2017 (in
(in thousands):

   Insurance
Guaranteed
Investment
Contracts
 

Fair value of assets, December 31, 2016

  $45,093 

Net purchases (sales) and appreciation (depreciation)

   6,870 
  

 

 

 

Fair value of assets, December 31, 2017

   51,963 

Net purchases (sales) and appreciation (depreciation)

   4,755 
  

 

 

 

Fair value of assets, December 31, 2018

  $56,718 
  

 

 

 

 
Insurance
Guaranteed
Investment
Contracts
 
Fair value of assets, December 31, 2017
 $
51,963
 
Net purchases (sales) and appreciation (depreciation)
  
4,755
 
     
Fair value of assets, December 31, 2018
  
56,718
 
Net purchases (sales) and appreciation (depreciation)
  
3,401
 
     
Fair value of assets, December 31, 2019
 $
60,119
 
     
The weighted-average assumptions used to determine the benefit obligation in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2019, 2018 2017 and 20162017 are as follows:

   2018  2017  2016 
   U.S.  Non-U.S.  U.S.  Non-U.S.  U.S.  Non-U.S. 

Discount rate

   4.40  1.95  3.94  1.79  4.41  1.71

Increases in compensation levels

   **   2.66  **   2.43  **   2.47

 
2019
  
2018
  
2017
 
 
U.S.
  
Non-U.S.
  
U.S.
  
Non-U.S.
  
U.S.
  
Non-U.S.
 
Discount rate
  3.42%  1.38%  4.40%  1.95%  3.94%  1.79%
Increases in compensation levels
   
**
 
  2.83%
 
   
**
 
 
  2.66%
 
   
**
 
  2.43%
**

Not applicable

The weighted-average assumptions used to determine the net periodic pension cost for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 2017 and 20162017 are as follows:

   2018  2017  2016 
   U.S.  Non-U.S.  U.S.  Non-U.S.  U.S.  Non-U.S. 

Discount rate

   3.96  1.93  4.28  1.80  4.42  2.20

Return on plan assets

   4.35  2.75  6.53  2.64  6.47  2.74

Increases in compensation levels

   **   2.70  **   2.63  **   2.50

 
2019
  
2018
  
2017
 
 
U.S.
  
Non-U.S.
  
U.S.
  
Non-U.S.
  
U.S.
  
Non-U.S.
 
Discount rate
  4.41%  2.25%  3.96%  1.93%  4.28%  1.80%
Return on plan assets
  6.25%  3.11%  4.35%  2.75%  6.53%  2.64%
Increases in compensation levels
   
**
 
  3.20%
 
   
**
 
  2.70%
 
   
**
 
  2.63%
**

Not applicable

To develop the
expected
long-term rate of return on assets assumption, the Company considered historical returns and future expectations for returns for each asset class, as well as the target asset allocation of the pension portfolio and historical expenses paid by the plan. A
one-quarter
percentage point increase in the assumed long-term rate of return on assets would decrease the Company’s net periodic benefit cost by
less than $1 million. million
.
A
one-quarter
percentage point increase in the discount rate would decrease the Company’s net periodic benefit cost by
less than $1 million.

million

.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

During fiscal year 2019,2020, the Company expects to contribute a total of approximately $3 million to $6 million to the Company’s defined benefit plans. Estimated future benefit payments from the plans as of December 31, 20182019 are as follows (in thousands):

   U.S. Pension and
Retiree Healthcare
Plans
   Non-U.S.
Pension
Plans
   Total 

2019

  $1,084   $1,551   $2,635 

2020

   1,160    2,552    3,712 

2021

   1,243    2,782    4,025 

2022

   1,307    2,821    4,128 

2023

   1,366    3,038    4,404 

2024 - 2028

   7,146    19,277    26,423 

17

 
U.S.
Retiree Healthcare
Plans
  
Non-U.S.

Pension
Plans
  
Total
 
2020
 $
1,123
  $
2,723
  $
3,846
 
2021
  
1,209
   
4,746
   
5,955
 
2022
  
1,281
   
3,238
   
4,519
 
2023
  
1,376
   
2,749
   
4,125
 
2024
  
1,437
   
2,884
   
4,321
 
2025 - 2029
  
7,420
   
20,691
   
28,111
 
91

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
18    Business Segment
Information

The accounting standards for segment reporting establish standards for reporting information about operating segments in annual financial statements and require selected information for those segments to be presented in interim financial reports of public business enterprises. They also establish standards for related disclosures about products and services, geographic areas and major customers. The Company’s business activities, for which discrete financial information is available, are regularly reviewed and evaluated by the chief operating decision maker. As a result of this evaluation, the Company determined that it has two operating segments: Waters
TM
and TA
TM
.

The Waters operating segment is primarily in the business of designing, manufacturing, selling and servicing LC and MS instruments, columns and other precision chemistry consumables that can be integrated and used along with other analytical instruments. The TA operating segment is primarily in the business of designing, manufacturing, selling and servicing thermal analysis, rheometry and calorimetry instruments. The Company’s two
2
operating segments have similar economic characteristics; product processes; products and services; types and classes of customers; methods of distribution; and regulatory environments. Because of these similarities, the two segments have been aggregated into one
1
reporting segment for financial statement purposes. Please refer to the consolidated financial statements for financial information regarding the one reportable segment of the Company.

Net sales for the Company’s products and services are as follows for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 2017 and 20162017 (in thousands):

   2018   2017   2016 

Product net sales:

      

Waters instrument systems

  $1,000,625   $988,750   $943,218 

Chemistry consumables

   400,287    372,157    345,413 

TA instrument systems

   204,081    191,442    171,665 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total product sales

   1,604,993    1,552,349    1,460,296 

Service net sales:

      

Waters service

   738,433    686,656    639,432 

TA service

   76,503    70,073    67,695 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total service sales

   814,936    756,729    707,127 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net sales

  $2,419,929   $2,309,078   $2,167,423 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 
2019
  
2018
  
2017
 
Product net sales:
         
Waters instrument systems
 $
963,871
  $
1,000,625
  $
988,750
 
Chemistry consumables
  
412,018
   
400,287
   
372,157
 
TA instrument systems
  
191,300
   
204,081
   
191,442
 
             
Total product sales
  
1,567,189
   
1,604,993
   
1,552,349
 
Service net sales:
         
Waters service
  
761,594
   
738,433
   
686,656
 
TA service
  
77,813
   
76,503
   
70,073
 
             
Total service sales
  
839,407
   
814,936
   
756,729
 
             
Total net sales
 $
2,406,596
  $
2,419,929
  $
2,309,078
 
             

92

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Net sales are attributable to geographic areas based on the region of destination. Geographic sales information is presented below for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 2017 and 20162017 (in thousands):

   2018   2017   2016 

Net Sales:

      

Asia:

      

China

  $443,321   $387,059   $331,354 

Japan

   173,357    167,258    167,977 

Asia Other

   305,613    308,300    283,653 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Asia

   922,291    862,617    782,984 

Americas:

      

United States

   683,596    669,274    665,280 

Americas Other

   151,581    140,715    141,902 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Americas

   835,177    809,989    807,182 

Europe

   662,461    636,472    577,257 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net sales

  $2,419,929   $2,309,078   $2,167,423 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 
2019
  
2018
  
2017
 
Net Sales:
         
Asia:
         
China
 $
439,557
  $
443,321
  $
387,059
 
Japan
  
180,707
   
173,357
   
167,258
 
Asia Other
  
318,848
   
305,613
   
308,300
 
             
Total Asia
  
939,112
   
922,291
   
862,617
 
Americas:
         
United States
  
692,277
   
683,596
   
669,274
 
Americas Other
  
137,964
   
151,581
   
140,715
 
             
Total Americas
  
830,241
   
835,177
   
809,989
 
Europe
  
637,243
   
662,461
   
636,472
 
             
Total net sales
 $
2,406,596
  $
2,419,929
  $
2,309,078
 
             
None of the Company’s individual customers accounts for more than 2%
2
% of annual Company sales. Net sales by customer class are as follows for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 2017 and 20162017 (in thousands):

   2018   2017   2016 

Pharmaceutical

  $1,365,731   $1,294,668   $1,206,316 

Industrial

   737,144    721,088    690,119 

Governmental and academic

   317,054    293,322    270,988 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net sales

  $2,419,929   $2,309,078   $2,167,423 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 
2019
  
2018
  
2017
 
Pharmaceutical
 $
1,365,275
  $
1,365,731
  $
1,294,668
 
Industrial
  
719,377
   
737,144
   
721,088
 
Academic and governmental
  
321,944
   
317,054
   
293,322
 
             
Total net sales
 $
2,406,596
  $
2,419,929
  $
2,309,078
 
             
Net sales for the Company recognized at a point in time versus over time are as follows for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 2017 and 20162017 (in thousands):

   2018   2017   2016 

Net sales recognized at a point in time:

      

Instrument systems

  $1,204,706   $1,180,192   $1,114,883 

Chemistry consumables

   400,287    372,157    345,413 

Service sales recognized at a point in time (time & materials)

   317,549    299,385    279,482 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net sales recognized at a point in time

   1,922,542    1,851,734    1,739,778 

Net sales recognized over time:

      

Service and software sales recognized over time (contracts)

   497,387    457,344    427,645 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net sales

  $2,419,929   $2,309,078   $2,167,423 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 
2019
  
2018
  
2017
 
Net sales recognized at a point in time:
         
Instrument systems
 $
1,155,171
  $
1,204,706
  $
1,180,192
 
Chemistry consumables
  
412,018
   
400,287
   
372,157
 
Service sales recognized at a point in time (time & materials)
  
323,247
   
317,549
   
299,385
 
             
Total net sales recognized at a point in time
  
1,890,436
   
1,922,542
   
1,851,734
 
Net sales recognized over time:
         
Service and software sales recognized over time (contracts)
  
516,160
   
497,387
   
457,344
 
             
Total net sales
 $
2,406,596
  $
2,419,929
  $
2,309,078
 
             

93

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Long-lived assets information at December 31, 20182019 and 20172018 is presented below (in thousands):

   2018   2017   2016 

Long-lived assets:

      

United States

  $203,664   $186,344   $207,062 

Americas Other

   1,680    1,720    832 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Americas

   205,344    188,064    207,894 

Europe

   118,513    136,440    114,848 

Asia

   19,226    24,774    14,376 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-lived assets

  $343,083   $349,278   $337,118 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

             
 
2019
  
2018
  
2017
 
Long-lived assets:
         
United States
 $
276,891
  $
203,664
  $
186,344
 
Americas Other
  
1,929
   
1,680
   
1,720
 
             
Total Americas
  
278,820
   
205,344
   
188,064
 
Europe
  
116,734
   
118,513
   
136,440
 
Asia
  
21,788
   
19,226
   
24,774
 
             
Total long-lived assets
 $
417,342
  $
343,083
  $
349,278
 
             
The Other category includes Canada, Latin America and Puerto Rico. Long-lived assets exclude goodwill, other intangible assets and other assets.

18

19    Unaudited Quarterly Results

The Company’s unaudited quarterly results are summarized below (in thousands, except per share data):

   First  Second  Third  Fourth    

2018

  Quarter  Quarter  Quarter  Quarter  Total 

Net sales

  $530,670  $596,219  $578,021  $715,019  $2,419,929 

Costs and operating expenses:

      

Cost of sales

   221,421   243,135   241,139   286,869   992,564 

Selling and administrative expenses

   130,407   136,645   126,997   142,853   536,902 

Research and development expenses

   34,480   35,644   35,173   38,106   143,403 

Purchased intangibles amortization

   1,659   1,602   2,114   2,337   7,712 

Litigation (settlement) provisions

   (1,672  —     924   322   (426
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total costs and operating expenses

   386,295   417,026   406,347   470,487   1,680,155 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating income

   144,375   179,193   171,674   244,532   739,774 

Other income (expense)

   346   (1,828  (811  (45,501  (47,794

Interest expense

   (13,838  (11,692  (11,435  (11,676  (48,641

Interest income

   9,666   8,888   9,802   10,451   38,807 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

   140,549   174,561   169,230   197,806   682,146 

Provision for income taxes

   28,598   18,884   28,216   12,654   88,352 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

  $111,951  $155,677  $141,014  $185,152  $593,794 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income per basic common share

   1.42   2.00   1.84   2.48   7.71 

Weighted-average number of basic common shares

   78,883   77,833   76,575   74,802   76,992 

Net income per diluted common share

   1.40   1.98   1.83   2.46   7.65 

Weighted-average number of diluted common shares and equivalents

   79,715   78,438   77,136   75,345   77,618 

                     
 
First
  
Second
  
Third
  
Fourth
   
2019
 
Quarter
  
Quarter
  
Quarter
  
Quarter
  
Total
 
Net sales
 $
513,862
  $
599,162
  $
577,278
  $
716,294
  $
2,406,596
 
Costs and operating expenses:
               
Cost of sales
  
221,031
   
249,546
   
241,055
   
299,068
   
1,010,700
 
Selling and administrative expenses
  
134,339
   
133,208
   
126,036
   
141,208
   
534,791
 
Research and development expenses
  
35,060
   
36,490
   
34,333
   
37,072
   
142,955
 
Purchased intangibles amortization
  
2,281
   
2,264
   
2,619
   
2,529
   
9,693
 
                     
Total costs and operating expenses
  
392,711
   
421,508
   
404,043
   
479,877
   
1,698,139
 
                     
Operating income
  
121,151
   
177,654
   
173,235
   
236,417
   
708,457
 
Other expense
  
(525
)  
(342
)  
(496
)  
(2,223
)  
(3,586
)
Interest expense
  
(11,563
)  
(11,448
)  
(11,456
)  
(14,223
)  
(48,690
)
Interest income
  
8,315
   
5,871
   
3,455
   
4,417
   
22,058
 
                     
Income before income taxes
  
117,378
   
171,735
   
164,738
   
224,388
   
678,239
 
Provision for income taxes
  
8,392
   
27,325
   
26,605
   
23,719
   
86,041
 
                     
Net income
 $
108,986
  $
144,410
  $
138,133
  $
200,669
  $
592,198
 
                     
Net income per basic common share
  
1.52
   
2.09
   
2.09
   
3.15
   
8.76
 
Weighted-average number of basic common shares
  
71,704
   
68,989
   
66,226
   
63,795
   
67,627
 
Net income per diluted common share
  
1.51
   
2.08
   
2.07
   
3.12
   
8.69
 
Weighted-average number of diluted common shares and equivalents
  
72,415
   
69,494
   
66,768
   
64,348
   
68,166
 

9
4

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

   First  Second  Third  Fourth    

2017

  Quarter  Quarter  Quarter  Quarter  Total 

Net sales

  $497,969  $558,250  $565,584  $687,275  $2,309,078 

Costs and operating expenses:

      

Cost of sales

   211,095   229,627   235,892   270,453   947,067 

Selling and administrative expenses

   130,673   130,093   135,206   148,391   544,363 

Research and development expenses

   30,752   32,937   33,782   35,122   132,593 

Purchased intangibles amortization

   1,729   1,693   1,682   1,639   6,743 

Litigation provisions

   —     10,018   —     1,096   11,114 

Acquiredin-process research and development

   5,000   —     —     —     5,000 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total costs and operating expenses

   379,249   404,368   406,562   456,701   1,646,880 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating income

   118,720   153,882   159,022   230,574   662,198 

Other income (expense)

   149   (97  12   (404  (340

Interest expense

   (12,725  (14,083  (14,750  (15,281  (56,839

Interest income

   7,343   8,370   9,516   10,849   36,078 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

   113,487   148,072   153,800   225,738   641,097 

Provision for income taxes

   7,930   16,250   17,696   578,910   620,786 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $105,557  $131,822  $136,104  $(353,172 $20,311 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per basic common share

   1.32   1.65   1.71   (4.44  0.25 

Weighted-average number of basic common shares

   80,073   79,979   79,712   79,454   79,793 

Net income (loss) per diluted common share

   1.31   1.63   1.69   (4.44  0.25 

Weighted-average number of diluted common shares and equivalents

   80,769   80,756   80,521   79,454   80,604 

                     
 
First
  
Second
  
Third
  
Fourth
   
2018
 
Quarter
  
Quarter
  
Quarter
  
Quarter
  
Total
 
Net sales
 $
530,670
  $
596,219
  $
578,021
  $
715,019
  $
2,419,929
 
Costs and operating expenses:
               
Cost of sales
  
221,421
   
243,135
   
241,139
   
286,869
   
992,564
 
Selling and administrative expenses
  
130,407
   
136,645
   
126,997
   
142,853
   
536,902
 
Research and development expenses
  
34,480
   
35,644
   
35,173
   
38,106
   
143,403
 
Purchased intangibles amortization
  
1,659
   
1,602
   
2,114
   
2,337
   
7,712
 
Litigation provisions
  
(1,672
)  
—  
   
924
   
322
   
(426
)
                     
Total costs and operating expenses
  
386,295
   
417,026
   
406,347
   
470,487
   
1,680,155
 
                     
Operating income
  
144,375
   
179,193
   
171,674
   
244,532
   
739,774
 
Other income (expense)
  
346
   
(1,828
)  
(811
)  
(45,501
)  
(47,794
)
Interest expense
  
(13,838
)  
(11,692
)  
(11,435
)  
(11,676
)  
(48,641
)
Interest income
  
9,666
   
8,888
   
9,802
   
10,451
   
38,807
 
                     
Income before income taxes
  
140,549
   
174,561
   
169,230
   
197,806
   
682,146
 
Provision for income taxes
  
28,598
   
18,884
   
28,216
   
12,654
   
88,352
 
                     
Net income
 $
111,951
  $
155,677
  $
141,014
  $
185,152
  $
593,794
 
                     
Net income per basic common share
  
1.42
   
2.00
   
1.84
   
2.48
   
7.71
 
Weighted-average number of basic common shares
  
78,883
   
77,833
   
76,575
   
74,802
   
76,992
 
Net income per diluted common share
  
1.40
   
1.98
   
1.83
   
2.46
   
7.65
 
Weighted-average number of diluted common shares and equivalents
  
79,715
   
78,438
   
77,136
   
75,345
   
77,618
 
The Company typically experiences an increase in sales in the fourth quarter, as a result of purchasing habits for capital goods of customers that tend to exhaust their spending budgets by calendar year end. Selling and administrative expenses are typically higher after the first quarter in each year as the Company’s annual payroll merit increases take effect. Selling and administrative expenses will vary in the fourth quarter in relation to performance in the quarter and for the year. In the first quarter of 2018 and third quarter of 2017, the Company recorded $1 million and $4 million of stock compensation expenses, respectively, in selling and administrative expenses related to the modification of certain stock awards upon the retirement of senior executives.

In the second quarter of 2017, the Company incurred a $10 million litigation provision related to the issuance of a verdict in a patent litigation case.

In the first quarter of 2018, the Company resolved the case with a final settlement that resulted in a gain of $2 million (see Note 11). In the first quarter of 2017, the Company recorded a $5 million charge related to acquiredin-process research and development (see Note 2)1
1
). In the fourth quarter of 2018, the Company settled a pension plan obligation and recorded a $46 million charge, which consisted of a $6 million cash contribution to the plan and a $40 million
non-cash
charge related to the reversal of unrecognized actuarial losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income in the stockholders’ equity (see Note 16)1
7
)In the fourth quarter
9
5

Item 9:
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting andFinancial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A: Controls and Procedures

Item 9A:
Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer (principal executive officer and principal financial officer), with the participation of management, evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined inRules
 13a-15(e)
and
15d-15(e)
under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this annual report on Form
10-K.
Based on this evaluation, the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 20182019 (1) to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its chief executive officer and chief financial officer, to allow timely decisions regarding the required disclosure and (2) to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

See Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting in Item 8 on page 4946 of this Form
10-K.

Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

See the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP in Item 8 beginning on page 5047 of this Form
10-K.

Changes in Internal ControlsControl Over Financial Reporting

No change was identified in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined inRules
 13a-15(f)
and
15d-15(f)
under the Exchange Act) during the quarter ended December 31, 20182019 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B:    OtherInformation
None.
96

Table of ContentsItem 9B:    Other Information

None.

PART III

Item 10: Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Item 10:
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Information regarding the Company’s directors and any material changes to the process by which security holders may recommend nominees to the Board of Directors is contained in the definitive proxy statement for the 20192020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the headings “Election of Directors”, “Directors Meetings and Board Committees”, “Corporate Governance”, “Report of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors” and “Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers”. Information regarding compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is contained in the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 20192020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the heading “Section“Delinquent Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance”Reports”. Information regarding the Company’s Audit Committee and Audit Committee Financial Expert is contained in the definitive proxy statement for the 20192020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the headings “Report of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors” and “Directors Meetings and Board Committees”. Such information is incorporated herein by reference. Information regarding the Company’s executive officers is contained in Part I of thisForm
 10-K.

The Company has adopted a Global Code of Business Conduct & Ethics (the “Code”) that applies to all of the Company’s employees (including its executive officers) and directors and that is in compliance with Item 406 of Regulation
S-K.
The Code has been distributed to all employees of the Company. In addition, the Code is available on the Company’s website,
www.waters.com
, under the caption “Corporate Governance”. The Company intends to satisfy the disclosure requirement regarding any amendment to, or waiver of a provision of, the Code applicable to any executive officer or director by posting such information on its website. The Company shall also provide to any person without charge, upon request, a copy of the Code. Any such request must be made in writing to the Secretary of the Company, c/o Waters Corporation, 34 Maple Street, Milford, MA 01757.

The Company’s corporate governance guidelines and the charters of the audit committee, compensation committee, finance committee and nominating and corporate governance committee of the Board of Directors are available on the Company’s website,
www.waters.com
, under the caption “Corporate Governance”. The Company shall provide to any person without charge, upon request, a copy of any of the foregoing materials. Any such request must be made in writing to the Secretary of the Company, c/o Waters Corporation, 34 Maple Street, Milford, MA 01757.

In 2017, the Company adopted a proxy access bylaw provision that allows eligible stockholders or groups of up to 20 stockholders who have held at least 3% of the Company’s common stock continuously for three years to nominate up to two individuals or 20% of the Board of Directors, whichever is greater, for election at the Company’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders, and to have those individuals included in the Company’s proxy materials for that meeting. The Company believes that the proxy access bylaw adopted by the Company strikes an appropriate balance between providing meaningful proxy access for stockholders and limiting the potential for abuse.

Item 11: Executive Compensation

Item 11:
Executive Compensation
This information is contained in the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 20192020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the headings “Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers”, “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “Compensation Committee Report”. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12:

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
and Related Stockholder Matters

Except for the Equity Compensation Plan information set forth below, this information is contained in the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 20192020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the heading “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management”. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.



Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table provides information as of December 31, 20182019 about the Company’s common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options, warrants and rights under its existing equity compensation plans (in thousands):

   A   B   C 
   Number of Securities to be
Issued Upon Exercise  of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights (1)
   Weighted-Average Exercise
Price of Outstanding
Options, Warrants and
Rights (1)
   Number of Securities
Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under
Equity Compensation Plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column (A))
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

   2,234   $142.47    3,005 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

   —      —      —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   2,234   $142.47    3,005 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

             
 
A
  
B
  
C
 
 
Number of Securities to be
Issued Upon Exercise of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights (1)
  
Weighted-Average
 Exercise
Price of Outstanding
Options, Warrants and
Rights (1)
  
Number of Securities
Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under
Equity Compensation Plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column (A))
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
  
1,861
  $
158.61
   
2,711
 
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
  
—  
   
—  
   
—  
 
             
Total
  
1,861
  $
158.61
   
2,711
 
             
(1)

Column (a) includes an aggregate of 444406 shares of common stock to be issued upon settlement of restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance stock units. The weighted-average share price in column (b) does not take into account restricted stock, restricted stock units or performance stock units, which do not have an exercise price.

See Note 13,14, Stock-Based Compensation, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the material features of the Company’s equity compensation plans.

Item 13:Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

Item
13:
 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director
Independence
This information is contained in the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 20192020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the headings “Directors Meetings and Board Committees”, “Corporate Governance” and “Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers”. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14: Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Item
14:
 Principal Accountant Fees and Services
This information is contained in the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 20192020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the headings “Ratification of Selection of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and “Report of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors”. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

98

PART IV

Item 15:
 Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Documents filed as part of this report:

 (1)

Financial Statements:

The consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries are filed as part of thisForm
 10-K
and are set forth on pages 5250 to 97.95. The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, dated February 26, 2019,25, 2020, is set forth beginning on page 5047 of thisForm
 10-K.

 (2)

Financial Statement Schedule:

Exhibits:

See (c) below.

 (3)

Exhibits:

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit
Number
Description of Document

 3.1 
  3.1
Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Waters Corporation.(1)(P)
 3.2 
  3.2
 3.3 
  3.3
 3.4 
  3.4
 3.5 
  3.5
10.1 
  4.1
10.1
Waters Corporation Retirement Plan.(2)(P)(*)
10.2 
10.2
10.3 
10.3
10.4 
10.4
10.5 
10.5
10.6 
10.6
10.7 
10.7
10.8 
10.8
10.9 
10.9
10.10 
10.10
10.11 
10.11
10.12 
10.12

99

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit
Number
Description of Document

10.13 
10.13
10.14 
10.14
10.15 
10.15
10.16 
10.16
10.17 
10.17
10.18 
10.18
10.19 
10.19
10.20 
10.20
10.21 
10.21
10.22 
10.22
10.23 
10.23
10.24 
10.24
10.25 
10.25
10.26 
10.26
10.27 
10.27
10.28 
10.28
10.29 
10.29
10.30 
10.30
10.31 
10.31
10.32 
10.32
10.33 
10.33
10.34 
10.34
10.35 
10.35
10.36 
10.36
10.37 
10.37

100

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit
Number
Description of Document

10.38 
10.38
10.39 
10.39
10.40 
10.40
10.41 
10.41
21.1 
10.42
10.43
21.1
23.1 
23.1
31.1 
31.1
31.2 
31.2
32.1 
32.1
32.2 
32.2
101 
101
The following materials from Waters Corporation’s Annual Report on Form
10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2018,2019, formatted in XBRL (ExtensibleiXBRL (Inline eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
104
Cover Page Interactive Date File (formatted in iXBRL and contained in Exhibit 101).

(1)

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report onForm

 10-K
dated March 29, 1996 (FileNo.
 001-14010).

(2)

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement onForm

 S-1 (File
(File No.
 333-96934).

(3)

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report onForm

 10-Q
dated August 11, 1999 (FileNo.
 001-14010).

(4)

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report onForm

 10-Q
dated August 8, 2000 (FileNo.
 001-14010).

(5)

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report onForm

 10-K
dated March 28, 2002 (FileNo.
 001-14010).

(6)

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report onForm

 S-8
dated November 20, 2003 (FileNo.
 333-110613).

(7)

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report onForm

 10-K
dated March 12, 2004 (FileNo.
 001-14010).

(8)

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report onForm

 10-Q
dated November 10, 2004 (FileNo.
 001-14010).

101

Table of Contents
(9)

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report onForm

 10-Q
dated August 5, 2005 (FileNo.
 001-14010).

(10)

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report onForm

 10-K
dated March 1, 2007 (FileNo.
 001-14010).

(11)

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report onForm

 10-Q
dated November 2, 2007 (FileNo.
 001-14010).

(12)

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report onForm

 10-K
dated February 29, 2008 (FileNo.
 001-14010).

(13)

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report onForm

 10-K
dated February 27, 2009 (FileNo.
 001-14010).

(14)

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report onForm

 S-8
dated July 10, 2009 (FileNo.
 333-160507).

(15)

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report onForm

 10-K
dated February 26, 2010 (FileNo.
 001-14010).

(16)

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report onForm

 10-Q
dated May 6, 2011 (FileNo.
 001-14010).

(17)

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report onForm

 S-8
dated September 5, 2012 (FileNo.
 333-183721).

(18)

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report onForm

 8-K
dated December 11, 2012 (FileNo.
 001-14010).

(19)

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report onForm

 8-K
dated December 11, 2013 (FileNo.
 001-14010).

(20)

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report onForm

 10-Q
dated August 1, 2014 (FileNo.
 001-14010).

(21)

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report onForm

 10-K
dated February 27, 2015 (FileNo.
 001-14010).

(22)

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report onForm

 10-Q
dated May 8, 2015 (FileNo.
 001-14010).

(23)

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report onForm

 10-Q
dated August 7, 2015 (FileNo.
 001-14010).

(24)

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report onForm

 10-Q
dated August 5, 2016 (FileNo.
 001-14010).

(25)

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report onForm

 8-K
dated December 15, 2016 (FileNo.
 001-14010).

(26)

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report onForm

 10-K
dated February 24, 2017 (FileNo.
 001-14010).

(27)

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report onForm

 8-K
dated March 27, 2017 (FileNo.
 001-14010).

(28)

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report onForm

 10-Q
dated November 3, 2017 (FileNo.
 001-14010).

(29)

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report onForm

 8-K
dated December 8, 2017 (FileNo.
 001-14010).

102

Table of Contents
(30)

Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report onForm

 10-K
dated February 27, 2018 (FileNo.
 001-14010).

(31)Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K/A dated March 1, 2019 (File No.
 001-14010).
(32)Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report on Form
 8-K
dated September 16, 2019 (File No.
 001-14010).
(P)

Paper Filing

(*)

Management contract or compensatory plan required to be filed as an Exhibit to thisForm

 10-K.

(**)

This exhibit shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, nor shall it be deemed incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, whether made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language in any filing, except to the extent the Company specifically incorporates it by reference.

(b)

See Item 15 (a) (3) above.

(c)Item

Financial Statement Schedule:

16:
 Form 10-K Summary

The following additional financial statement schedule should be considered in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements. All other schedules have been omitted because the required information is either not applicable or not sufficiently material to require submission of the schedule.

WATERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

For each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018

   Balance at
Beginning
of Period
   Charged to
Provision
for Income
Taxes*
  Other**  Balance
at End of
Period
 

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets:

      

2018

  $62,098   $(2,128)�� $(6,077 $53,893 

2017

  $61,225   $(6,363 $7,236  $62,098 

2016

  $68,595   $(5,473 $(1,897 $61,225 

*

These amounts have been recorded as part of the income statement provision for income taxes. The income statement effects of these amounts have largely been offset by amounts related to changes in other deferred tax balance sheet accounts.

**

The change in the valuation allowance during the year ended December 31, 2018 is primarily due to thewrite-off of a valuation allowance to Retained Earnings for the tax effect related to intra-entity asset transfers. The change in the valuation allowance during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 is primarily due to the effect of foreign currency translation on a valuation allowance related to a net operating loss carryforward. In addition, 2016 includes the release of a valuation allowance related to a foreign tax credit carryforward due to expiration.

Item 16: Form10-K Summary

The optional summary in Item 16 has not been included in this Form
10-K.

103

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

WATERS CORPORATION
Waters Corporation
/s/    SHERRY L. BUCK        
Sherry L. Buck

Sherry L. Buck
Senior Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

Date: February 26, 2019

25, 2020

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on February 26, 2019.

25, 2020.

/S/    CHRISTOPHER J. O’CONNELL        

 
/s/    Christopher J. O’Connell        
Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief
Christopher J. O’Connell
 
Executive Officer (principal executive officer)

/S/    SHERRY L. BUCK        

 
/s/    Sherry L. Buck        
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Sherry L. Buck
 

(principal financial officer)

(principal accounting officer)

/S/    LINDA BADDOUR        

 Director
/s/    Linda Baddour
Director
Linda Baddour
 

/S/    DR. MICHAEL J. BERENDT        

 Director
/s/    Dr. Michael J. Berendt
Director
Dr. Michael J. Berendt
 

/S/    EDWARD CONARD

 Director
/s/    Edward Conard
Director
Edward Conard
 

/S/    DR. LAURIE H. GLIMCHER        

 Director
/s/    Dr. Laurie H. Glimcher
Director
Dr. Laurie H. Glimcher
 

/S/    GARY HENDRICKSON

 Director
/s/    Gary Hendrickson
Director
Gary Hendrickson
 

/S/    CHRISTOPHER A. KUEBLER

 Director
/s/    Christopher A. Kuebler
Director
Christopher A. Kuebler
 

/S/    FLEMMING ORNSKOV

 Director
/s/    Flemming Ornskov
Director
Flemming Ornskov
 

/S/    JOANN A. REED

 Director
/s/    JoAnn A. Reed
Director
JoAnn A. Reed
 

/S/    THOMAS P. SALICE

 Director
/s/    Thomas P. Salice
Director
Thomas P. Salice
 

106

104